Western Australia

Road Traffic Act 1974

Road Traffic Code 2000

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Western Australia

Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

Part 1 — Preliminary
1. Citation 1
2. Commencement 1
3. Terms and abbreviations used 1
3A. Electric rideable devices 40
Part 2 — Application
4. Scope of regulations 42
4A. Minister may declare Code requirements do not
apply 42
4B. Minister may designate shared zones 42
5. Infringement notices not to be issued to children
under 14 42
7. Requirement to give way, effect of 43
8A. Requirement to stop as near as practicable to place,
effect of 43
8. Offence against local laws not offence against this
Code 44
9. Penalties 44
10. Repeal 45
Part 3 — Speed restrictions
11. Speed limits generally 46
11A. “When blank” signs 49
12. Minimum speeds on freeways 50
13. Heavy vehicles and vehicles towing trailers 50
14. Heavy vehicle speed zones 51
15. Speed restrictions for electric rideable devices 51

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page i

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

16. Speed restriction on bridge 52

17. Penalties for speeding 52
18. Reckless driving generally 54
18A. Evasive action in relation to speed camera 54
Part 4 — Making turns
Division 1 — Left turns at intersections
19. Application of Division 56
20. Left turns (single lanes) 56
21. Left turns (multiple lanes) 57
22. Making left turn as indicated by turn line 59
Division 2 — Right turns (other than hook turns)
at intersections
23. Application of Division 61
24. Right turns (two-way, single lanes) 61
25. Right turns (one-way, single lanes) 63
26. Right turns from multi-lane carriageway 64
27. Making a right turn (generally) 66
Division 3 — Hook turns by bicycles or electric
rideable devices at intersections
28. Optional hook turn by bicycle or electric rideable
device rider 68
29. Bicycle or electric rideable device rider making
hook turn contrary to sign 71
Division 4 — U turns
30. U turns on carriageway 71
31. U turns at intersection 72
32. U turns generally 73
Division 5 — Turns from a carriageway to land
abutting the carriageway
33. Turns to enter abutting land 74
Part 5 — Turning and stop signals
34. Terms used 76
35. When drivers are to give signals 77
36. How drivers are to give signals 77
37. How long should hand signals be given 80
38. Use of signalling devices 80

page ii Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

Part 6 — Traffic-control signals

(traffic lights and twin
alternating red lights)
Division 1 — Obeying traffic-control signals
(traffic lights)
39. Proceeding when faced with circular green signal
or green arrow 82
39A. Effect of traffic-control signal accompanied by
“one vehicle per green each lane” sign 82
40. Stopping for circular red signal or red arrow 84
41A. Motor vehicles not to enter bicycle storage area 86
41. Stopping for circular yellow signal or yellow arrow 87
42. Green arrow with red or yellow signal, effect of 88
43. Turning left on red signal 88
43A. Effect of green bicycle light with red or yellow
signals 89
43B. Effect of red bicycle light with green arrow signal 90
44. What to do if signals change when intersection
congested etc. 90
Division 2 — Giving way at traffic-control signals
(traffic lights)
45. Right of way during turns at intersection with
traffic-control signals 91
46. Giving way at intersection with traffic-control
signals not operating or only partly operating 93
47. Giving way at flashing yellow traffic arrow at
intersection 95
48. Giving way at crossing (other than at intersection)
with flashing yellow traffic-control signal 95
Division 3 — Twin alternating red lights
49. Stopping for twin alternating red lights (except at
level crossings) 96

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page iii

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

Part 7 — Giving way

Division 1 — Places with a stop sign, stop line,
give way sign or give way line applying to
the driver
50. Stopping and giving way at stop sign or stop line at
intersection without traffic-control signals 97
51. Stopping and giving way at stop sign or stop line at
other places 99
52. Giving way at give way sign or give way line at
intersection 100
53. Giving way at give way sign at bridge or length of
narrow carriageway 102
54. Giving way at give way sign or give way line at
other places 102
Division 2 — Giving way at an intersection
without traffic-control signals or a stop
sign, stop line, give way sign or give way
line applying to the driver
55. Giving way at intersection (except T-intersection
or roundabout) 103
56. Giving way at T-intersection 108
Division 3 — Entering or leaving land abutting
a carriageway or road
57. Giving way when entering carriageway from land
abutting carriageway or road 112
58. Giving way when entering land abutting
carriageway or road from carriageway 113
Division 4 — Keeping clear of and giving way to
particular vehicles
59. Giving way to public buses 115
60. Keeping clear of police and emergency vehicles 116
Division 5 — Crossings and shared zones
61. Children’s crossings 116
62. Pedestrian crossings 118
63. Overtaking or passing vehicle at children’s
crossing or pedestrian crossing 120
64. Giving way to pedestrians in shared zone 121

page iv Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

Division 6 — Other give way requirements

65. Giving way when driving through break in median
strip 121
66. Giving way on painted island 122
67. Giving way in median turning bay 124
68. Giving way when moving from boundary of
carriageway, or parking area on or in median strip 125
Part 8 — Traffic signs and road
markings
Division 1 — Traffic signs and road markings at
intersections and other places
69. Left turn only signs 126
70. Right turn only signs 126
71. No turns signs 127
72. No left turn and no right turn signs 128
73. Traffic lane arrows 130
Division 2 — Traffic signs and road markings
generally
74. No overtaking or passing signs 132
75. No overtaking on bridge sign 133
76. Emergency stopping lane only signs 133
76A. Emergency stopping bay signs 134
77. Keep clear markings 134
78. Road access signs 135
79. Further restrictions on freeways 137
80. One-way signs 137
81. Keep left and keep right signs 139
82. No entry signs 139
83. Hand-held stop signs 140
Division 3 — Signs for trucks, buses and other
large vehicles
84. Clearance and low clearance signs 141
85. Load limit signs 141
86. No trucks signs 142
87. Trucks must enter signs 143
88. No buses signs 144
89. Buses must enter signs 144
90. Trucks and buses low gear signs 145

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page v

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

91A. Safety ramp and arrester bed signs 146

Part 9 — Roundabouts
91. Terms used 148
92. Entering multi-lane roundabout 148
93. Indicating left when entering roundabout 152
94. Indicating right when entering roundabout 153
95. Right of way in roundabout 153
96. Driving through roundabout 153
97. Obeying marked arrows when driving in or leaving
roundabout 154
98. Indicating when changing lanes or lines of traffic
in roundabout 155
99. Indicating left when leaving roundabout 155
100. Rider of bicycle, electric rideable device or animal
to give way to vehicle leaving roundabout 155
Part 10 — Level crossings
101. Stopping at level crossing 156
102. Approaching trains 156
103. Giving way at level crossing 157
104. What to do if traffic is congested 157
105. Leaving level crossing 158
106. Stopping at level crossing when vehicle is carrying
dangerous goods 158
107. Driving around boom gates 158
Part 11 — Keeping left, overtaking
and other driving provisions
Division 1 — General
108. Obstruction of vehicles and pedestrians 159
109. Keeping safe distance behind vehicles 159
110. Keeping minimum distance between long vehicles 160
111. No entry to choked intersection 161
Division 2 — Keeping to the left
112. Keeping as far left as practicable 161
113. Restriction on use of right lane 162
114. Keeping to left of oncoming vehicles 164

page vi Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

115. Keeping to left of marked or unmarked two-way

carriageway 165
116. Keeping to left of continuous dividing lines 166
117. Keeping to left of median strip 168
118. Service roads 168
119. Driving on or across median strip, painted
island etc. 169
120. Avoiding obstructions on carriageway 172
Division 3 — Overtaking
121. No overtaking unless safe to do so 173
122. Overtaking 173
123. Passing or overtaking vehicle displaying do not
overtake turning vehicle sign 174
124. Keeping safe distance when overtaking 175
124A. Keeping safe distance when passing rideable
device 176
125. Courtesy when overtaking 178
Division 4 — Driving in marked lanes or lines of
traffic
126. Driving in single lane on carriageway 178
127. Moving from one marked lane to another marked
lane across continuous line separating lanes 180
128. Giving way when lines of traffic merge into single
line of traffic 181
129. Driving on or across continuous white edge line 182
130. Riding certain vehicles alongside more than 1
other rider 183
130A. Rider of motor cycle not to ride next to other
vehicles except in certain circumstances 185
130B. When rider of a motor cycle is lawfully lane
filtering 186
Division 5 — Obeying overhead traffic-control
signals applying to marked lanes
131. Overhead traffic-control signals 187
Division 6 — Driving in marked lanes
designated for special purposes
132. Bicycle lanes 190
133. Bus lanes 190
133A. Busways 191

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page vii

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

134. Transit lanes 192

135. Truck lanes 193
136. Exceptions to driving in special purpose lanes etc. 194
137. Marked lanes required to be used by particular
kinds of vehicles 195
Division 6A — Stationary incident response
vehicles
137A. Approaching and passing stationary incident
response vehicles 197
Division 7 — Freight containers
138A. Freight container not to be driven on prohibited
road 198
138B. Signs 199
Part 12 — Restrictions on stopping
and parking
Division 1 — General
138. Stopping in an emergency etc. or to comply with
another regulation 200
139. Application of this Part to bicycles and electric
rideable devices 201
Division 2 — No stopping and no parking signs,
and yellow edge lines
140. No stopping signs 201
141. No parking signs 202
142. No stopping on carriageway with yellow edge line 203
Division 3 — Stopping at intersections and
crossings
143. Prohibited stopping places 203
144. Stopping on or near children’s crossing or
pedestrian crossing 205
145. Stopping on or near marked foot crossing (except
at intersection) 206
146. Stopping at or near bicycle crossing lights (except
at intersection) 207
147. Stopping on or near level crossing 208

page viii Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

Division 4 — Stopping on clearways and

freeways and in emergency stopping bays
and lanes and red X lanes
148. Stopping on clearway 209
149. Stopping on freeway 210
150. Stopping in emergency stopping bay, emergency
stopping lane or red X lane 211
Division 5 — Stopping in zones for particular
vehicles
151. Stopping in loading zone 213
152. Stopping in truck zone 213
153. Stopping in works zone etc. 214
154. Stopping in taxi zone or bus zone 215
155. Stopping in mail zone 216
156. Other limitations in zones 216
Division 6 — Other places where stopping is
restricted
157. Stopping in bus lane, transit lane, truck lane or
bicycle lane 217
158. Stopping in shared zone 217
159. Double parking 218
160. Stopping near obstruction 219
161. Stopping on bridge or in tunnel etc. 219
162. Restriction on stopping vehicle on crests,
curves etc. 220
163. Stopping near fire hydrant etc. 220
164. Stopping at or near bus stop 222
165. Stopping on path, dividing strip, nature strip or
painted island 222
166. Obstructing access to and from path, driveway etc. 223
167. Stopping near letter box 224
168. Stopping on carriageway — heavy and long
vehicles 224
169. Stopping on carriageway with bicycle parking sign 225
170. Stopping on carriageway with motor cycle
parking sign 225
171. Stopping in parking area for people with
disabilities 226

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page ix

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

Division 7 — Permissive parking signs and

parking fees
172. Information on or with permissive parking signs 228
173A. Parking outside times indicated 230
173. Parking for longer than indicated 231
174. Time extension for people with disabilities 231
175. Parking where fees are payable 232
Division 8 — Parallel parking
176. Parallel parking on carriageway (except in median
strip parking area) 232
177. Parallel parking in median strip parking area 235
Division 9 — Angle parking
178. Angle parking 235
Division 10 — Other parking related provisions
179. Parking in parking bays 238
180. Entering and leaving median strip parking area 239
181. Making motor vehicle secure 240
Part 13 — Lights and warning
devices
Division 1 — Lights on motor vehicles
182. Lights on moving motor vehicles 242
183. Using fog lights 242
184. Lights on towed vehicles 243
185. Using headlights on high-beam 244
186. Lights not to be used to dazzle other road users 245
187. Using lights on some stopped vehicles 245
188. Using hazard warning lights 246
Division 2 — Lights on animal-drawn vehicles
189. Lights on animal-drawn vehicles during hours of
darkness or in hazardous weather conditions 247
Division 3 — Horns
190. Use of horns etc. 247
Division 4 — Portable warning signs for heavy
vehicles
191. Portable warning signs for disabled heavy vehicles 247
192. Fallen loadings from heavy vehicles requiring
signs 249

page x Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

193. Restriction on flashing warning lights 251

Part 14 — Pedestrians
Division 1 — General
194. No pedestrians signs 252
195. Pedestrians on road with road access sign 252
196. Crossing carriageway — general 253
197. Crossing at pedestrian lights 253
198. Crossing carriageway with traffic-control signals
that do not include pedestrian lights 255
199. Crossing carriageway on or near crossing for
pedestrians 256
200. Crossing level crossing 257
201. Pedestrians not to cause obstruction 258
202. Getting on or into moving vehicle 259
203. Pedestrians travelling along carriageway (except in
or on wheeled recreational device, motorised
scooter or wheeled toy) 259
204. Pedestrians on part of path designated for
bicycles only 260
205. Games on roads 262
Division 2 — Persons travelling in or on
wheeled recreational devices, motorised
scooters and wheeled toys
206. Wheeled recreational devices, motorised scooters
and wheeled toys prohibited on certain
carriageways and where no wheeled devices signs
apply 263
207. Travelling in or on wheeled recreational device,
motorised scooter or wheeled toy on carriageway 264
208. Travelling in or on wheeled recreational device,
motorised scooter or wheeled toy on footpath or
shared path 265
209. Travelling in or on wheeled recreational device or
motorised scooter on separated footpath or bicycle
path 266
209A. Protective helmets to be worn on motorised
scooters 266
209B. Travel in hours of darkness or in hazardous
weather 267

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page xi

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

210. Towing of wheeled recreational devices, motorised

scooters and toys 267
210A. Proper control of motorised scooters 268
Part 15 — Additional provisions for
bicycles, electric rideable devices
and electric personal
transporters (EPTs)
Division 1 — Bicycles and electric rideable
devices
210B. Electric rideable devices prohibited on certain
carriageways 269
211. Riding bicycles and electric rideable devices 270
212. Carrying persons or animals on bicycles or electric
rideable devices 270
213. Riding in bicycle lane 271
214. Riding across a crossing 271
215A. Entering bicycle storage area on bicycle or electric
rideable device 272
215B. Giving way while entering or in bicycle storage
area 272
215. Riding on wrong part of separated footpath 273
216. Paths 273
217. Riding to left of oncoming bicycles or electric
rideable devices on path 274
218. No bicycles signs and markings 274
218A. No wheeled devices signs 275
219. Riders of bicycles and electric rideable devices not
to cause obstruction 276
220. Towing of bicycles or electric rideable devices 276
221. Riding too close behind motor vehicle 277
222. Riders of bicycles to wear and ensure passengers
wear protective helmets 277
223A. Passengers on bicycles to wear protective helmets 278
223B. Riders of electric rideable devices to wear
protective helmets 278
223. Riding with person on bicycle trailer 279
224. Lights and other equipment on bicycles and
electric rideable devices 280

page xii Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

225. Red bicycle crossing lights 282

226. Stopping for yellow bicycle crossing light 282
227. Proceeding when bicycle crossing lights change to
yellow or red 283
228. Minimum age to ride power assisted pedal cycle or
electric rideable device 284
229. Proper control of bicycles and electric rideable
devices 285
229A. Electric rideable device must not have sharp
protrusions 285
Division 2 — Electric personal transporters
(EPTs)
Subdivision 1 — Preliminary
230A. Terms used 285
230B. EPTs and EPT use areas 286
Subdivision 2 — Provisions for EPT riders
230C. EPTs to be ridden in EPT use areas only 286
230D. Riders to be at least 12 years of age 286
230E. EPT to be supplied and supervised by commercial
operator 287
230F. Riders to wear protective helmets 287
230G. Towing of EPTs prohibited 287
230H. Riding EPTs 288
230I. No passengers or animals on EPTs 288
230J. EPT rider not to cause obstruction 288
Subdivision 3 — Provisions for commercial
operators of EPTs
230K. EPTs not to be able to exceed 10 km/h and to be
fitted with warning devices 289
230L. EPTs only to be for supervised tours or during
training for supervised tours 289
230M. Supervised tours 290
230N. Records to be kept and supplied on demand 291
Part 16 — Persons travelling on or in
a vehicle
Division 1 — Preliminary
230. Terms used 292
231. Medical certificate 294

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page xiii

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

Division 2 — Requirement to wear seatbelts,

etc.
232. Driver to wear seatbelt 295
233. Wearing of seatbelts by passengers 16 years old or
older 295
234. Wearing of seatbelts by passengers under
16 years old 297
235. Specific exemptions from wearing seatbelts and
defences 300
235A. Penalties for seatbelt offences by driver 303
Division 4 — Exceptions
240. Exemptions 306
241. Police to consider safety of alleged offenders 306
Division 5 — Other duties
242. Body or limbs protruding from vehicles 307
243. Opening doors and alighting from vehicles 308
244. Drivers and pillion passengers upon motor cycles
to wear protective helmets 308
245. Motor cycle rider to be properly seated 309
246A. Passengers on 2-wheeled motor cycles 310
246B. Passengers on trikes and motor cycles with
sidecars 311
246. Interfering with driver’s control of vehicle 312
Part 17 — Additional provisions for
drivers of public buses etc., in
bus lanes
247A. Application of this Part 313
247. Stopping for red B light 313
248. Stopping for yellow B light 313
249. Exception to stopping for red or yellow B light 314
250. Proceeding after stopping for red or yellow B light 314
251. Proceeding when traffic-control signal shows
circular red light and white B light or white traffic
arrow is showing 314
252. Proceeding when white B light or white arrow is
no longer showing 315

page xiv Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

Part 18 — Miscellaneous provisions

Division 1 — Miscellaneous provisions for
drivers
253. Driving on paths 317
254. Driving on nature strip 318
255. Creating excessive noise 319
256. Putting glass etc. on roads 320
257. Securing of loads 321
258. Evidentiary provisions relating to securing of loads 322
259. Selling papers and cars, hitch-hiking etc. 323
260. Requirement to have wheels or tracks 324
261. Driving backwards 324
263. Drivers to have uninterrupted and undistracted
views etc. 325
264A. Dogs etc. on motor cycles 326
264. Use of visual display units etc. in vehicle 326
265. Use of mobile phones 327
Division 2 — Provisions for people in charge of
animals
267. Leading animals 331
268. Rider of animal on footpath or nature strip to give
way to pedestrians 331
269. Riding animal alongside more than one other rider 332
270. Proper control of animals 332
Division 3 — Directions by police and
authorised persons
271. Authorised person to be declared 333
272. Obedience to police or authorised persons 333
273. Directions by police 334
Division 4 — Unattended and unauthorised
vehicles and stock on roads
275. Unattended stock on roads 335
276. Restrictions on driving of stock 336
277. Permit for driving of stock 336
Division 5 — Towing
278. Towing a vehicle, trailer etc. 337
279. Towed vehicles, trailers etc. 339

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page xv

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

Part 19 — Exemptions, specific local

and transitional provisions
Division 1 — Exemptions
280. Exemption for drivers of emergency vehicles
(police officers) 341
281. Exemption for drivers of emergency vehicles
(other) 341
282A. Exemption for drivers of vehicles used in police
driver training 342
282. Stopping and parking exemption for emergency
vehicles, police vehicles and authorised persons 342
283. Exemption for police and emergency workers on
foot or on patrol 343
284. General exemptions from seatbelt provisions 344
285. Exemption for road workers etc. 344
285A. Exemption for operators of certain measuring
equipment 347
285B. Exemption for operators of “red light” cameras 349
286. Exemption for oversize vehicles 351
287. Exemption for tow truck drivers 352
288A. Exemption for motor break-down service vehicles 353
288B. Exemption for Main Roads incident response
service 354
288. Exemption for postal vehicles 355
289. Exemption for certain vehicles displaying flashing
warning lights 355
Division 2 — Specific local provisions
290. Processions and public meetings 358
291. Temporary closure of or restriction on use of roads 359
292. Restrictions on traffic in pedestrian mall 359
292A. Directions when road under repair etc. 360
Division 3 — Stop lines and give way lines
293. Stop signs and stop lines 360
294. Give way signs and give way lines 361
Part 20 — General
295. Authorisation to be in writing 362
296. Delineation of parking areas etc. 362

page xvi Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000

Contents

297. Power to erect traffic-control signals and road

signs 362
298. Unauthorised use of various traffic-related items 365
299. Limits on operation of signs 366
300. All traffic-control signals and traffic signs to be
operative 366
301. Inscriptions on signs to have effect according to
their tenor 366
302. Variations in traffic signs etc. 366
303A. Audible lines 368
303. Operation of signs on holidays 368
304. Symbols, lights and traffic related items etc. 368
305. Representations of traffic signs, traffic-control
signals, symbols etc. in these regulations 369
306. References to pedestrians or relevant riders
crossing carriageway 369
Schedule 1 — Abbreviations and
symbols
Schedule 2 — Standard or commonly
used traffic signs
Schedule 3 — Other permitted traffic
signs
Schedule 4 — Symbols, lights and
traffic-related items
Schedule 5 — O’Connor Industrial
Area
Notes
Compilation table 411
Other notes 416
Defined terms

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page xvii

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Act 1974

Road Traffic Code 2000

Part 1 — Preliminary
1. Citation
These regulations may be cited as the Road Traffic Code 2000.

2. Commencement
These regulations come into operation on 1 December 2000.

3. Terms and abbreviations used

(1) In these regulations —
alcohol ignition interlock device means a device in a vehicle
that is designed to prevent the vehicle from being started or
driven unless the device is supplied with a breath sample that
contains either no alcohol, or less than a certain concentration of
alcohol;
articulated vehicle means a motor vehicle having at its rear a
portion on wheels that is pivoted to, and part of which is
superimposed on and supported by, the front portion of the
vehicle;
authorised body means a government department, government
instrumentality, statutory authority, local government or a body
authorised by the Commissioner of Main Roads for the purposes
of regulation 297(2);
authorised person means a person authorised by the
Commissioner of Police under regulation 271;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 1

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

B light means a traffic-control signal showing a red, white or

yellow B light;
Example
White B light

B lights means a traffic-control signal designed to show a

B light, or 2 or more B lights at different times;
bicycle means a vehicle with 2 or more wheels that is built to be
propelled by human power through a belt, chain or gears
(whether or not it has an auxiliary motor) and —
(a) includes a pedicab, penny-farthing, tricycle and power
assisted pedal cycle; but
(b) does not include a wheelchair, wheeled recreational
device, wheeled toy, any vehicle (other than a power
assisted pedal cycle) with an auxiliary motor capable of
generating a power output over 200 watts (whether or
not the motor is operating), or an electric rideable
device;
bicycle crossing lights means a device designed to show, at
different times, a green, yellow or red bicycle crossing light;
Example
Red bicycle crossing light Green bicycle crossing light
(bicycle symbol in red) (bicycle symbol in green)

page 2 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

Yellow bicycle crossing light

(bicycle symbol in yellow)

bicycle hook turn storage area means an area between an

intersection and a marked foot crossing, or if there is no marked
foot crossing, a stop line, before the intersection that has painted
on it one or more bicycle symbols and one or more right traffic
lane arrows, and includes any line that delineates the right side
of the area, and any line that delineates the left side of the area
that is not also a stop line or part of a marked foot crossing but
does not include a bicycle storage area;
bicycle lane means a marked lane, or the part of a marked
lane —
(a) beginning at a “bicycle lane” sign applying to the lane,
or a road marking comprising a white bicycle symbol
and the word “lane” painted in white; and
(b) ending at the nearest of the following —
(i) an “end bicycle lane” sign applying to the lane,
or a road marking comprising a white bicycle
symbol and the words “end lane” painted in
white;
(ii) an intersection (unless the lane is at the unbroken
side of the continuing road at a T-intersection or
continued across the intersection by broken
lines);
(iii) if the carriageway ends at a dead end — the end
of the carriageway;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 3

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

Bicycle lane sign End bicycle lane sign

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of the “bicycle lane”
sign, and another permitted version of the “end bicycle lane” sign.

bicycle path means a length of path beginning at a “bicycle

path” sign or a “bicycle path” road marking and ending at the
nearest of the following:
(a) an “end bicycle path” sign, or an “end bicycle path” road
marking;
(b) a “separated footpath” sign or a “separated footpath”
road marking;
(c) a carriageway;
(d) the end of the path;
Bicycle path sign End bicycle path sign

Separated footpath sign

page 4 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

bicycle path road marking means a road marking consisting of

a bicycle symbol, the words “bicycles only”, or both the bicycle
symbol and the word “only”;
bicycle storage area means an area of road before an
intersection with traffic control signals —
(a) that has painted on it one or more bicycle symbols; and
(b) that is between 2 parallel stop lines, regardless of
whether the lines are of equal length; and
(c) that opens out from a bicycle lane or shoulder,
but does not include either stop line;
Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority means the body
established under section 4 of the Botanic Gardens and Parks
Authority Act 1998;
built-up area means the territory contiguous to and including
any road —
(a) on which there is provision for street lighting at intervals
of not over 100 m for a distance of at least 500 m or, if
the road is shorter than 500 m, for the whole road; or
(b) which is built up with structures devoted to business,
industry or dwelling houses at intervals of less than
100 m for a distance of 500 m or more;
bus means a motor vehicle, built mainly to carry people, that
seats over 12 adults (including the driver);
bus embayment means an embayment at the side of a
carriageway, designed so that a public bus can be driven into it,
for the purpose of allowing passengers to alight or enter, without
impeding the flow of traffic on that carriageway, but does not
include a bus lane;
bus lane means a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane of a
carriageway —
(a) beginning at a “bus lane” sign (whether or not there is
also a “bus lane” road marking) and ending at the
nearest of the following —
(i) an “end bus lane” sign;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 5

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

(ii) a traffic sign that indicates the beginning of

another special purpose lane;
or
(b) beginning at a “bus lane” road marking (if there is no
“bus lane” sign) and ending at the next intersection;
Bus lane sign End bus lane sign

“bus lane” road marking means a road marking consisting

of —
(a) the letters ‘BL’; or
(b) the words ‘bus lane’; or
(c) the words ‘bus only’;
bus stop means a length of carriageway commencing 20 m on
the approach side of, and ending 10 m on the departure side of, a
post indicating that public buses stop at that point;
busway means a portion of a carriageway that is —
(a) enclosed in a manner intended to prevent vehicles from
moving into that portion of the carriageway other than at
the beginning of the portion of carriageway; and
(b) defined by a “busway” sign at its beginning and an “end
busway” sign at its end;

page 6 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

Busway sign End busway sign

bus zone means a length of carriageway to which a “bus zone”

sign applies;
Bus zone sign
(arrow and background to words in red)

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of this sign.

Note A “bus zone” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different direction
and anything on the sign may be differently arranged.

carriageway means a portion of a road that is improved,

designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic, and includes
the shoulders, and areas, including embayments, at the side or
centre of the carriageway, used for the stopping or parking of
vehicles; and, where a road has 2 or more of those portions
divided by a median strip, the expression means each of those
portions, separately;
centre, in relation to a carriageway, means a line or a series of
lines, marks, or other indications —
(a) for a two-way carriageway — placed so as to delineate
vehicular traffic travelling in different directions; or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 7

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

(b) in the absence of any such lines, marks or other

indications — the middle of the main, travelled portion
of the carriageway;
children’s crossing means a portion of a carriageway between
2 parallel broken or unbroken lines, each approximately
150 mm wide and not more than 5 m apart marked across, or
partly across the carriageway and near which “children crossing
– stop” signs are displayed and, where the lines are so marked
partly across a carriageway, includes the portion of the
carriageway between the prolongations of those lines;
Children crossing — stop sign
(octagonal background in red)
(square background in lime/yellow)

combination has the meaning given in the Road Traffic

(Vehicles) Regulations 2014 regulation 3;
continuing road in relation to a T-intersection, means the
carriageway that meets the terminating road at the
T-intersection;
default speed limit, for a vehicle —
(a) that is limited to a particular speed limit by these
regulations that is slower than 110 km/h, means that
slower speed limit; or
(b) that is not otherwise limited to a particular speed limit
by these regulations, means a speed limit of 110 km/h;

page 8 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

de-restriction sign means a sign that indicates the end of a speed

restriction, and replacing it with the default speed limit;
De-restriction sign

dipped, in relation to the main beam of light projected by the

headlight of a motor vehicle, means in the low-beam position
within the meaning of the Road Traffic (Vehicles)
Regulations 2014 regulation 3;
dipping device means a device by which the driver of a motor
vehicle, while retaining his or her normal driving position, can
cause the main beam or beams of light from the headlight or
headlights of the vehicle to be dipped;
disability parking permit has the meaning given in the Local
Government (Parking for People with Disabilities)
Regulations 2014 section 4;
dividing line means a road marking formed by a line, or
2 parallel lines, whether broken or continuous, or by a series of
reflective markers, intended to divide a road lengthways into
separate carriageways, to be used by vehicles travelling in
opposite directions;
dividing strip means an area or structure that divides a road
lengthways into separate carriageways, but does not include a
nature strip, bicycle path, footpath or shared path;
edge line, for a carriageway, means a line marked along the
carriageway at or near the far left or far right side of the
carriageway;
electric personal transporter means a vehicle declared as an
electric personal transporter under regulation 230B;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 9

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

electric personal transporter use area means an area declared

as an electric personal transporter use area under
regulation 230B;
electric rideable device has the meaning given in regulation 3A;
emergency stopping bay means a bay to which an “emergency
stopping bay” sign applies;
Emergency stopping bay signs
(background to “emergency” in red) (background to phone in blue)

Note The sign may have an arrow pointing in a different direction.

emergency stopping lane means a marked lane, or the part of a
marked lane, to which an “emergency stopping lane only” sign
applies;
Emergency stopping lane only sign

Note The sign may have an arrow pointing in a different direction.

emergency vehicle means a vehicle —

(a) when conveying a police officer on official duty or when
that vehicle is stationary at any place connected with the
official duty; or
(b) of a fire brigade on official duty in consequence of a fire
or an alarm of fire or of an emergency or rescue

page 10 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

operation where human life is reasonably considered to

be in danger; or
(c) being an ambulance, answering an urgent call or
conveying any injured or sick person to any place for the
provision of urgent treatment; or
(d) being used to obtain or convey blood or other supplies,
drugs or equipment for a person urgently requiring
treatment and duly authorised to carry a siren or bell for
use as a warning instrument; or
(e) duly authorised as an emergency vehicle for the
purposes of these regulations, by the CEO;
“end of heavy vehicle speed zone” sign means a sign, erected
near the boundary of a carriageway to face approaching drivers,
that is substantially rectangular in shape and consists of the
message “END OF HEAVY VEHICLE SPEED ZONE” in
black lettering upon a white background;
fire hydrant means an upright pipe with a spout, nozzle or other
outlet for drawing water from a main or service pipe in case of
fire or other emergency;
Examples
Fire hydrant indicators

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 11

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

Fire plug indicator

footpath means an area that is open to the public that is

designated for, or has as one of its main uses, use by
pedestrians;
freeway means a road or portion of a road that is designated as a
freeway by signs erected thereon or adjacent thereto;
Freeway signs
(background in green) (background in green)

End freeway sign

(background in green)

front fog light has the same meaning as in the Road Traffic
(Vehicles) Regulations 2014 regulation 3;
give way line means a broken line marked across, or partly
across, a carriageway that is not a part of a crossing;

page 12 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

Example
Give way line

heavy vehicle means a vehicle, other than a bus, that has, or

together with any attached trailer and its load has, a GCM that is
22.5 t or more;
heavy vehicle speed zone means a length of carriageway,
defined at its beginning by means of a “heavy vehicle speed
zone” sign and at its end by means of an “end of heavy vehicle
speed zone” sign;
“heavy vehicle speed zone” sign means a sign, erected near the
boundary of a carriageway to face approaching drivers, that is
substantially rectangular in shape and consists of —
(a) numerals in black set within a red circle; and
(b) the message “ALL VEHICLES 22.5 tonnes or more” in
black lettering,
upon a white background;
holiday period has the meaning given in the Road Traffic
(Authorisation to Drive) Regulations 2014 regulation 67;
hook turn means a turn made in accordance with Part 4
Division 3;
hours of darkness means the hours falling between sunset, on
one day, and sunrise, on the succeeding day;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 13

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

intersection means —
(a) the area where 2 or more carriageways meet; or
(b) the area within which vehicles, travelling by, on or from
different carriageways may come into conflict;
keep clear marking means the words ‘keep clear’ marked across
all or part of a carriageway, with or without continuous lines
marked across all or part of the carriageway;
Examples
Example 1 Example 2
Keep clear marking Keep clear marking with
bounded by line road no line road markings
markings

laned carriageway means a carriageway divided into 2 or more

marked lanes for vehicular traffic;
level crossing means an area where a road and a railway meet at
substantially the same level, together with the road area between
the “level crossing” signs on the approaches to the railway and
any adjacent area that is denoted by painted, crosshatched road
markings;

page 14 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

Level crossing signs

(white cross on a red background)

licenced pilot vehicle driver means a person who holds a heavy

vehicle pilot licence granted under the Road Traffic (Vehicles)
Regulations 2014 Part 13A;
loading zone means a length of a carriageway to which a
“loading zone” sign applies;
Loading zone sign
(arrow and background to words in red)

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of this sign.

Note A “loading zone” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different
direction and anything on the sign may be differently arranged.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 15

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

mail zone means a length of carriageway to which a “mail zone”

sign applies;
Mail zone sign
(arrow and background to words in red)

Note A “mail zone” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different direction
and anything on the sign may be differently arranged.

marked foot crossing means a portion of a carriageway —

(a) at a place with pedestrian lights facing pedestrians
crossing the carriageway, and traffic-control signals
facing drivers driving on the carriageway; and
(b) indicated by a different road surface, or between
2 continuous or broken lines, or rows of studs or
markers, on the road surface substantially from one side
of the carriageway to the other;
median strip means any physical provision, other than lines,
dividing a road to separate vehicular traffic proceeding in
opposing directions or to separate 2 one-way carriageways for
vehicular traffic proceeding in opposing directions;
motor cycle means a motor vehicle that has 2 wheels and
includes —
(a) a 2-wheeled motor vehicle with a sidecar attached to it
that is supported by a third wheel; and
(b) a motor vehicle with 3 wheels that is ridden in the same
way as a motor vehicle with 2 wheels,
but does not include any trailer;

page 16 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

motorised scooter means a scooter that has 1 or more electric

motors (whether the motors are part of the scooter or attached to
the scooter) if —
(a) the maker of the scooter certifies (either by means of a
plate attached to the motor or on each motor, or by
means of engraving on the motor or each motor) the
ungoverned power output of the motor, or each motor;
and
(b) the maximum power output of the motor, or the
combined maximum power output of the motors, is not
more than 200 watts; and
(c) when propelled only by the motor or motors, the scooter
is not capable of going faster than 10 km/h on level
ground;
motorised wheelchair means a motorised wheelchair that is
designed so as to be not capable of a speed exceeding 10 km/h;
motor vehicle does not include a motorised wheelchair,
motorised scooter, electric rideable device or electric personal
transporter;
nature strip means an area between a carriageway and the front
boundary of adjacent land, but does not include a path;
no bicycles road marking means a road marking consisting of a
bicycle symbol with a diagonal line across it, or the words “no
bicycles”, or both the symbol and the words;
no parking area means —
(a) a portion of carriageway to which a “no parking” sign
applies; or
(b) an area to which a “no parking” sign applies;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 17

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

No parking sign No parking sign

(for a length of carriageway) (for an area)
(circle, slash and arrow in red) (circle and slash in red)

Note A “no parking” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different

direction.

no stopping area means —

(a) a portion of carriageway to which a “no stopping” sign
applies; or
(b) an area to which a “no stopping” sign applies;
No stopping sign No stopping sign
(for a length of carriageway) (for an area)
(circle, slash and arrow in red) (circle and slash in red)

Note A “no stopping” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different

direction.

obstruction includes a traffic hazard, but does not include a

vehicle only because the vehicle is stopped in traffic or is
travelling more slowly than other vehicles;
on-demand rank or hail vehicle authorisation means a
passenger transport vehicle authorisation (as defined in the
Transport (Road Passenger Services) Act 2018 section 4(1))
that authorises the operation of the vehicle for use in providing

page 18 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

an on-demand rank or hail passenger transport service (as

defined in that section);
one-way carriageway means a carriageway on which vehicles
are permitted to travel in one direction only;
overhead controlled lane means a marked lane that is part of a
laned carriageway where separate traffic-control signals or
variable illuminated signs capable of being speed limit signs are
erected over each lane of that laned carriageway;
oversize has the same meaning as in the Road Traffic (Vehicles)
Regulations 2014 regulation 3;
painted island means an area of road —
(a) entirely surrounded by a line or lines (whether broken or
continuous); or
(b) surrounded partly by a line or lines (whether broken or
continuous) and partly by a kerb on or next to the
carriageway,
which may be further identified by stripes or chevrons marked
on the enclosed road surface, or by the enclosed road surface
being a contrasting colour, but not including the road within a
dividing line;
park means to permit a vehicle, whether attended or not, to
remain stationary, except for the purpose of —
(a) avoiding conflict with other traffic; or
(b) complying with the provisions of any law; or
(c) taking up or setting down persons or goods (maximum of
2 minutes);
parking area means —
(a) a portion of carriageway to which a “permissive
parking” sign applies; or
(b) an area to which a “permissive parking” sign applies;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 19

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

Permissive parking sign Permissive parking sign

(for a length of carriageway) (for an area)

Permissive parking sign Permissive parking sign

displaying a people with displaying a people with
disabilities symbol disabilities symbol
(for a length of road) (for an area)

parking control sign means any of the following:

(a) a “bicycle parking” sign;
(b) a “bus zone” sign or bus stop post;
(c) a “clearway” sign;
(d) a “loading zone” sign;
(e) a “mail zone” sign;
(f) a “motor cycle parking” sign;
(g) a “no parking” sign;
(h) a “no stopping” sign;
(i) a “people with disabilities parking” sign;
(j) a “permissive parking” sign;

page 20 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

(k) a “permissive parking” sign displaying a “people with

disabilities” symbol;
(l) a “taxi zone” sign;
(m) a “truck zone” sign;
(p) a “works zone” sign;
passenger transport vehicle has the meaning given in the
Transport (Road Passenger Services) Act 2018 section 4(1);
path includes bicycle path, footpath, separated footpath and
shared path;
pedestrian means any person on foot or in a perambulator, or a
physically disabled person in an unmotorised wheelchair or in a
motorised wheelchair, and includes —
(a) a person pushing a perambulator or wheelchair; and
(b) a person wheeling a bicycle, electric rideable device,
wheeled recreational device, motorised scooter or
wheeled toy, if the person is completely dismounted;
and
(c) a person in or on a wheeled recreational device or a
motorised scooter; and
(d) a person under 12 years of age in or on a wheeled toy;
pedestrian crossing means a portion of a carriageway —
(a) defined —
(i) by white stripes; or
(ii) by white or yellow stripes (according to the
colour of the carriageway) and the portions of the
carriageway lying between those stripes,
in such a manner that each stripe is approximately
parallel to the centre of the carriageway; and
(b) near each end of which may be erected, on each side of
the carriageway, so as to be clearly visible to an
approaching driver, a “pedestrian crossing” sign;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 21

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

Pedestrian crossing sign

(background in yellow)

pedestrian light means a device designed to show, at different

times —
(a) a red pedestrian light – being either an illuminated red
pedestrian symbol (whether or not flashing), or the
words ‘don’t walk’ illuminated in red (whether or not
flashing); or
(b) green pedestrian light – being an illuminated green
pedestrian symbol, or the word ‘walk’ illuminated in
green (whether or not flashing);
Red pedestrian light Green pedestrian light
showing red pedestrian showing green pedestrian
symbol symbol

pedestrian mall means any road or portion of a road that is

designated as a pedestrian mall by signs erected thereon or
adjacent thereto;
postal vehicle means a motor vehicle or bicycle driven or ridden
by a person in the course of collecting or delivering postal
articles for, or on behalf of, the Australian Postal Corporation;
public bus means a bus operated by or on behalf of the State as
a passenger vehicle, to carry passengers for hire or reward,

page 22 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

whether in connection with a railway or not, but does not

include a vehicle in relation to which an on-demand rank or hail
vehicle authorisation is in force;
rear fog light has the same meaning as in the Road Traffic
(Vehicles) Regulations 2014 regulation 226;
red X lane means a length of overhead controlled lane
beginning at a traffic-control signal over that lane displaying an
illuminated red diagonal cross and ending at the nearest of the
following —
(a) another traffic-control signal over that lane displaying an
illuminated red diagonal cross;
(b) another traffic-control signal over that lane displaying an
illuminated white, green or yellow arrow pointing
downwards;
(c) a speed limit sign over that lane;
(d) a speed limit sign erected on or near the carriageway of
which the overhead controlled lane is part;
Illuminated red diagonal cross
(cross in red)

relevant rider means a rider of a bicycle or electric rideable

device who crosses a carriageway, or part of a carriageway, or
who is on a crossing, but only if the rider —
(a) enters the carriageway or crossing from a path connected
to the carriageway or crossing and not from a
carriageway; and
(b) crosses by the shortest safe route to another path; and
(c) approaches and rides across the carriageway or on the
crossing at a speed not exceeding 10 km/h;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 23

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

rider means the driver of, or person riding, a motor cycle,

bicycle, electric rideable device, motorised scooter, electric
personal transporter, animal or animal-drawn vehicle, but does
not include a passenger, or a person walking beside and
wheeling a bicycle, electric rideable device or motorised
scooter;
road marking means a word, figure, symbol, mark, line, raised
marker or stud, on the surface of a carriageway, to direct or
warn traffic;
road sign means a board, plate, screen, road marking, or other
device, whether or not illuminated, displaying words, figures,
symbols or anything else to direct or warn traffic on, entering or
leaving a road;
school zone means a carriageway or length of carriageway —
(a) defined at its beginning by means of a “school zone”
sign and at its end by means of an “end school zone”
sign; or
(b) that forms part of a network of 2 or more carriageways
defined by means of —
(i) “school zone” signs erected near the boundary of
each carriageway that provides access to the
network, so that a driver can only lawfully enter
the network on a carriageway by passing a
“school zone” sign; and
(ii) “end school zone” signs erected near the
boundary of each carriageway that provides an
exit from the area, so that a driver can only
lawfully exit the network on a carriageway by
passing an “end school zone” sign;

page 24 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

School zone sign End school zone sign

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of each of these signs.

school zone periods means the days (if any), and the periods (if
any) during those days, that the speed limit indicated on a
“school zone” sign has effect;
scooter means a device that —
(a) has 2 or more wheels and a footboard supported by those
wheels; and
(b) is steered by handlebars; and
(c) is designed to be used by a single person; and
(d) is propelled by any one or more of the following —
(i) gravity;
(ii) the user pushing a foot against the ground;
(iii) an electric motor or motors;
[(e) deleted]
separated footpath means a length of footpath beginning at a
“separated footpath” sign or a “separated footpath” road
marking, and ending at the nearest of the following:
(a) an “end separated footpath” sign or an “end separated
footpath” road marking;
(b) a “no bicycles” sign, or a “no bicycles” road marking;
(c) a “bicycle path” sign or “bicycle path” road marking;
(d) a carriageway;
(e) the end of the path;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 25

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

Separated footpath sign End separated footpath

sign

No bicycles sign Bicycle path sign

(circle and slash in red)

separated footpath road marking means a road marking

consisting of a pedestrian symbol and a bicycle symbol side by
side, with or without the word “only”;
service road means a carriageway that —
(a) is separated from other parts of a road by a dividing strip
that is not designed or developed, wholly or mainly, to
separate vehicles travelling in opposite directions; and
(b) is —
(i) designed or developed to be used, wholly or
mainly, by vehicular traffic servicing adjacent
land; or
(ii) indicated to be a service road by information on
or with a traffic-control signal on or adjacent to
the carriageway;
shared path means an area open to the public (except a
separated footpath) that is designated for, or has as one of its
main uses, use by both the riders of bicycles and pedestrians,

page 26 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

and includes a length of path beginning at a “shared path” sign

or “shared path” road marking and ending at the nearest of the
following:
(a) an “end shared path” sign or “end shared path” road
marking;
(b) a “no bicycles” sign, or a “no bicycles” road marking;
(c) a “bicycle path” sign;
(d) a carriageway;
(e) the end of the path;

Shared path sign End shared path sign

No bicycles sign Bicycle path sign

(circle and slash in red)

shared path road marking means a road marking consisting of

the symbols used in the “shared path” sign, and an “end shared
path road marking” consists of those symbols with the word
“END”;
shared zone means —
(aa) an area designated by the Minister as a shared zone
under regulation 4B; or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 27

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

(a) a length of road with —

(i) both a “shared zone” sign and an “end shared
zone” sign; and
(ii) no intersection between the signs;
or
(b) a length of road with —
(i) a “shared zone” sign; and
(ii) a dead end; and
(iii) no intersection between the sign and the dead
end;
or
(c) the network of roads in an area with —
(i) a “shared zone” sign on each road into the area,
indicating the same number; and
(ii) an “end shared zone” sign on each road out of the
area;
Shared zone sign End shared zone sign
(circle in red)

Note A “shared zone” sign may have a 10 or a 20 on the sign.

shared zone sign means a sign that is substantially rectangular
in shape and consists of the following upon a white
background —
(a) the numerals “10” or “20” in black set within a red
circle;
(b) the words “SHARED ZONE” in black lettering;

page 28 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

(c) the symbol of a person next to the symbol of a car, each

in black;
Shared zone sign
(circle in red)

Note A “shared zone” sign may have a 10 or a 20 on the sign.

slip lane means an area of carriageway for vehicles turning left
that is separated, at some point, from other parts of the road by
some form of painted island or traffic island;
special purpose lane means a bicycle lane, bus lane, emergency
stopping lane, red X lane, transit lane or truck lane;
special purpose vehicle means —
(a) a vehicle being driven by a police officer on official duty
or that vehicle when it is stationary at any place
connected with the official duty; or
(b) a public utility service truck; or
(c) a tow truck; or
(d) a motor break-down service vehicle; or
(e) a vehicle being used by a State government agency or
local government in connection with its roadwork or
speed zoning functions; or
(f) a vehicle duly authorised as a special purpose vehicle for
the purposes of these regulations, by the CEO,
but does not include an emergency vehicle;
speed limit, applicable to —
(a) a heavy vehicle speed zone, means the speed indicated
by the numerals on the “heavy vehicle speed zone” sign
at the beginning of the zone;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 29

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

(b) a school zone, means the speed indicated by the

numerals on the “school zone” sign at the beginning of
the zone;
(c) a speed limited area, means the speed indicated by the
numerals on the “area speed limit” sign on a road
leading into the area;
(ca) a shared zone, means —
(i) in the case of a shared zone referred to in
paragraph (aa) of the definition of shared
zone — the speed specified by the Minister as
being the speed limit applicable to the shared
zone under regulation 4B; or
(ii) in the case of a shared zone referred to in
paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of shared
zone — the speed indicated by the numerals on
the “shared zone” sign at the beginning of the
zone; or
(iii) in the case of a shared zone referred to in
paragraph (c) of the definition of shared zone —
the speed indicated by the numerals on the
“shared zone” sign on a road leading into the
zone;
(d) a speed zone, means the speed indicated by the numerals
on the speed limit sign, at the beginning of the zone;
speed limited area means a carriageway or length of
carriageway —
(a) defined at its beginning by means of an “area speed
limit” sign and at its end by means of an “end area speed
limit” sign; or
(b) that forms part of a network of 2 or more carriageways
defined by means of —
(i) “area speed limit” signs erected near the
boundary of each carriageway that provides
access to the network, so that a driver can only

page 30 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

lawfully enter the network on a carriageway by

passing an “area speed limit” sign; and
(ii) “end area speed limit” signs erected near the
boundary of each carriageway that provides an
exit from the area, so that a driver can only
lawfully exit the network on a carriageway by
passing an “end area speed limit” sign;
Area speed limit sign End area speed limit sign
(circle in red)

Area speed limit sign End area speed limit sign

(circle in red)

Note for examples of signs There are a number of other permitted versions
of each of these signs.
speed limit sign means a sign (including a variable illuminated
sign), other than an “area speed limit” sign, “school zone” sign,
“shared zone” sign or “heavy vehicle speed zone” sign, that is
substantially rectangular in shape and —
(a) is displayed or erected on or near a carriageway; and
(b) consists of one of the following —
(i) black numerals set within a white circle with a
red outline upon a white background;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 31

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

(ii) white numerals set within a black circle with a

red outline upon a black background;
(iii) black numerals set within a white circle with a
red outline upon a black background;
Speed limit sign Speed limit sign
(Standard sign) (Variable illuminated sign)
(circle in red) (circle illuminated in red)

Speed limit sign

(Variable illuminated sign)
(circle illuminated in red)

Note A speed limit sign may have a different number on the sign.
speed zone means a length of carriageway defined at its
beginning by means of a speed limit sign, and at its end by
means of —
(a) a de-restriction sign or an “end speed limit” sign; or
(b) another speed limit sign; or
(c) an “area speed limit” sign, a “school zone” sign or a
“heavy vehicle speed zone” sign; or
(ca) the beginning of a shared zone; or

page 32 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

(d) a T-intersection where that carriageway ends;

Speed limit signs
Speed limit sign Speed limit sign
(Standard sign) (Variable illuminated sign)
(circle in red) (circle illuminated in red)

Speed limit sign

(Variable illuminated sign)
(circle illuminated in red)

Other signs
End speed limit sign De-restriction sign

stop, in relation to a vehicle, means to stop the vehicle and

permit it to remain stationary, except for the purpose of avoiding
conflict with other traffic or of complying with the provisions of
any law;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 33

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

stop line means a continuous line —

(a) that is marked across all or part of a carriageway; and
(b) that is not part of a marked foot crossing, a keep clear
marking or a bicycle hook turn storage area;
stop sign means an octagonal (or, if hand-held, octagonal or
round) sign, inscribed with the word “Stop”, requiring a driver
to stop;

Traffic light-stop sign Stop sign

(background in red) (background in red)

Hand-held stop signs

(background in red) (background in orange)

taxi means a vehicle used or intended to be used in providing an

on-demand rank or hail passenger transport service (as defined
in the Transport (Road Passenger Services) Act 2018
section 4(1));
taxi zone means a length of carriageway to which a “taxi zone”
sign applies;

page 34 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

Taxi zone sign

(arrow and background to words in red)

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of this sign.

Note A “taxi zone” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different direction
and anything on the sign may be differently arranged.
terminating road in relation to a T-intersection, means —
(a) if a carriageway at the intersection is designated by
traffic signs or road markings, or in another way, as a
carriageway that ends at the intersection — that
carriageway; or
(b) in any other case — a carriageway that ends at the
intersection;
T-intersection means an intersection where 2 carriageways meet
(whether or not at right angles) and one of the carriageways
ends;
tow truck has the same meaning as in the Road Traffic
(Vehicles) Regulations 2014 regulation 3;
traffic-control signal means any light or lights (coloured or
otherwise), however operated, for the control or regulation of
traffic, by the use of an illuminated word or words, an
illuminated symbol or symbols, a coloured light or coloured
lights or any combination of those things;
traffic island means any physical provision, other than lines,
marks or other indications on a carriageway, made at or near an
intersection, to guide vehicular traffic;
traffic sign means one of the road signs, marks, structures or
devices set out in Schedule 2 or 3 placed, or erected, on or near
a road;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 35

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

trailer means any vehicle without motive power of its own,

designed for attachment to a motor vehicle for the purpose of
being towed, but does not include the rear portion of an
articulated vehicle, or a side-car;
train means a railway locomotive or rolling stock;
transit lane means a marked lane, or the part of a marked
lane —
(a) beginning at a “transit lane” sign; and
(b) ending at an “end transit lane” sign;
Transit lane signs
Transit lane (T2) sign Transit lane (T3) sign
(background to T2 in red) (background to T3 in red)

End transit lane signs

End transit lane (T2) sign End transit lane (T3) sign
(background to T2 in red) (background to T3 in red)

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of the “transit lane”
sign and another permitted version of the “end transit lane” sign.
truck means a motor vehicle with a GVM over 4.5 t, except a
bus or tractor;

page 36 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

truck lane is a marked lane, or the part of a marked lane —

(a) beginning at a “truck lane” sign; and
(b) ending at an “end truck lane” sign;
Truck lane sign End truck lane sign

Note There is another permitted version of the “end truck lane” sign.
truck zone means a length of carriageway to which a “truck
zone” sign applies;
Truck zone sign
(arrow and background to words in red)

Note There is another permitted version of this sign.

Note A “truck zone” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different direction
and anything on the sign may be differently arranged.
turning lane means a portion of a marked lane on a carriageway
set aside for turning vehicles by means of road markings or
traffic signs;
turn line means a road marking at an intersection, consisting of
either a broken or continuous line that is designed to indicate
how a turn is to be made at that intersection;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 37

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3

two-way carriageway means any carriageway for use by

vehicular traffic travelling in opposite directions;
U turn means a turn by which a vehicle, facing or travelling on
a carriageway in one direction, is made to face or travel in the
opposite, or substantially in the opposite, direction, whether on
the same or on another carriageway, but does not include a turn
made at a roundabout;
variable illuminated speed limit sign means a speed limit sign
that is a variable illuminated sign;
vehicle, in Parts 4 to 11 inclusive and in Part 18, does not
include a wheeled toy or wheeled recreational device;
Vehicle Standards means the Road Traffic (Vehicles)
Regulations 2014 Parts 10, 11 and 13;
weekend means a Saturday and the following Sunday;
wheeled recreational device means a wheeled device, built to
transport a person, propelled only by human power, gravity, or
both, and ordinarily used for recreation or play —
(a) including any of the following that is built to be
propelled only by human power, gravity or both —
(i) in-line skates, rollerskates, a skateboard or
similar wheeled device;
(ii) a scooter being used by a person aged 12 years of
age or older;
(iii) a unicycle,
but
(b) not including a golf buggy, pram, stroller or trolley, or a
bicycle, wheelchair or wheeled toy;
wheeled toy means a child’s pedal car, a tricycle, a scooter or
skateboard that is designed to be propelled only by human
power, gravity or both, or a similar toy, but only if it is being
used by a child under 12 years of age;

page 38 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3

works zone means a length of a road to which a “works zone”

sign applies.
Works zone sign
(arrow and background to words in red)

Note There is another permitted version of this sign.

Note A “works zone” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different
direction and anything on the sign may be differently arranged.

(2) For the purposes of these regulations, a reference to speed is a

reference to speed measured in kilometres per hour.
[(3) deleted]
(4) In these regulations the following abbreviations are used —
EPT for electric personal transporter;
EPT use area for electric personal transporter use area.
[Regulation 3 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6752;
11 Jan 2002 p. 50; 8 Mar 2002 p. 946-7; 1 Nov 2002 p. 5397-8;
16 Apr 2003 p. 1240; 23 Sep 2003 p. 4167; 12 Dec 2003
p. 5048; 6 Apr 2004 p. 1135; 10 Dec 2004 p. 5917;
29 Dec 2006 p. 5921-2 and 5924; 8 Feb 2008 p. 316 and 321-2;
10 Jun 2008 p. 2466; 9 Oct 2009 p. 3996; 13 Nov 2009 p. 4541
and 4561-4; 19 Nov 2010 p. 5749-50; 18 Mar 2011 p. 926;
30 Aug 2011 p. 3517; 12 Apr 2013 p. 1533-4; 31 Dec 2013
p. 6563; 23 Dec 2014 p. 4917-19, 4928 and 4929; 13 Feb 2015
p. 651; 16 Oct 2015 p. 4152; 22 Dec 2015 p. 5131;
15 Nov 2016 p. 5062; 17 Oct 2017 p. 5338-9; 15 May 2018
p. 1531; 28 Jun 2019 p. 2489; SL 2020/184 r. 4; SL 2020/253
r. 4; SL 2021/200 r. 4.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 39

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 1 Preliminary

r. 3A

3A. Electric rideable devices

(1) An electric rideable device is a scooter, skateboard, or other
vehicle, that —
(a) has at least 1 wheel; and
(b) is designed to be used by a single person; and
(c) has an electric motor or motors; and
(d) is fitted with an effective stopping system controlled by
use of brakes, gears or motor control; and
(e) when propelled only by the motor or motors, is not
capable of going faster than 25 km/h on level ground;
and
(f) complies with the mass and dimension requirements
referred to in subregulation (2).
(2) For the purposes of subregulation (1)(f), the mass and
dimension requirements are as follows —
(a) unless paragraph (b) applies, the scooter, skateboard or
other vehicle must —
(i) be no more than 1 250 mm in length; and
(ii) be no more than 700 mm in width; and
(iii) be no more than 1 350 mm in height; and
(iv) have an unladen mass of no more than 25 kg;
(b) if different mass and dimension requirements for the
scooter, skateboard or other vehicle are approved under
subregulation (4) — the requirements specified in the
notice of approval.
(3) Despite subregulation (1), electric rideable device does not
include —
(a) a motorised scooter; or
(b) a motorised wheelchair; or
(c) an electric personal transporter; or
(d) a vehicle with pedals; or

page 40 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Preliminary Part 1

r. 3A

(e) a wheeled toy.

(4) The Minister may, by notice in the Gazette, approve mass and
dimension requirements that apply to a scooter, skateboard or
other vehicle, or a class of scooters, skateboards or other
vehicles, for the purposes of subregulation (2)(b).
[Regulation 3A inserted: SL 2021/200 r. 5.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 41

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 2 Application

r. 4

Part 2 — Application
4. Scope of regulations
(1) Unless the context requires otherwise, these regulations apply to
persons, vehicles and things on roads only, and where a
provision of these regulations requires, or prohibits, the doing of
any act or thing, that requirement or prohibition relates to the
doing of that act or thing, on a road.
(2) Where a provision of these regulations requires, or prohibits, the
doing of any act or thing on a path, that requirement or
prohibition only relates to the doing of that act or thing, on the
path if the path forms a part of a road.
4A. Minister may declare Code requirements do not apply
(1) The Minister may declare, in writing, that a specified
requirement of this Code does not apply to a specified person or
vehicle for a specified period of time.
(2) A declaration under subregulation (1) may set out a place to
which the declaration is limited.
[Regulation 4A inserted: Gazette 11 Jun 2003 p. 2103.]

4B. Minister may designate shared zones

(1) The Minister may, by notice published in the Gazette —
(a) designate an area as a shared zone; and
(b) specify a speed limit applicable to that area of 20 km/h
or less.
(2) The Minister may, by notice published in the Gazette, amend or
repeal a notice made under subregulation (1).
[Regulation 4B inserted: SL 2020/253 r. 5.]
5. Infringement notices not to be issued to children under 14
Despite any regulation providing that an offender may be dealt
with by way of an infringement notice and a modified penalty,
an alleged offender against these regulations, under 14 years of

page 42 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Application Part 2

r. 7

age, is not to be dealt with by way of an infringement notice and

modified penalty.

[6. Deleted: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4919.]

7. Requirement to give way, effect of
(1) Where any of these regulations require a driver or pedestrian to
give way to a person or vehicle, the requirement takes effect
when there is a reasonable possibility that, if he or she
proceeded, he or she would collide or come into conflict with, or
create any other dangerous situation with regard to, that person
or vehicle; and, in that event, he or she is obliged to slow down
to such an extent, or, as the circumstances may require, stop and
remain stationary for such time, as may be necessary to allow
the person or vehicle to continue on his, her or its course.
(2) Where any of these regulations require a driver who is turning
from a carriageway at an intersection to give way to a pedestrian
who is crossing the carriageway that the driver is entering, the
requirement applies if and only if the pedestrian’s line of travel
in crossing the carriageway is essentially perpendicular to the
edges of the carriageway the driver is entering.
[Regulation 7 amended: Gazette 19 Nov 2010 p. 5750.]
8A. Requirement to stop as near as practicable to place, effect of
A requirement in these regulations for a driver to stop as near as
practicable to a place is not complied with if the driver stops
behind a vehicle that has stopped at the place.
Example
If a driver stops behind a vehicle that has stopped at a stop sign or stop line in
accordance with regulation 50, 51 or 101, the driver must, after the vehicle
has proceeded, stop at the stop sign or stop line in accordance with the
regulation.
[Regulation 8A inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4564.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 43

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 2 Application

r. 8

8. Offence against local laws not offence against this Code

(1) Where, in any particular case, the parking or stopping of a
vehicle constitutes an offence against local laws in force in a
local government district under the provisions of Part 3
Division 2 Subdivision 1 of the Local Government Act 1995, the
parking or stopping of that vehicle does not constitute an
offence against the provisions of this Code (other than
regulation 108).
(2) Where a parking or stopping offence against a local law to
which subregulation (1) applies is subject to conditions or
exceptions, then a person who complies with all the conditions
or is subject to the exceptions does not commit an offence under
either the local law or this Code.

9. Penalties
(1) A person who contravenes or fails to comply with any of the
provisions of these regulations, commits an offence.
(1A) A person who commits an offence against Part 16 Division 2 or
regulation 244 is liable —
(a) for a first offence, to a minimum penalty of the number
of penalty units that could be imposed as a modified
penalty for the particular offence and a maximum
penalty of 56 penalty units (56 PU); and
(b) for a subsequent offence, to a minimum penalty of the
number of penalty units that could be imposed as a
modified penalty for the particular offence and a
maximum penalty of 84 penalty units (84 PU).
(1B) For the purposes of subregulation (1A)(b), an offence is
regarded as a subsequent offence if the person by whom it is
committed has previously committed an offence of any kind
against Part 16 Division 2 or regulation 244.

page 44 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Application Part 2

r. 10

(2) Except as provided in subregulation (1A), a person who

commits an offence against these regulations is liable —
(a) for a first offence, to a penalty not exceeding 64 penalty
units (64 PU); and
(b) for a subsequent offence, to a penalty not exceeding 96
penalty units (96 PU).
[(2a) deleted]
(3) For the purposes of subregulation (2), an offence against these
regulations is taken to be a subsequent offence if the person by
whom it is committed has previously committed an offence of
any kind against these regulations, or against the Road Traffic
Code 1975.
(4) The Road Traffic (Administration) Regulations 2014
regulation 24(2) makes provision in relation to infringement
notice offences under these regulations and the penalties for
those offences.
(5) The Road Traffic (Authorisation to Drive) Regulations 2014
regulation 65(3) and (4) make provision in relation to demerit
point offences under these regulations and the demerit points for
those offences.
[Regulation 9 amended: Gazette 6 Apr 2004 p. 1135;
22 Dec 2006 p. 5817; 5 Apr 2007 p. 1555-6; 29 Feb 2008
p. 694; 10 Jun 2008 p. 2467; 23 Dec 2014 p. 4920; 25 Jul 2017
p. 4079; SL 2020/253 r. 6; SL 2021/200 r. 6.]

10. Repeal
The Road Traffic Code 1975 is repealed.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 45

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 3 Speed restrictions

r. 11

Part 3 — Speed restrictions

11. Speed limits generally
(1) A person must not drive a vehicle at a speed exceeding the
default speed limit for that vehicle.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 17.
(2) A person must not drive a vehicle in a built-up area, at a speed
exceeding 50 km/h, except within a speed zone in which a
higher speed is permitted.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 17.
(3) A person must not drive a vehicle in a speed zone at a speed
exceeding the speed limit applicable to the zone.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 17.
Speed limit signs
Speed limit sign Speed limit sign
(Standard sign) (Variable illuminated sign)
(circle in red) (circle illuminated in red)

Speed limit sign

(Variable illuminated sign)
(circle illuminated in red)

page 46 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Speed restrictions Part 3

r. 11

(3A) For the purposes of subregulation (3), if the vehicle is in a speed

zone that begins with a variable illuminated speed limit sign, the
reference to the speed limit applicable to the zone is taken to be
a reference to the speed limit applicable to the zone when the
vehicle enters the zone.
(4) A person must not drive a vehicle in a shared zone at a speed
exceeding the speed limit applicable to the zone.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 17.
Shared zone sign End shared zone sign
(circle in red)

(5) A person must not drive a vehicle in a speed limited area, at a

speed exceeding the speed limit applicable to the area.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 17.

Area speed limit sign End area speed limit sign

(circle in red)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 47

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 3 Speed restrictions

r. 11

Area speed limit sign End area speed limit sign

(circle in red)

Note for examples of signs There are a number of other permitted versions
of each of these signs.

(6) A person must not drive a vehicle in a school zone —

(a) at a speed exceeding the speed limit applicable to the
zone; and
(b) during the school zone periods indicated on the “school
zone” sign at the beginning of the zone.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 17.
School zone sign End school zone sign

page 48 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Speed restrictions Part 3

r. 11A

(7) A person must not drive a vehicle in a pedestrian mall at a speed

exceeding 10 km/h.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 17.
[Regulation 11 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6797;
16 Nov 2001 p. 5990; 8 Jan 2002 p. 38; 17 Oct 2017 p. 5339;
SL 2020/184 r. 5; SL 2020/253 r. 7.]

11A. “When blank” signs

(1) In this regulation —
“when blank” sign means a sign that is substantially rectangular
in shape and —
(a) is displayed or erected on or near a carriageway in
conjunction with at least one variable illuminated sign
that is, when operational, used as a speed limit sign
(whether or not the sign is also used as a traffic-control
signal) (a corresponding illuminated speed sign); and
(b) consists of the following upon a white background —
(i) black numerals set within a white circle with a
red outline;
(ii) the words “when all signs blank” or “when sign
blank”.
When blank signs
When all signs blank When sign blank
(circle in red) (circle in red)

(2) A “when blank” sign is taken to be a speed limit sign for the
purposes of these regulations if the corresponding illuminated

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 49

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 3 Speed restrictions

r. 12

speed sign is blank (or, if there is more than one corresponding

illuminated speed sign, all of the corresponding illuminated
speed signs are blank).
(3) A “when blank” sign is not a speed limit sign for the purposes of
these regulations if the corresponding illuminated speed sign is
not blank (or, if there is more than one corresponding
illuminated speed sign, any of the corresponding illuminated
speed signs are not blank).
[Regulation 11A inserted: SL 2020/184 r. 6.]

12. Minimum speeds on freeways

(1) In a freeway speed zone, a person must not drive a vehicle at a
speed that is more than 20 km/h below the speed limit
applicable to the zone unless —
(a) traffic congestion prevents the person from driving the
vehicle at a speed that is within 21 km/h of the speed
limit; or
(b) for any other reason, it is unsafe or imprudent for the
person to drive the vehicle at a speed that is within
21 km/h of the speed limit.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) For the purposes of subregulation (1), if the vehicle is in a
freeway speed zone that begins with a variable illuminated
speed limit sign, the reference to the speed limit applicable to
the zone is taken to be a reference to the speed limit applicable
to the zone when the vehicle enters the zone.
[Regulation 12 amended: Gazette 17 Oct 2017 p. 5339;
SL 2020/184 r. 7; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

13. Heavy vehicles and vehicles towing trailers

(1) This regulation is subject to any other provisions of these
regulations prescribing a maximum speed for any vehicle lower
than that prescribed by this regulation.

page 50 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Speed restrictions Part 3

r. 14

(2) A person must not drive a vehicle to which a trailer or other

vehicle is attached at a speed exceeding 100 km/h.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 17.
(3) A person must not drive a vehicle, the GVM of which, taking
into account any trailer attached and including the total load
carried, is more than 12 t, at a speed exceeding 100 km/h.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 17.
(4) A person must not drive a bus with a GVM over 5 t at a speed
exceeding 100 km/h.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 17.
(5) The several speeds prescribed by this regulation apply to the
respective classes of vehicle therein mentioned, notwithstanding
the existence of speed zones that permit higher speeds for other
classes of vehicles.
[Regulation 13 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

14. Heavy vehicle speed zones

A person must not drive a heavy vehicle in a heavy vehicle
speed zone at a speed exceeding the speed limit applicable to the
zone.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 17.
[Regulation 14 amended: Gazette 17 Oct 2017 p. 5339;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

15. Speed restrictions for electric rideable devices

(1) This regulation is subject to any other provision of these
regulations prescribing a maximum speed for any vehicle lower
than that prescribed by this regulation.
(2) A person must not ride an electric rideable device on a
carriageway, bicycle path or shared path at a speed exceeding
25 km/h.
Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 51

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 3 Speed restrictions

r. 16

(3) A person must not ride an electric rideable device on a footpath

(other than a bicycle path or shared path) at a speed exceeding
10 km/h.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 15 inserted: SL 2021/200 r. 7.]

16. Speed restriction on bridge

Where a traffic sign is erected near a bridge to face an
approaching driver, then if the sign is inscribed with the words,
“Speed Limit on Bridge”, followed by numerals and the letters
“km/h” the driver must not exceed the speed indicated by the
sign, while he or she is between it and the far end of the bridge.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 17.
[Regulation 16 amended: Gazette 17 Oct 2017 p. 5340;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
17. Penalties for speeding
(1) Subject to regulation 17(2), the following points and modified
penalties apply for the offences in this Part that refer to this
regulation for their penalty.
Description Points Modified
penalty
Exceeding a speed limit by —
(a) not more than 9 km/h 2 PU
(b) more than 9 km/h but not
more than 19 km/h —
(i) during a holiday period 4 4 PU
(ii) other than during a
holiday period 2 4 PU
(c) more than 19 km/h but not
more than 29 km/h —
(i) during a holiday period 6 8 PU

page 52 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Speed restrictions Part 3

r. 17

Description Points Modified

penalty
(ii) other than during a
holiday period 3 8 PU
(d) more than 29 km/h but not
more than 40 km/h —
(i) during a holiday period 12 16 PU
(ii) other than during a
holiday period 6 16 PU
(e) more than 40 km/h —
(i) during a holiday period 14 24 PU
(ii) other than during a
holiday period 7 24 PU

(2) Despite regulation 17(1), the following points and modified

penalties apply for the offences in this Part that refer to this
regulation for their penalty if the offence is committed by the
driver of a heavy vehicle.
Description Points Modified
penalty
Exceeding a speed limit by —
(a) not more than 9 km/h 4 PU
(b) more than 9 km/h but not
more than 19 km/h —
(i) during a holiday period 4 6 PU
(ii) other than during a
holiday period 2 6 PU
(c) more than 19 km/h but not
more than 29 km/h —
(i) during a holiday period 6 10 PU
(ii) other than during a
holiday period 3 10 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 53

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 3 Speed restrictions

r. 18

Description Points Modified

penalty
(d) more than 29 km/h but not
more than 40 km/h —
(i) during a holiday period 12 24 PU
(ii) other than during a
holiday period 6 24 PU
(e) more than 40 km/h —
(i) during a holiday period 14 30 PU
(ii) other than during a
holiday period 7 30 PU
[Regulation 17 inserted: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5817-18;
amended: Gazette 29 Feb 2008 p. 694-5; 9 Sep 2014 p. 3244
and 3247; 25 Jul 2017 p. 4080.]

18. Reckless driving generally

The provisions of this Part do not justify a driver driving at a
speed that —
(a) may constitute driving carelessly, recklessly or at a
speed, or in a manner, that is dangerous to the public,
having regard to all the circumstances; or
(b) exceeds any maximum speed applicable to the vehicle
under a road law.
[Regulation 18 amended: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4920.]

18A. Evasive action in relation to speed camera

(1) In this regulation —
average speed detection system has the meaning given in the
Road Traffic (Administration) Act 2008 section 117B(1);
speed measuring and recording equipment has the meaning
given in the Road Traffic (Administration) Act 2008
section 117(1).

page 54 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Speed restrictions Part 3

r. 18A

(2) A person must not drive a motor vehicle on a road if the vehicle
is fitted with any device or other equipment that would prevent
or adversely affect the operation of speed measuring and
recording equipment or an average speed detection system.
Points:
(a) during a holiday period: 14
(b) other than during a holiday period: 7
Modified penalty:
(a) when driving a heavy vehicle: 30 PU
(b) when driving a motor vehicle other than a heavy
vehicle: 24 PU
(3) A person must not drive a motor vehicle on a road in a manner
that would prevent or adversely affect the operation of speed
measuring and recording equipment or an average speed
detection system.
Points:
(a) during a holiday period: 14
(b) other than during a holiday period: 7
Modified penalty:
(a) when driving a heavy vehicle: 30 PU
(b) when driving a motor vehicle other than a heavy
vehicle: 24 PU
(4) A person who commits an offence against regulation 109, 112,
116, 117 or 129 (a road positioning offence) is taken to have
also committed an offence against subregulation (3) if the road
positioning offence is committed within 100 m of —
(a) speed measuring and recording equipment; or
(b) the detection points, as defined in the Road Traffic
(Administration) Act 2008 section 117B(1), for an
average speed detection system.
[Regulation 18A inserted: Gazette 17 Oct 2017 p. 5340-1.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 55

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 4 Making turns
Division 1 Left turns at intersections
r. 19

Part 4 — Making turns

Division 1 — Left turns at intersections
19. Application of Division
This Division applies to a driver making a left turn at an
intersection and, where specifically expressed to do so, applies
to a driver entering a roundabout.
20. Left turns (single lanes)
(1) A driver who is about to make a left turn from a carriageway
(other than a multi-lane carriageway) at an intersection must
drive the vehicle so that when it reaches the intersection it is as
near as practicable to the left edge or boundary of the
carriageway.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
Example
Starting a left turn from a carriageway
(except a multi-lane carriageway)

(2) Subregulation (1) also applies to a rider of a bicycle or electric

rideable device who approaches and enters an intersection from
a bicycle storage area.

page 56 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Making turns Part 4
Left turns at intersections Division 1
r. 21

(3) Despite subregulation (1), if there is space in a bicycle storage

area for 2 riders of bicycles or electric rideable devices to be
next to each other, the rider on the right may approach and enter
the intersection as near as practicable to the right side of the
other rider, but only if that other rider approaches and enters the
intersection in accordance with this regulation.
[Regulation 20 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4564-5;
SL 2020/253 r. 8; SL 2021/200 r. 8.]

21. Left turns (multiple lanes)

(1) A driver turning left at an intersection or a roundabout from a
multi-lane carriageway must approach and enter the intersection
or roundabout from within the left lane unless —
(a) the driver is required or permitted to approach and enter
the intersection from within another marked lane under
regulation 69, 73, or 137; or
(b) the driver is turning, at B lights or traffic arrows, in
accordance with Part 17; or
(c) subregulation (2) applies to the driver.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
Example for subregulation (1)(a)
Starting a left turn on a multi-lane carriageway
with traffic lane arrows

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 57

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 4 Making turns
Division 1 Left turns at intersections
r. 21

(2A) A driver turning left at an intersection from a multi-lane road

that has a slip lane must approach and enter the intersection
from within the slip lane, unless an obstruction prevents the
driver from entering the intersection from within that slip lane.
Points: 2 Modified Penalty: 2 PU
(2) A driver may approach and enter the intersection or roundabout
from the marked lane next to the left lane as well as, or instead
of, the left lane if —
(a) the driver’s vehicle or combination, together with any
load or projection, is 7.5 m long, or longer; and
(b) the rearmost part of the vehicle (or of the combination, if
that is the case) displays a “do not overtake turning
vehicle” sign; and
(c) any part of the vehicle is within 50 m of the nearest
point of the intersection; and
(d) it is not practicable for the driver to turn left from within
the left lane; and
(e) the driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and
can safely turn left at the intersection by occupying the
next marked lane, or both lanes.
Example
Long vehicle turning left from the left lane and next
marked lane

page 58 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Making turns Part 4
Left turns at intersections Division 1
r. 22

(3A) If there is a bicycle storage area before an intersection that

extends across one or more marked lanes of a multi-lane
carriageway, a rider of a bicycle turning left must approach and
enter the intersection from within the part of the bicycle storage
area that is directly in front of the left marked lane, or of a
bicycle lane or shoulder that is on the left side of the
carriageway.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) In this regulation —
left lane means —
(a) the lane nearest to the far left side of the carriageway; or
(b) if there is an obstruction (for example, a parked car or
roadworks) in that lane — the lane nearest to that lane
that is not obstructed,
but does not include a special purpose lane in which the driver is
not permitted to drive.

Do not overtake turning vehicle signs

(background in yellow) (top right portion in red, remainder of
background in yellow)

[Regulation 21 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6752-3;

13 Nov 2009 p. 4565; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

22. Making left turn as indicated by turn line

(1) Subject to subregulations (2) and (3), if a driver is turning left at
an intersection and there is a turn line indicating how the turn is

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 59

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 4 Making turns
Division 1 Left turns at intersections
r. 22

to be made from the lane the driver is in, the driver must make
the turn as indicated by the turn line.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
Example
Making a left turn as indicated by a turn line

(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to the driver of a public bus at
an intersection if the driver is turning, at B lights or a traffic
control signal, in accordance with Part 17.
(3) A driver may turn left at an intersection in a manner other than
that indicated by a turn line if —
(a) the driver’s vehicle or combination, together with any
load or projection, is 7.5 m long, or longer; and
(b) the rearmost part of the vehicle (or of the combination, if
that is the case) displays a “do not overtake turning
vehicle” sign; and
(c) it is not practicable for the driver to turn left in the
manner indicated by the turn line; and

page 60 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Making turns Part 4
Right turns (other than hook turns) at intersections Division 2
r. 23

(d) the driver can safely turn left other than by the manner
indicated by the turn line.
[Regulation 22 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4566-7;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 2 — Right turns (other than hook turns) at intersections

23. Application of Division
This Division applies to a driver making a right turn at an
intersection and, where specifically expressed to do so, at a
roundabout, but does not apply to —
(a) the rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device making a
hook turn under Division 3; or
(b) a driver making a U turn.
[Regulation 23 amended: SL 2021/200 r. 9.]
24. Right turns (two-way, single lanes)
(1) A driver who is about to make a right turn from a two-way
carriageway (other than a multi-lane carriageway) at an
intersection must approach and enter the intersection —
(a) so that the vehicle is to the left of, parallel with, and as
near as practicable to, the centre of the carriageway; or
(b) if the carriageway has a dividing line or median strip —
so that the vehicle is to the left of, parallel to, and as
near as practicable to, the dividing line or median strip.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 61

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 4 Making turns
Division 2 Right turns (other than hook turns) at intersections
r. 24

Example
Starting a right turn from a carriageway
with a dividing line

(2) A driver making a right turn at an intersection where the

carriageway being entered is a two-way carriageway must make
the turn —
(a) so that, wherever practicable, the vehicle passes to his or
her right of the centre of the intersection; and
(b) so that the vehicle enters the carriageway to his or her
left of the centre of the carriageway.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) For the purposes of subregulations (2) and (4), a vehicle is
deemed to enter a carriageway at the point where the front of the
vehicle crosses the prolongation of the edge of the carriageway
it is leaving.
(4) Subregulations (1) and (2) also apply to the rider of a bicycle or
electric rideable device who approaches and enters an
intersection from a bicycle storage area.
(5) Despite subregulations (1), (2) and (3), if there is space in a
bicycle storage area for 2 riders of bicycles or electric rideable
devices to be next to each other, the rider on the left may
approach and enter the intersection as near as practicable to the

page 62 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Making turns Part 4
Right turns (other than hook turns) at intersections Division 2
r. 25

left side of the other rider, but only if that other rider approaches
and enters the intersection in accordance with this regulation.
[Regulation 24 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4567;
SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 10.]

25. Right turns (one-way, single lanes)

(1) A driver who is about to make a right turn from a one-way
carriageway (other than a multi-lane carriageway) at an
intersection must approach and enter the intersection so that the
vehicle is parallel with, and as near as practicable to, the right
boundary of the carriageway.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
Example
Starting a right turn from a one-way carriageway

(2) A driver making a right turn at an intersection where the

carriageway being entered is a one-way carriageway must make
the turn so that, wherever practicable, the vehicle passes to his
or her right of the centre of the intersection.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) For the purposes of subregulation (2), a vehicle is deemed to
enter a carriageway at the point where the front of the vehicle

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 63

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 4 Making turns
Division 2 Right turns (other than hook turns) at intersections
r. 26

crosses the prolongation of the edge of the carriageway it is

leaving.
[Regulation 25 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

26. Right turns from multi-lane carriageway

(1) A driver turning right at an intersection or a roundabout from a
multi-lane carriageway must approach and enter the intersection
or roundabout from within the right lane unless —
(a) the driver is required or permitted to approach and enter
the intersection from within another marked lane in
accordance with regulation 70 or 73; or
(b) the driver is turning, at B lights or traffic arrows, in
accordance with Part 17; and
(c) subregulation (2) applies to the driver.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
Example for subregulation (1)(a)
Starting a right turn on a multi-lane carriageway
with traffic lane arrows

page 64 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Making turns Part 4
Right turns (other than hook turns) at intersections Division 2
r. 26

(2) A driver may approach and enter the intersection or roundabout

from the marked lane next to the right lane as well as, or instead
of, the right lane if —
(a) the driver’s vehicle or combination, together with any
load or projection, is 7.5 m long, or longer; and
(b) the rearmost part of the vehicle (or of the combination, if
that is the case) displays a “do not overtake turning
vehicle” sign; and
(c) any part of the vehicle is within 50 m of the nearest
point of the intersection; and
(d) it is not practicable for the driver to turn right from
within the right lane; and
(e) the driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and
can safely turn right at the intersection by occupying the
next marked lane, or both lanes.
(3A) If there is a bicycle storage area before an intersection that
extends across one or more marked lanes of a multi-lane
carriageway, a rider of a bicycle turning right (but not making a
hook turn) must approach and enter the intersection from within
the part of the bicycle storage area that is directly in front of the
right marked lane or of a bicycle lane that is on the right side of
the carriageway.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) In this regulation —
right lane means —
(a) the lane nearest to the dividing line or median strip on
the carriageway; or
(b) if there is an obstruction (for example, a parked car or
roadworks) in that lane — the lane nearest to that lane
that is not obstructed,
but does not include a special purpose lane in which the driver is
not permitted to drive.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 65

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 4 Making turns
Division 2 Right turns (other than hook turns) at intersections
r. 27

Do not overtake turning vehicle signs

(background in yellow) (top right portion in red, remainder of
background in yellow)

[Regulation 26 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6753;

13 Nov 2009 p. 4567-8; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

27. Making a right turn (generally)

(1) Despite this Part, a driver who is about to make, or is making, a
right turn at an intersection where turn lines or signs are so
placed as to indicate that a different course from that specified
in this regulation is to be travelled, must not turn the vehicle at
the intersection otherwise than as indicated by the turn lines or
signs.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
Example
Making a right turn as indicated by a turn line

page 66 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Making turns Part 4
Right turns (other than hook turns) at intersections Division 2
r. 27

(2) If there is no road marking indicating how the turn is required to

be made, the driver must make the turn so the vehicle passes as
near as practicable to the right of the centre of the intersection
and into the left side of the carriageway that is being entered
(unless that carriageway is a one-way carriageway).
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
Example
Making a right turn from a carriageway with no road
marking indicating how to make the turn

(3A) Subregulations (1) and (2) do not apply to the driver of a public
bus at an intersection if the driver is turning, at B lights or traffic
arrows, in accordance with Part 17.
(3B) A driver may turn right at an intersection in a manner other than
that indicated by a turn line if —
(a) the driver’s vehicle or combination, together with any
load or projection, is 7.5 m long, or longer; and
(b) the rearmost part of the vehicle (or of the combination, if
that is the case) displays a “do not overtake turning
vehicle” sign; and
(c) it is not practicable for the driver to turn right in the
manner indicated by the turn line; and

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 67

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 4 Making turns
Division 3 Hook turns by bicycles or electric rideable devices at
intersections
r. 28

(d) the driver can safely turn right other than by the manner
indicated by the turn line.
(3) Despite this Part, a driver who is about to make, or is making, a
right turn at an intersection where a police officer is controlling
or directing traffic, must make the turn before reaching the
middle of the road into which he or she is turning by passing
either to the front, or to the rear of, the police officer, as he or
she may be directed.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 27 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5819;
13 Nov 2009 p. 4568-9; 23 Dec 2014 p. 4929; SL 2020/253
r. 28.]

Division 3 — Hook turns by bicycles or electric rideable devices

at intersections
[Heading amended: SL 2021/200 r. 11.]
28. Optional hook turn by bicycle or electric rideable device
rider
(1) The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device turning right at
an intersection without a “no hook turn by bicycles” sign, may
turn right at the intersection by making a right turn or a hook
turn.
No hook turn by bicycles sign

(2) A rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device must not make a

hook turn under this regulation unless it is made in accordance
with subregulations (3) and (4).
Modified penalty: 2 PU

page 68 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Making turns Part 4
Hook turns by bicycles or electric rideable devices at Division 3
intersections
r. 28

(3) To make a hook turn, a rider of a bicycle or electric rideable

device must take, in sequence, each of the following steps:
1 Approach and enter the intersection in the lane furthest
left that allows the rider to ride straight through the
intersection and from as near as practicable to the far left
side of that lane.
2 Move forward —
(a) keeping as near as practicable to the far left side
of the intersection; and
(b) keeping clear of any marked foot crossing; and
(c) keeping clear, as far as practicable, of any driver
turning left from the left of the intersection,
until the rider is as near as practicable to the far side of
the carriageway that the rider is entering.
3 If there are traffic-control signals at the intersection,
remain at the position reached under step 2 until the
traffic-control signals on the carriageway that the rider is
entering change to green.
4 If there are no traffic-control signals at the intersection,
remain at the position reached under step 2 until the
rider has given way to approaching drivers on the
carriageway that the rider is leaving.
5 Turn right into the carriageway that the rider is entering.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 69

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 4 Making turns
Division 3 Hook turns by bicycles or electric rideable devices at
intersections
r. 28

Example
Bicycle rider making a hook turn at an intersection
without traffic-control signals

(4) If the rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device wants to turn

right by making a hook turn at an intersection that has a bicycle
hook turn storage area on the left side of the intersection as the
rider approaches the intersection, the rider must take the
following initial 2 steps instead of the initial 2 steps listed in
subregulation (3):
1 Approach the intersection from the far left side of the
carriageway the rider is leaving and enter the
intersection by moving into the bicycle hook turn
storage area, keeping clear of any marked foot crossing.
2 Move forward in the bicycle hook turn storage area until
the rider is as near as practicable to the far side of the
carriageway that the rider is entering.
[Regulation 28 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6753;
13 Nov 2009 p. 4569-70; SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200
r. 12.]

page 70 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Making turns Part 4
U turns Division 4
r. 29

29. Bicycle or electric rideable device rider making hook turn

contrary to sign
The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device must not make
a hook turn at an intersection if a “no hook turn by bicycles”
sign applies to the rider.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
No hook turn by bicycles sign

[Regulation 29 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200

r. 13.]

Division 4 — U turns
30. U turns on carriageway
(1) A driver must not make a U turn if a “no U turn” sign applies to
the portion of carriageway on or at which he or she intends to
make that U turn.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
No U turn signs
No U turn sign No U turn sign
(Standard sign) (Variable illuminated
(circle and slash in red) message sign)
(circle and slash illuminated in red)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 71

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 4 Making turns
Division 4 U turns
r. 31

(2) A “no U turn” sign on a carriageway (except a “no U turn” sign

at an intersection or at a break in a median strip) applies to the
length of carriageway beginning at the sign and ending at the
nearer of the following —
(a) the next intersection;
(b) if the carriageway ends at a T-intersection or dead
end — the end of the carriageway.
(3) A “no U turn” sign at an intersection or at a break in a median
strip applies to that intersection or break when a driver
approaches the intersection or median break from the direction
in which the sign is facing.
[Regulation 30 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5819;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

31. U turns at intersection

(1) A driver must not make a U turn at an intersection without
traffic-control signals if a “no U turn” sign at the intersection
applies to that driver.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
No U turn signs
No U turn sign No U turn sign
(Standard sign) (Variable illuminated
(circle and slash in red) message sign)
(circle and slash illuminated in red)

(2) A driver must not make a U turn at an intersection with

traffic-control signals unless there is a “U turn permitted” sign
at the intersection that applies to that driver.

page 72 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Making turns Part 4
U turns Division 4
r. 32

Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU

U turn permitted sign

[Regulation 31 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5819;

18 Sep 2009 p. 3627; SL 2020/253 r. 9.]

32. U turns generally

(1) A driver must not commence a U turn unless —
(a) the turn can be made with safety and without interfering
with the movement of other traffic; and
(b) the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) A driver making a U turn must give way to all vehicles and
pedestrians.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) A driver making a U turn must commence the U turn —
(a) if the carriageway where the driver is turning has a
dividing line or median strip — from the lane nearest, or
as near as practicable, to the dividing line or median
strip; or
(b) in any other case — from the left of the centre of the
carriageway.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 73

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 4 Making turns
Division 5 Turns from a carriageway to land abutting the carriageway
r. 33

Example
Starting a U turn on a two-way carriageway
with a median strip

[Regulation 32 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5819;

SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 5 — Turns from a carriageway to land abutting the

carriageway
33. Turns to enter abutting land
(1) A driver who is about to make a left turn from a carriageway, to
enter land abutting that carriageway, must drive the vehicle so
that when it reaches the point at which the turn is to be made it
is —
(a) to the left of any vehicle that is abreast of his or her own
and travelling in the same direction; and
(b) as near as practicable to the left edge or boundary of the
carriageway.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) Subject to subregulation (3), a driver who is about to make a
right turn to enter land abutting a carriageway must —
(a) where he or she is travelling on a two-way carriageway,
approach the point at which the turn is to be made so

page 74 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Making turns Part 4
Turns from a carriageway to land abutting the carriageway Division 5
r. 33

that the vehicle is to the left of, parallel with, and as near
as practicable to, the centre of the carriageway; and
(b) where he or she is travelling on a one-way carriageway,
approach the point at which the turn is to be made so
that the vehicle is parallel with and as near as practicable
to, the right boundary of the carriageway.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) Subregulation (2) does not apply where a vehicle is in a marked
lane that has a sign alongside or over it or markings on its
surface indicating that a right turn must, or may be, made by
vehicles in that lane.
[Regulation 33 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5819;
SL 2020/253 r. 10.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 75

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 5 Turning and stop signals

r. 34

Part 5 — Turning and stop signals

34. Terms used
(1) In this Part, a driver is turning left if the driver is doing any of
the following:
(a) turning left;
(b) changing lanes to the left;
(c) diverging to the left, including diverging to the left from
a straight line of travel within a marked lane or within a
line of traffic;
(ca) moving to the left in order to start, or stop, lane filtering
in accordance with regulation 130B;
(d) entering a marked lane, or a line of traffic, to the left;
(e) moving to the left from a stationary position;
(f) turning left into a marked lane, or a line of traffic, from a
median strip parking area;
(g) at a T-intersection where the continuing road curves to
the right — leaving the continuing road to proceed
straight ahead onto the terminating road.
(2) In this Part, a driver is turning right if the driver is doing any of
the following:
(a) turning right;
(b) changing marked lanes to the right;
(c) diverging to the right, including diverging to the right
from a straight line of travel within a marked lane or
within a line of traffic;
(ca) moving to the right in order to start, or stop, lane
filtering in accordance with regulation 130B;
(d) entering a marked lane, or a line of traffic, to the right;
(e) moving to the right from a stationary position;
(f) turning right into a marked lane, or a line of traffic, from
a median strip parking area;

page 76 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Turning and stop signals Part 5

r. 35

(g) making a U turn;

(h) at a T-intersection where the continuing road curves to
the left — leaving the continuing road to proceed
straight ahead onto the terminating road.
(3) In this Part, a rider is not taken to be turning right if the rider is
making a hook turn in accordance with regulation 28.
[Regulation 34 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 11.]
35. When drivers are to give signals
A driver must not turn right or left, or stop or suddenly decrease
speed, without giving warning of his or her intentions, by a
signal as prescribed by this Part.
[Regulation 35 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6753;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
36. How drivers are to give signals
(1) A driver who is required to give a signal of intention to turn
right or left, or to drive a public bus out from a bus embayment
must, where the vehicle is equipped with the appropriate
flashing light signalling device or illuminated indicator in
working order, give the signal by means of that flashing light
signalling device or illuminated indicator.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) A driver who is required to give a signal of intention to turn
right must, where the vehicle is not equipped with an
appropriate flashing light signalling device or illuminated
indicator in working order, give the signal —
(a) by means of a hand-shaped signalling device; or
(b) by fully extending his or her right arm and hand
horizontally beyond the right side of the vehicle and
approximately at right angles to the centre line of the
vehicle.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 77

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 5 Turning and stop signals

r. 36

Example
Giving a hand signal for turning (inc. diverging) to the right

(3) A rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device who is required to

give a signal of intention to turn left, must give a signal by fully
extending his or her left arm and hand horizontally beyond the
left side of the vehicle and approximately at right angles to the
centre line of the vehicle.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(4) A driver who is required to give a signal of intention to stop or
to reduce speed suddenly must, where the vehicle is equipped
with a stop light or lights in working order, give the signal by
means of that stop light or those lights.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(5) A driver who is required to give a signal of intention to stop or
to reduce speed suddenly must, where the vehicle is not
equipped with a stop light or lights in working order, give the
signal —
(a) by means of a hand-shaped signalling device; or
(b) by extending his or her right arm beyond the right side
of the vehicle with the upper arm horizontal and the
forearm and fingers pointing upwards.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU

page 78 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Turning and stop signals Part 5

r. 36

Example
Giving a hand signal for stopping or reducing speed
suddenly

(6) Despite subregulation (5), the rider of a motor cycle may give
the hand signal to stop or to reduce speed suddenly by extending
the left arm and hand at right angles from the left side of the
motor cycle, with the upper arm horizontal and the forearm and
hand pointing upwards, and with the hand open and the palm
facing the direction of travel.
(7) Nothing in this regulation —
(a) prevents a driver who complies with subregulation (1)
or (4) from also giving the arm and hand signal that he
or she would be required to give if the vehicle were not
equipped with the appropriate flashing light signalling
device, illuminated indicator or stop light or lights as the
case may be; or
(b) requires the driver of a vehicle, which is not a bicycle or
electric rideable device, to give a signal of intention to
turn left if the vehicle is not equipped with a flashing
light signalling device or illuminated indicator capable
of being used to give such a signal.
[Regulation 36 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200
r. 14.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 79

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 5 Turning and stop signals

r. 37

37. How long should hand signals be given

(1) A driver must give —
(a) a signal to turn right or left; or
(b) any signal required to be given where a vehicle is not
equipped with a flashing light signalling device or
illuminated indicator capable of being used to give such
a signal,
for long enough to give sufficient warning to other drivers and
pedestrians.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) In addition to subregulation (1), a driver must give a signal
prescribed by this Part, where he or she intends —
(a) to join a line of traffic and the vehicle is stationary at the
side of a carriageway, or in a centre of the road parking
area — continuously for 5 seconds before pulling out;
and
(b) to stop or suddenly reduce speed — while the brakes are
being applied; and
(c) to drive a public bus away from a bus embayment or
from the side of a carriageway — for at least 5 seconds.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 37 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

38. Use of signalling devices

(1) A driver must not permit a signalling device to be operated,
except for the purpose of giving a signal in accordance with the
provisions of these regulations (including operation as part of
the vehicle’s hazard warning lights).
Modified penalty: 1 PU

page 80 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Turning and stop signals Part 5

r. 38

(2) A driver must not permit a signalling device on the vehicle to

remain in operation after the completion of the turn in respect of
which the device was put into operation.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 38 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 81

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 6 Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red
lights)
Division 1 Obeying traffic-control signals (traffic lights)
r. 39

Part 6 — Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin

alternating red lights)
Division 1 — Obeying traffic-control signals (traffic lights)
39. Proceeding when faced with circular green signal or green
arrow
(1) If a traffic-control signal facing a driver displays a circular
green signal, the driver must, in accordance with these
regulations and if it is safe to do so —
(a) proceed straight ahead; or
(b) turn left; or
(c) turn right (including making a U turn if permitted).
Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) Subregulation (3) applies if a traffic-control signal facing a
driver displays a green arrow signal and the driver is turning in
the direction indicated by that arrow.
(3) The driver must, in accordance with these regulations and if it is
safe to do so, proceed in the direction indicated by the arrow
(including making a U turn if permitted).
Modified penalty: 4 PU
[Regulation 39 inserted: SL 2020/253 r. 12.]

39A. Effect of traffic-control signal accompanied by “one vehicle

per green each lane” sign
(1) This regulation applies if —
(a) there is a traffic-control signal facing a driver; and
(b) there is a “one vehicle per green each lane” sign at or
near the traffic-control signal.

page 82 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red Part 6
lights)
Obeying traffic-control signals (traffic lights) Division 1
r. 39A

One vehicle per green each lane

sign

(2) If the traffic-control signal displays a circular green signal, the

driver —
(a) must not turn right or left; and
(b) except as provided in subregulation (3), must not
proceed straight ahead past the signal if another vehicle
in the same lane has proceeded past the signal since the
signal last changed to green.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(3) Two vehicles in the same lane may proceed past the
traffic-control signal displaying a circular green signal if —
(a) the two vehicles were side by side when they were at the
signal; and
(b) at least one of the vehicles is a motor cycle; and
(c) the vehicles are the first two vehicles in that lane to
proceed past the signal since the signal last changed to
green.
(4) If the traffic-control signal does not display a signal, the driver
may proceed straight ahead past the signal and any stop line at
or near the signal, as if the traffic-control signal and the stop line
were not there.
[Regulation 39A inserted: SL 2020/184 r. 9.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 83

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 6 Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red
lights)
Division 1 Obeying traffic-control signals (traffic lights)
r. 40

40. Stopping for circular red signal or red arrow

(1) Except as provided in regulations 42, 43 and 43A, if a
traffic-control signal facing a driver displays a circular red
signal —
(a) if there is a stop line at or near the signal, the driver must
stop as near as practicable to, but before reaching, the
stop line and must not proceed beyond the stop line; or
(b) if there is a “stop here on red signal” sign at or near the
signal, but no stop line, the driver must stop as near as
practicable to, but before reaching, the sign and must not
proceed beyond the sign; or
(c) in the absence of a stop line, the driver —
(i) must stop as near as practicable to but before
reaching the nearest appropriate traffic-control
signal and must not proceed beyond the signal;
and
(ii) must not enter a marked foot crossing.
Points:
(a) during a holiday period: 6;
(b) other than during a holiday period: 3.
Modified penalty: 6 PU.
Stop here on red signal sign
(writing and edging in red)

page 84 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red Part 6
lights)
Obeying traffic-control signals (traffic lights) Division 1
r. 40

Example for subregulation (1)(a)

Stopping at a stop here on red signal sign on a road the
driver is entering

(2) If a traffic-control signal facing a driver displays a red arrow

signal and the driver is turning in the direction indicated by that
arrow —
(a) if there is a stop line at or near the signal, the driver must
stop as near as practicable to, but before reaching the
stop line and must not proceed beyond the stop line; or
(b) if there is a “stop here on red arrow” sign at or near the
signal, but no stop line, the driver must stop as near as
practicable to, but before reaching, the sign and must not
proceed beyond the sign; or
(c) in the absence of a stop line, the driver —
(i) must stop as near as practicable to but before
reaching the nearest appropriate traffic-control
signal and must not proceed beyond the signal;
and
(ii) must not enter a marked foot crossing,
as the case may be, in the direction indicated by the arrow.
Points:
(a) during a holiday period: 6;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 85

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 6 Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red
lights)
Division 1 Obeying traffic-control signals (traffic lights)
r. 41A

(b) other than during a holiday period: 3.

Modified penalty: 6 PU.
Stop here on red arrow sign
(writing and edging in red)

(3) If there is a bicycle storage area before any traffic-control signal

referred to in subregulation (1) or (2), a reference to the stop line
in subregulation (1)(a) or (2)(a) —
(a) in the case of a driver of a motor vehicle, is a reference
to the first stop line that the driver comes to, or came to,
in approaching the signal;
(b) in the case of a rider of a bicycle or electric rideable
device, is a reference to the stop line that is nearest to
the intersection.
[Regulation 40 inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4570-3;
amended: Gazette 4 Apr 2014 p. 885; 9 Sep 2014 p. 3244;
SL 2020/253 r. 13; SL 2021/200 r. 15.]

41A. Motor vehicles not to enter bicycle storage area

(1) If there is a bicycle storage area before a traffic-control signal
that is showing a circular red signal, the driver of a motor
vehicle must not allow any part of the vehicle to enter the
bicycle storage area.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU

page 86 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red Part 6
lights)
Obeying traffic-control signals (traffic lights) Division 1
r. 41

(2) If there is a bicycle storage area before a traffic-control signal

that is showing a red arrow signal, and the driver of a motor
vehicle is turning in the direction indicated by that arrow, the
driver must not allow any part of the vehicle to enter the bicycle
storage area.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU
[Regulation 41A inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4573;
amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3244; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

41. Stopping for circular yellow signal or yellow arrow

(1) Except as provided in regulations 42 and 43A, if a
traffic-control signal facing a driver displays a steady circular
yellow signal or a yellow arrow, the driver must not proceed
beyond the stop line associated with the signal or the stop line of
the lane associated with the signal or in the absence of a stop
line, at a point adjacent to the nearest appropriate traffic-control
signal, unless the driver is so close to the stop line, or
traffic-control signal, when the circular yellow signal or yellow
arrow first appears, that the driver cannot safely stop the vehicle
before passing over the stop line.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) Except as provided in regulations 42 and 43A, if a
traffic-control signal facing a driver displays a steady circular
yellow signal or a yellow arrow and the driver cannot safely
stop the vehicle in accordance with subregulation (1), but can
stop safely before entering the intersection, the driver must stop
before entering the intersection.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(3) If a traffic-control signal facing a driver displays a steady
circular yellow signal or a yellow arrow and the driver is not
able to stop safely under subregulation (1) or (2), and enters the
intersection, the driver must leave the intersection as soon as the
driver can do so safely.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 87

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 6 Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red
lights)
Division 1 Obeying traffic-control signals (traffic lights)
r. 42

(4) If there is a bicycle storage area before a traffic-control signal

referred to in subregulation (1), a reference to the stop line —
(a) in the case of a driver of a motor vehicle, is a reference
to the first stop line that the driver comes to, or came to,
in approaching the signal;
(b) in the case of a rider of a bicycle or electric rideable
device, is a reference to the stop line that is nearest to
the intersection.
[Regulation 41 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5819;
13 Nov 2009 p. 4573-4; 9 Sep 2014 p. 3243 and 3244;
SL 2020/253 r. 14; SL 2021/200 r. 16.]

42. Green arrow with red or yellow signal, effect of

If a traffic-control signal facing a driver displays a green arrow,
in conjunction with a circular red or yellow signal, the driver
may proceed, but only in the direction indicated by the arrow.

43. Turning left on red signal

Despite regulation 40, a driver may turn left at an
intersection —
(a) at which there is a traffic-control signal facing the driver
and displaying a circular red signal, alone; and
(b) at or near which there is a “left turn on red permitted
after stopping” sign,
if —
(c) before starting to make the turn, the driver —
(i) stops the vehicle as near as possible to, but
without passing over, the stop line associated
with the traffic-control signal; or
(ii) in the absence of a stop line, stops the vehicle,
without entering the intersection, at a point
adjacent to the nearest appropriate traffic-control
signal;

page 88 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red Part 6
lights)
Obeying traffic-control signals (traffic lights) Division 1
r. 43A

and
(d) the driver can make the turn with safety.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
Left turn on red after stopping sign

[Regulation 43 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3244.]

43A. Effect of green bicycle light with red or yellow signals

(1) This regulation applies to the rider of a bicycle or electric
rideable device who is faced with —
(a) bicycle crossing lights displaying a green bicycle
crossing light; and
(b) either or both of the following —
(i) a traffic-control signal displaying a circular red
signal or a steady circular yellow signal;
(ii) a traffic-control signal displaying a red arrow
signal or a yellow arrow signal.
(2) Despite regulations 40 and 41, the rider may proceed straight
ahead.
[Regulation 43A inserted: SL 2020/253 r. 15; amended:
SL 2021/200 r. 17.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 89

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 6 Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red
lights)
Division 1 Obeying traffic-control signals (traffic lights)
r. 43B

43B. Effect of red bicycle light with green arrow signal

(1) This regulation applies to the rider of a bicycle or electric
rideable device approaching an intersection on a carriageway
if —
(a) the rider is in a bicycle lane to the far left side of the
carriageway; and
(b) drivers entering the intersection from the marked lane
next to the bicycle lane must only turn left.
(2) Despite regulation 225, if the rider is faced with both a
traffic-control signal displaying a green arrow signal pointing
left and bicycle crossing lights displaying a red bicycle crossing
light, the rider may proceed, but only in the direction indicated
by the arrow.
[Regulation 43B inserted: SL 2020/253 r. 15; amended:
SL 2021/200 r. 18.]

44. What to do if signals change when intersection congested etc.

(1) This regulation applies to a driver —
(a) if a traffic-control signal facing the driver displays a
circular green signal at an intersection and the driver has
stopped after the stop line, “stop here on red signal” sign,
or nearest or only traffic lights, at the intersection; or
(b) if a traffic-control signal facing the driver at an
intersection displays a green traffic arrow and the driver
is turning in the direction indicated by the arrow but the
driver has stopped after the stop line, “stop here on red
arrow” sign, or nearest or only traffic arrows, at the
intersection.
(2) Subject to this regulation, if the traffic-control signals change to
yellow or red while a driver is stopped and the driver has not
fully entered the intersection, the driver must not begin to enter
the intersection, or proceed further into the intersection.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU

page 90 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red Part 6
lights)
Giving way at traffic-control signals (traffic lights) Division 2
r. 45

(3) Despite subregulation (2) —

(a) if the traffic-control signals are at an intersection with a
“left turn on red after stopping” sign and the driver is
turning left at the intersection, the driver may turn left
after stopping;
(b) if a traffic-control signal facing the driver at an
intersection changes, to display a circular red signal, but
a green traffic arrow is also displayed and the driver is
turning in the direction indicated by the arrow, the driver
may continue to turn in the direction of the arrow if safe
to do so.
(4) If the traffic-control signals change to yellow or red while the
driver is stopped and the driver has fully entered the
intersection, the driver must leave the intersection as soon as the
driver can do so safely.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU
[Regulation 44 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5819;
9 Sep 2014 p. 3243, 3244 and 3247; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 2 — Giving way at traffic-control signals (traffic lights)

45. Right of way during turns at intersection with traffic-control

signals
(1) A driver who intends to turn, is turning or has turned, right at an
intersection with traffic-control signals must give way to any
oncoming vehicle that is going straight ahead or turning left at
the intersection (except a vehicle turning left using a slip lane).
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
(2) A driver who intends to turn, is turning or has turned, left at an
intersection with traffic-control signals and a “left turn on red
after stopping” sign must give way to any vehicle approaching
from the right, turning right at the intersection into the

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 91

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 6 Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red
lights)
Division 2 Giving way at traffic-control signals (traffic lights)
r. 45

carriageway the driver is entering or making a U turn at the

intersection.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(3) A driver turning to the right or left (except a driver turning left
using a slip lane) at an intersection with traffic-control signals
must give way to any pedestrian or relevant rider who is
crossing the carriageway, or part of the carriageway, the driver
is entering.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
Examples
Example 1 Example 2
Giving way to a pedestrian Driver turning right giving
on the carriageway the way to an oncoming
driver is entering vehicle going straight
ahead

page 92 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red Part 6
lights)
Giving way at traffic-control signals (traffic lights) Division 2
r. 46

Example 3
Driver turning right does not have to give way to an
oncoming vehicle that is turning left into the carriageway
the driver is entering using a slip lane

(4) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a driver turning right at an

intersection in accordance with a green traffic arrow.
[Regulation 45 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4574; 19 Nov
2010 p. 5750; 9 Sep 2014 p. 3244-5; SL 2020/253 r. 28;
SL 2021/200 r. 19.]

46. Giving way at intersection with traffic-control signals not

operating or only partly operating
(1) If all the traffic-control signals facing a driver approaching an
intersection do not appear to be functioning, or are displaying a
flashing yellow signal, and there is a traffic light-stop sign, the
driver must treat that intersection as if the driver were facing a
“stop” sign and no traffic-control signals under regulation 50.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 5 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 93

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 6 Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red
lights)
Division 2 Giving way at traffic-control signals (traffic lights)
r. 46

Traffic light-stop sign

(background in red)

(2) If all the traffic-control signals facing a driver approaching an

intersection do not appear to be functioning, or display a
flashing yellow signal and there is no traffic light-stop sign
facing the driver, the driver must treat that intersection as if the
driver were at an intersection under regulation 55 or a
T-intersection under regulation 56, as the case requires, that is
not controlled by traffic-control signals or does not have a
“stop” sign, stop line, “give way” sign, or give way line that
applies to the driver.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 5 PU
(3) Despite subregulations (1) and (2), a driver may only proceed
beyond the stop line associated with traffic-control signals
facing a driver that do not appear to be functioning, or display
flashing yellow signals, or (in the absence of a stop line) beyond
a point adjacent to the nearest signals, if the driver —
[(a) deleted]
(b) does not turn the vehicle contrary to an instruction on a
traffic sign at the intersection; and
[(c) deleted]
(d) complies with any direction by a police officer, if a
police officer is in attendance regulating traffic.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 3 PU

page 94 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red Part 6
lights)
Giving way at traffic-control signals (traffic lights) Division 2
r. 47

(4) Subregulation (3) does not apply if the intersection is a

roundabout.
[Regulation 46 amended: Gazette 8 Feb 2008 p. 316-17;
4 Jun 2010 p. 2398; 9 Sep 2014 p. 3245; 23 Dec 2014 p. 4929;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
47. Giving way at flashing yellow traffic arrow at intersection
A driver turning in the direction indicated by a flashing yellow
traffic arrow at an intersection with traffic-control signals must
give way to —
(a) any vehicle travelling on the carriageway the driver is
entering; and
(b) any pedestrian or relevant rider at or near the
intersection who is crossing the carriageway the driver is
entering; and
(c) if the driver is turning right — any oncoming vehicle
that is going straight ahead or turning left at the
intersection (except a vehicle turning left using a slip
lane).
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
[Regulation 47 amended: Gazette 19 Nov 2010 p. 5750;
9 Sep 2014 p. 3245; SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 20.]

48. Giving way at crossing (other than at intersection) with

flashing yellow traffic-control signal
If a driver is approaching or at a marked foot crossing (except at
or near an intersection) with a flashing yellow traffic-control
signal at the crossing, the driver must —
(a) give way to any pedestrian or relevant rider on the
crossing; and
(b) not obstruct any pedestrian or relevant rider on the
crossing; and

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 95

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 6 Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin alternating red
lights)
Division 3 Twin alternating red lights
r. 49

(c) not pass a vehicle that is travelling in the same direction

as the driver and is stopping, or has stopped, to give way
at the crossing.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
[Regulation 48 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5819;
9 Sep 2014 p. 3245; SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 21.]

Division 3 — Twin alternating red lights

49. Stopping for twin alternating red lights (except at level
crossings)
(1) If a driver is approaching or at a traffic-control signal displaying
twin alternating red lights (other than at a level crossing) and
there is a stop line at or near the lights and the driver can stop
safely before reaching the stop line, the driver must stop as near
as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 3 PU
(2) If a driver is approaching or at a traffic-control signal displaying
twin alternating red lights (other than at a level crossing) and
there is no stop line at or near the lights and the driver can stop
safely before reaching the lights, the driver must stop as near as
practicable to, but before reaching, the lights.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 3 PU
(3) If a driver stops for a traffic-control signal displaying twin
alternating red lights, the driver must not proceed until the lights
are not showing.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 3 PU
[Regulation 49 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 96 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Places with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way Division 1
line applying to the driver
r. 50

Part 7 — Giving way

Division 1 — Places with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or
give way line applying to the driver
50. Stopping and giving way at stop sign or stop line at
intersection without traffic-control signals
(1) This regulation does not apply to a driver approaching or at an
intersection if the intersection is controlled by traffic-control
signals.
(2) A driver approaching or at an intersection with a “stop” sign or
stop line must stop as near as practicable to, but —
(a) before reaching the stop line; or
(b) if there is no stop line — before entering the
intersection.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
Stop sign
(background in red)

(3) A driver approaching or at an intersection with a “stop” sign or

stop line must give way to a vehicle in, entering or approaching
the intersection except —
(a) an oncoming vehicle turning right at the intersection, if a
“stop” sign, stop line, “give way” sign or give way line
applies to the driver of the oncoming vehicle; or
(b) a vehicle turning left at the intersection using a slip lane;
or
(c) a vehicle making a U turn.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 97

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 7 Giving way
Division 1 Places with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way
line applying to the driver
r. 50

(4) If a driver at an intersection with a “stop” sign or stop line is

turning left or right or making a U turn, the driver must also
give way to any pedestrian or relevant rider at or near the
intersection who is crossing the carriageway, or part of the
carriageway, the driver is entering.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
(5) If a driver at an intersection is turning left using a slip lane with
a “stop” sign or stop line, the driver must give way to any
pedestrian on the slip lane.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
(6) In this regulation, an oncoming vehicle travelling through a
T-intersection on the continuing carriageway is taken not to be
turning.
Examples
Example 1 Example 2
Stop line Stopping and giving way at
a stop sign to a vehicle on
the right

In example 2, vehicle B must stop and give way to vehicle A.

[Regulation 50 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4574;
19 Nov 2010 p. 5751; 9 Sep 2014 p. 3245; SL 2020/253 r. 28;
SL 2021/200 r. 22.]

page 98 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Places with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way Division 1
line applying to the driver
r. 51

51. Stopping and giving way at stop sign or stop line at other
places
(1) This regulation does not apply to a driver if the driver is
approaching or at an intersection, children’s crossing, level
crossing, or a place with twin alternating red lights.
(2) A driver approaching or at a place with a “stop” sign or stop line
must stop as near as practicable to, but —
(a) before reaching the stop line; or
(b) if there is no stop line — before entering the
intersection.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(3) A driver approaching or at a place with a “stop” sign or stop line
must give way to any vehicle or pedestrian at or near the “stop”
sign or stop line.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
Examples
Example 1 Example 2
Stopping and giving way at Stopping and giving way at
a stop sign at a break in a a stop sign where a
dividing strip carpark exit joins a
carriageway

In each example, vehicle B must stop and give way to vehicle A.

[Regulation 51 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4575;
9 Sep 2014 p. 3245; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 99

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 7 Giving way
Division 1 Places with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way
line applying to the driver
r. 52

52. Giving way at give way sign or give way line at intersection
(1) A driver at an intersection with a “give way” sign or give way
line must give way to a vehicle in, entering or approaching the
intersection except —
(a) an oncoming vehicle turning right at the intersection, if a
“stop” sign, stop line, “give way” sign or give way line
applies to the driver of the oncoming vehicle; or
(b) a vehicle turning left at the intersection using a slip lane;
or
(c) a vehicle making a U turn.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Give way sign
(triangle in red)

(2) If a driver at an intersection with a “give way” sign or give way

line is turning left or right or making a U turn, the driver must
give way to any pedestrian or relevant rider at or near the
intersection who is crossing the carriageway, or part of the
carriageway, the driver is entering.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
(3) If a driver at an intersection is turning left using a slip lane with
a “give way” sign or give way line, the driver must give way to
any pedestrian on the slip lane.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
(4) In this regulation, an oncoming vehicle travelling through a
T-intersection on the continuing carriageway is taken not to be
turning.

page 100 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Places with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way Division 1
line applying to the driver
r. 52

Examples
Example 1 Example 2
Give way line Giving way at a give way
sign to a vehicle on the right

In example 2, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

Example 3
Driver turning right at a give way line does not have to
give way to a vehicle turning left using a slip lane

In example 3, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

[Regulation 52 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4575; 19 Nov
2010 p. 5751; 9 Sep 2014 p. 3245; SL 2020/253 r. 28;
SL 2021/200 r. 23.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 101

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 7 Giving way
Division 1 Places with a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way
line applying to the driver
r. 53

53. Giving way at give way sign at bridge or length of narrow

carriageway
The driver of a vehicle approaching a bridge or length of narrow
carriageway with a “give way” sign must give way to any
oncoming vehicle that is on, or approaching, the bridge or
length of carriageway when the driver reaches the sign.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Examples

Example 1 Example 2
Giving way at a bridge Giving way at a length of
narrow carriageway

In each example, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

[Regulation 53 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3245;
15 May 2018 p. 1532; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

54. Giving way at give way sign or give way line at other places
(1) This regulation does not apply to a driver if the driver is
approaching or at an intersection, children’s crossing, level
crossing, or a place with twin alternating red lights.
(2) A driver approaching or at a place with a “give way” sign or
give way line must give way to any vehicle or pedestrian at or
near the “give way” sign or give way line.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU

page 102 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Giving way at an intersection without traffic-control signals or a Division 2
stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to
the driver
r. 55

Examples
Example 1 Example 2
Giving way at a give way Giving way at a give way
sign at a break in a sign where a bicycle path
dividing strip meets a carriageway

In example 1, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

In example 2, the motor vehicle must give way to the bicycle.
[Regulation 54 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3245;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 2 — Giving way at an intersection without

traffic-control signals or a stop sign, stop line, give way sign or
give way line applying to the driver
55. Giving way at intersection (except T-intersection or
roundabout)
(1) This regulation does not apply to a driver at a T-intersection or
roundabout, or at an intersection controlled by traffic-control
signals or with a “stop” sign, stop line, “give way” sign, or give
way line that applies to that driver.
(2) If a driver at an intersection is going straight ahead, the driver
must give way to any vehicle approaching from the right, unless

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 103

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 7 Giving way
Division 2 Giving way at an intersection without traffic-control signals or a
stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to
the driver
r. 55

a “stop” sign, stop line, “give way” sign or give way line applies
to the driver of the approaching vehicle.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Examples
Example 1 Example 2
Driver going straight ahead Driver going straight ahead
giving way to a vehicle on giving way to a vehicle on
the right that is going the right that is turning
straight ahead right

In each example, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

(3) If a driver at an intersection is turning left (except if the driver is

using a slip lane), the driver must give way to —
(a) any vehicle approaching from the right, unless a “stop”
sign, stop line, “give way” sign or give way line applies
to the driver of the approaching vehicle; and
(b) any pedestrian or relevant rider at or near the
intersection who is crossing the carriageway the driver is
entering.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU

page 104 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Giving way at an intersection without traffic-control signals or a Division 2
stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to
the driver
r. 55

Examples
Example 3 Example 4
Driver turning left giving Driver turning left giving
way to a vehicle on the way to a pedestrian on the
right that is going straight carriageway the driver is
ahead entering

In example 3, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

In example 4, the vehicle must give way to the pedestrian.

(4) If a driver at an intersection is turning left using a slip lane, the

driver must give way to any vehicle approaching from the right
or turning right at the intersection into the carriageway the
driver is entering (except a vehicle making a U turn at the
intersection).
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(5) If a driver at an intersection is turning left using a slip lane, the
driver must give way to any pedestrian on the slip lane.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 105

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 7 Giving way
Division 2 Giving way at an intersection without traffic-control signals or a
stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to
the driver
r. 55

Example
Example 5
Driver turning left using a slip lane giving way to a vehicle
that is turning right into the carriageway the driver is
entering

In this example, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

(6) If a driver at an intersection is turning right, the driver must give

way to —
(a) any vehicle approaching from the right unless a “stop”
sign, stop line, “give way” sign or give way line applies
to the driver of the approaching vehicle; and
(b) any oncoming vehicle that is going straight ahead or
turning left at the intersection unless —
(i) a “stop” sign, stop line, “give way” sign, or give
way line applies to the driver of the oncoming
vehicle; or
(ii) the oncoming vehicle is turning left using a slip
lane;
and

page 106 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Giving way at an intersection without traffic-control signals or a Division 2
stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to
the driver
r. 55

(c) any pedestrian or relevant rider at or near the

intersection who is crossing the carriageway the driver is
entering.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU

Examples
Example 6 Example 7
Driver turning right giving Driver turning right giving
way to a vehicle on the way to an oncoming
right that is turning right vehicle that is going
into the carriageway the straight ahead on the
driver is leaving carriageway the driver is
leaving

In examples 6 and 7, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 107

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 7 Giving way
Division 2 Giving way at an intersection without traffic-control signals or a
stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to
the driver
r. 56

Example 8 Example 9
Driver turning right giving Driver turning right giving
way to an oncoming way to a pedestrian on the
vehicle that is turning left carriageway the driver is
into the carriageway the entering
driver is entering

In example 8, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

In example 9, the vehicle must give way to the pedestrian.
[Regulation 55 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4575; 19 Nov
2010 p. 5751; 9 Sep 2014 p. 3245; SL 2020/253 r. 28;
SL 2021/200 r. 24.]

56. Giving way at T-intersection

(1) This regulation applies to a driver at a T-intersection that is not
controlled by traffic-control signals, or does not have a “stop”
sign, stop line, “give way” sign, or give way line, that applies to
that driver.
(2) If a driver at a T-intersection is turning left (except if the driver
is using a slip lane), or right, from the terminating road into the
continuing road, the driver must give way to —
(a) any vehicle travelling on the continuing road (except a
vehicle making a U turn on the terminating road at the
intersection); and

page 108 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Giving way at an intersection without traffic-control signals or a Division 2
stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to
the driver
r. 56

(b) any pedestrian or relevant rider who is crossing the

continuing road at or near the intersection.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Examples
Example 1 Example 2
Driver turning right from Driver turning left (except if
the terminating road giving the driver is using a slip
way to a vehicle on the lane) from the terminating
continuing road road giving way to a
pedestrian on the
continuing road

In example 1, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

In example 2, the vehicle must give way to the pedestrian.
(3) If a driver at a T-intersection is turning left from the terminating
road into the continuing road using a slip lane, the driver must
give way to —
(a) any vehicle travelling on the continuing road (except a
vehicle making a U turn on the continuing road at the
intersection); and
(b) any pedestrian on the slip lane.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(4) If a driver at a T-intersection is turning left (except if the driver
is using a slip lane) from the continuing road into the
terminating road, the driver must give way to any pedestrian or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 109

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 7 Giving way
Division 2 Giving way at an intersection without traffic-control signals or a
stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to
the driver
r. 56

relevant rider who is crossing the terminating road at or near the

intersection.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Example
Example 3
Driver turning left (except if the driver is using a slip lane)
from the continuing road giving way to a pedestrian on
the terminating road

In this example, the vehicle must give way to the pedestrian.

(5) If a driver at a T-intersection is turning from the continuing road
into the terminating road using a slip lane, the driver must give
way to —
(a) any vehicle approaching from the right (except a vehicle
making a U turn on the terminating road at the
intersection); and
(b) any pedestrian on the slip lane.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(6) If a driver at a T-intersection is turning right from the continuing
road into the terminating road, the driver must give way to —
(a) any oncoming vehicle that is travelling through the
intersection on the continuing road or turning left at the
intersection; and

page 110 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Giving way at an intersection without traffic-control signals or a Division 2
stop sign, stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to
the driver
r. 56

(b) any pedestrian or relevant rider who is crossing the

terminating road at or near the intersection.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(7) In this regulation —
turning left from the continuing road into the terminating
road, for a driver, includes, where the continuing road curves to
the right at a T-intersection, leaving the continuing road to
proceed straight ahead onto the terminating road;
turning right from the continuing road into the terminating
road, for a driver, includes, where the continuing road curves to
the left at a T-intersection, leaving the continuing road to
proceed straight ahead onto the terminating road.
Examples
Example 4 Example 5
Driver turning right from Driver turning right from the
the continuing road giving continuing road giving way
way to an oncoming to an oncoming vehicle
vehicle travelling through travelling through the
the intersection on the intersection on the
continuing road continuing road

Example 5 shows a T-intersection where the continuing road (which is

marked with broken white lines) goes around a corner. Vehicle B is leaving
the continuing road to enter the terminating road. In examples 4 and 5,
vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 111

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 7 Giving way
Division 3 Entering or leaving land abutting a carriageway or road
r. 57

Example 6 Example 7
Driver turning right from Driver turning right from
the continuing road giving the continuing road giving
way to an oncoming way to a pedestrian on the
vehicle turning left from the terminating road
continuing road

In example 6, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

In example 7, the vehicle must give way to the pedestrian.
[Regulation 56 amended: Gazette 8 Feb 2008 p. 317;
13 Nov 2009 p. 4575-6; 19 Nov 2010 p. 5751; 9 Sep 2014
p. 3245; SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 25.]

Division 3 — Entering or leaving land abutting a carriageway

or road
57. Giving way when entering carriageway from land abutting
carriageway or road
(1) A driver entering a carriageway from land abutting the
carriageway, without a traffic-control signal or a “stop” sign,
stop line, “give way” sign or give way line, must give way to —
(a) any vehicle travelling on the carriageway or turning into
the carriageway (except a vehicle turning right into the
carriageway from land abutting the carriageway); and
(b) any pedestrian or relevant rider on the carriageway; and

page 112 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Entering or leaving land abutting a carriageway or road Division 3
r. 58

(c) any vehicle or pedestrian on any land abutting the

carriageway (including a path) that the driver crosses to
enter the carriageway.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Example
Driver entering a carriageway from land abutting the
carriageway giving way to a pedestrian on the footpath
and a vehicle on the carriageway

In this example, vehicle B must give way to the pedestrian on the footpath
and to vehicle A.
[(2) omitted under the Reprints Act 1984 s. 7(4)(e)]
[Regulation 57 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5819;
9 Sep 2014 p. 3245; SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 26.]
58. Giving way when entering land abutting carriageway or
road from carriageway
A driver entering land abutting a carriageway or road from a
place on a carriageway without a traffic-control signal or a
“stop” sign, stop line, “give way” sign or give way line, must
give way to —
(a) any pedestrian or relevant rider on the carriageway; and

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 113

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 7 Giving way
Division 3 Entering or leaving land abutting a carriageway or road
r. 58

(b) any vehicle or pedestrian on any land abutting the

carriageway that the driver crosses or enters; and
(c) if the driver is turning right from the carriageway — any
oncoming vehicle on the carriageway that is going
straight ahead or turning left; and
(d) if the carriageway the driver is leaving ends at a
T-intersection opposite the land abutting the carriageway
and the driver is crossing the continuing road — any
vehicle on the continuing road.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Examples
Example 1 Example 2
Driver turning right from a Driver crossing a
carriageway into land continuing road at
abutting a carriageway a T-intersection to
giving way to an oncoming enter land abutting a
vehicle that is going carriageway giving way
straight ahead and to a to a vehicle on the
pedestrian on the footpath continuing road

In each example, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A. In example 1,

vehicle B must also give way to the pedestrian on the footpath.
[Regulation 58 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5819;
9 Sep 2014 p. 3245; SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 27.]

page 114 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Keeping clear of and giving way to particular vehicles Division 4
r. 59

Division 4 — Keeping clear of and giving way to particular

vehicles
59. Giving way to public buses
(1) A driver driving on a length of carriageway in a built-up area, in
the left lane or left line of traffic, must give way to a public bus
in front of the driver if —
(a) the public bus has stopped, or is moving slowly at the far
left side of the carriageway, or in a bus embayment; and
(b) the right indicator lights of the public bus are operating;
and
(c) the public bus is about to enter or proceed in the lane or
line of traffic in which the driver is driving; and
(d) the public bus is displaying a “give way to buses” sign.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) In this regulation —
left lane, of a carriageway, means —
(a) the marked lane nearest to the far left side of the
carriageway (the first lane) or, if the first lane is a
bicycle lane, the marked lane next to the first lane; or
(b) if there is an obstruction in the first lane (for example, a
parked car or roadworks) and the first lane is not a
bicycle lane — the marked lane next to the first lane;
left line of traffic, for a carriageway, means the line of traffic
nearest to the far left side of the carriageway;
public bus includes buses of a type, class, or function approved
by the CEO for the purposes of this regulation.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 115

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 7 Giving way
Division 5 Crossings and shared zones
r. 60

Give way to buses sign

(bus, arrow and edging in green, bus indicator
in yellow, words and car in red)

Note This sign may be displayed on public buses.

[Regulation 59 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3245;
23 Dec 2014 p. 4928; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

60. Keeping clear of police and emergency vehicles

(1) A driver must give way to, and make every reasonable effort to
give a clear and uninterrupted passage to, every police or
emergency vehicle that is displaying a flashing blue or red light
(whether or not it is also displaying other lights) or sounding an
alarm.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 8 PU
(2) This regulation applies to a driver despite any other regulation
that would otherwise require the driver of a police or emergency
vehicle to give way to the driver.
[Regulation 60 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3245;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 5 — Crossings and shared zones

61. Children’s crossings
(1) A driver approaching a children’s crossing must drive at a speed
at which the driver can, if necessary, stop safely before the
crossing.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU

page 116 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Crossings and shared zones Division 5
r. 61

(2) A driver must stop the vehicle before it reaches a children’s

crossing, if a “children crossing - stop” sign is displayed to face
approaching drivers; and must not permit any portion of the
vehicle to enter upon the children’s crossing, while any
pedestrian or relevant rider is on it or while the sign is
displayed.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 6 PU
Children crossing — stop sign
(octagonal background in red)
(square background in lime/yellow)

(3) A driver must not enter upon, or attempt to cross, a children’s

crossing if the carriageway beyond it is blocked.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Examples
The carriageway beyond the crossing may be blocked by congested traffic, a
disabled vehicle, a collision between vehicles or between a vehicle and a
pedestrian, or by a fallen load on the carriageway.
(4) Where there is a stop line on the approach side of a children’s
crossing, any stop made under the provisions of this regulation,
must be made before reaching, and as nearly as practicable to,
the stop line.
(5) For the purposes of subregulation (2), if a children’s crossing
extends across a road with a median strip, the part of the
children’s crossing on each side of the median strip is taken to
be a separate children’s crossing.
[Regulation 61 amended: Gazette 8 Feb 2008 p. 317;
9 Sep 2014 p. 3243 and 3245; SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200
r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 117

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 7 Giving way
Division 5 Crossings and shared zones
r. 62

62. Pedestrian crossings

(1) A driver approaching a pedestrian crossing must drive at a speed
at which the driver can, if necessary, stop safely before the
crossing.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
(2) A driver must give way to a pedestrian or relevant rider who is
on a pedestrian crossing.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
Examples
Example 1 Example 2
Giving way to a Giving way to a pedestrian
pedestrian on a on a pedestrian crossing at a
pedestrian crossing slip lane

In each of these examples, the driver must give way to the pedestrian on the
crossing.

(3) A driver must stop the vehicle before it reaches a pedestrian

crossing if a “children crossing – stop” sign is displayed to face
approaching drivers, and must not permit any portion of the
vehicle to enter upon the pedestrian crossing while any

page 118 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Crossings and shared zones Division 5
r. 62

pedestrian or relevant rider is on it or while the sign is

displayed.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 6 PU

Children crossing — stop sign

(octagonal background in red)
(square background in lime/yellow)

(4) A driver must not enter upon, or attempt to cross, a pedestrian

crossing if the carriageway beyond it is blocked.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Examples
The carriageway beyond the crossing may be blocked by congested traffic, a
disabled vehicle, a collision between vehicles or between a vehicle and a
pedestrian, or by a fallen load on the carriageway.

(5) Despite subregulation (4), a driver may enter upon or attempt to

cross a pedestrian crossing if —
(a) the pedestrian crossing is immediately before an
intersection that is not controlled by traffic lights; and
(b) the pedestrian crossing is not blocked; and
(c) the driver gives way to any pedestrian or relevant rider
on the pedestrian crossing at the time the driver enters
upon or attempts to cross the pedestrian crossing.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 119

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 7 Giving way
Division 5 Crossings and shared zones
r. 63

(6) If entering a pedestrian crossing under subregulation (5), a

driver may remain on that crossing until the intersection
immediately after the crossing is safe to enter or cross.
[Regulation 62 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5820;
8 Feb 2008 p. 317; 31 Dec 2013 p. 6564; 9 Sep 2014 p. 3244
and 3245; SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 29.]

63. Overtaking or passing vehicle at children’s crossing or

pedestrian crossing
A driver approaching a children’s crossing or a pedestrian
crossing must not overtake or pass a vehicle that is travelling in
the same direction as the driver and is stopping, or has stopped,
to give way to a pedestrian or relevant rider at the crossing.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 8 PU
Example
Driver must not pass a vehicle that has stopped to
give way to a pedestrian at a pedestrian crossing

In the example, vehicle A has stopped to give way to a pedestrian on the

crossing. Vehicle B must not overtake or pass vehicle A.
[Regulation 63 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3245;
SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 30.]

page 120 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Other give way requirements Division 6
r. 64

64. Giving way to pedestrians in shared zone

A driver in a shared zone must give way to any pedestrian in the
zone.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
[Regulation 64 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 6 — Other give way requirements

65. Giving way when driving through break in median strip
If a driver drives through a break in a median strip that has no
“stop” sign, stop line, “give way” sign or give way line, the
driver must give way to any vehicle travelling on the part of the
carriageway the driver is entering (except a vehicle to which a
“stop” sign, stop line, “give way” sign, or give way line,
applies).
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Examples
Example 1
Giving way when driving through a break in a median strip

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 121

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 7 Giving way
Division 6 Other give way requirements
r. 66

Example 2 Example 3
Giving way when driving Giving way when driving
through a break in a through a break in a
dividing strip to leave a dividing strip to enter a
service road service road

In each of the examples, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

[Regulation 65 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3245;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

66. Giving way on painted island

A driver entering a turning lane from a painted island must give
way to —
(a) any vehicle in the turning lane; or
(b) if the turning lane and painted island are nearest to the
far left side of the road — any vehicle entering the
turning lane from the marked lane, or line of traffic,
immediately to the right of the turning lane; or
(c) if the turning lane and painted island are nearest to the
dividing line or median strip on the road or the far right
side of the road — any vehicle entering the turning lane
from the marked lane, or line of traffic, immediately to
the left of the turning lane.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU

page 122 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Other give way requirements Division 6
r. 66

Example 1
Driver entering a turning lane from a painted island giving
way to a vehicle entering the turning lane from the marked
lane immediately to the right of the turning lane

Example 2
Driver entering a turning lane from a painted island giving
way to a vehicle entering the turning lane from the marked
lane immediately to the left of the turning lane

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 123

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 7 Giving way
Division 6 Other give way requirements
r. 67

In the examples, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

[Regulation 66 inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4576-8;
amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3245; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

67. Giving way in median turning bay

A driver entering a median turning bay must give way to any
oncoming vehicle already in the turning bay.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Example
Giving way in a median turning bay

In the example, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

Median turning lane sign

Note There is another permitted version of the median turning lane sign.
[Regulation 67 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5820;
9 Sep 2014 p. 3246; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 124 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Giving way Part 7
Other give way requirements Division 6
r. 68

68. Giving way when moving from boundary of carriageway, or

parking area on or in median strip
(1) A driver entering a marked lane, or a line of traffic, from the
boundary of a carriageway must give way to any vehicle
travelling in the lane or line of traffic.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) Despite subregulation (1), the driver of a public bus does not
have to give way to a vehicle if —
(a) the driver of the vehicle is required to give way to the
public bus under regulation 59; and
(b) it is safe for the public bus to enter the lane or line of
traffic in which the vehicle is driving.
(3) A driver turning from a median strip parking area into a marked
lane, or a line of traffic, must give way to any vehicle travelling
in the lane or line of traffic.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
[Regulation 68 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5820;
9 Sep 2014 p. 3246; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 125

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 8 Traffic signs and road markings
Division 1 Traffic signs and road markings at intersections and other
places
r. 69

Part 8 — Traffic signs and road markings

Division 1 — Traffic signs and road markings at intersections
and other places
[Heading amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4578

69. Left turn only signs

(1) Where a carriageway at an approach to an intersection has a
“left turn only” sign by the side of it, or over it, a driver entering
the intersection from that carriageway must only turn left.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) Where a marked lane at an approach to an intersection has a
“left lane must turn left” sign by the side of, or over, the lane, a
driver entering the intersection from that lane must only turn
left.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Left turn only sign Left lane must turn left sign

Note There is another permitted version of each of these signs.

[Regulation 69 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

70. Right turn only signs

(1) Where a carriageway at an approach to an intersection has a
“right turn only” sign by the side of it, or over it, a driver

page 126 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic signs and road markings Part 8
Traffic signs and road markings at intersections and other Division 1
places
r. 71

entering the intersection from that carriageway must only turn

right.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) Where a marked lane at an approach to an intersection has a
“right lane must turn right” sign by the side of, or over, the lane,
a driver entering the intersection from that lane must only turn
right.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(3) Where a driver is subject to either a “right turn only” sign, or a
“right lane must turn right” sign, the driver must not make a
U turn.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU

Right turn only sign Right lane must turn right

sign

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of the “right turn only”
sign, and another permitted version of the “right lane must turn right” sign.
[Regulation 70 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

71. No turns signs

If there is a “no turns” sign at an intersection, a driver must not
turn left or right, or make a U turn, at the intersection.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 127

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 8 Traffic signs and road markings
Division 1 Traffic signs and road markings at intersections and other
places
r. 72

No turns sign

[Regulation 71 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;

SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

72. No left turn and no right turn signs

(1) If there is a “no left turn” sign at an intersection, or another
place on a road, a driver must not turn left at the intersection or
place.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) If there is a “no right turn” sign at an intersection, or another
place on a road, a driver must not turn right and, unless there is
a “U turn permitted” sign, must not make a U turn at the
intersection or place.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
No left turn signs
No left turn sign No left turn sign
(Standard sign) (Variable illuminated
(circle and slash in red) message sign)
(circle and slash illuminated in red)

page 128 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic signs and road markings Part 8
Traffic signs and road markings at intersections and other Division 1
places
r. 72

No right turn signs

No right turn sign No right turn sign
(Standard sign) (Variable illuminated
(circle and slash in red) message sign)
(circle and slash illuminated in red)

No right turn sign

(letters illuminated in white)

Note There is another permitted version of each of the “no left turn” signs
and a number of other permitted versions of the “no right turn” signs.
U turn permitted sign

[Regulation 72 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4579;

9 Sep 2014 p. 3246; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 129

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 8 Traffic signs and road markings
Division 1 Traffic signs and road markings at intersections and other
places
r. 73

73. Traffic lane arrows

(1) Subject to subregulation (2), if a driver is driving in a marked
lane at an intersection and there are traffic lane arrows applying
to the lane, the driver must —
(a) if the arrows indicate a single direction — drive in that
direction; or
(b) if the arrows indicate 2 or more directions — drive in
one of those directions.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a driver if —
(a) the intersection is a roundabout; or
(b) traffic lane arrows indicate a direction to the right
(whether or not they also indicate another direction) and
the driver is making a U turn at the intersection; or
(c) a traffic sign indicates that a driver of a particular type
of vehicle, or in stated circumstances, may drive in a
direction different to that indicated by the traffic lane
arrows; or
(d) the driver is driving in the direction indicated by traffic
lane arrows that apply to one or more marked lanes and
there is an obstruction in each of those lanes; or
(e) the driver is turning at an intersection in accordance with
regulation 21(2) or 26(2).

page 130 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic signs and road markings Part 8
Traffic signs and road markings at intersections and other Division 1
places
r. 73

Examples
Example 1
Traffic lane arrows on the surface of marked lanes

Example 2
Traffic lane arrows on a traffic sign

(3) The existence of a bicycle storage area in a marked lane does

not alter a driver’s obligation to comply with subregulation (1).
[Regulation 73 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5820;
13 Nov 2009 p. 4579-80; 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246; SL 2020/253
r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 131

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 8 Traffic signs and road markings
Division 2 Traffic signs and road markings generally
r. 74

Division 2 — Traffic signs and road markings generally

74. No overtaking or passing signs
(1) Where a “no overtaking or passing” sign is erected to face an
approaching driver, the driver must not —
(a) pass the sign while any vehicle travelling in the opposite
direction is on the length of carriageway to which the
sign applies; or
(b) while on the length of carriageway to which the sign
applies, overtake or pass a vehicle travelling in the same
direction.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) A “no overtaking or passing” sign on a carriageway applies to
the length of carriageway (including a length of carriageway on
a bridge) beginning at the sign and ending —
(a) if information on or with the sign indicates a distance —
at that distance past the sign; or
(b) if the sign applies to a bridge — at the end of the bridge;
or
(c) at an “end no overtaking or passing” sign on the
carriageway.
No overtaking or passing End no overtaking or
sign passing sign

[Regulation 74 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;

SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 132 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic signs and road markings Part 8
Traffic signs and road markings generally Division 2
r. 75

75. No overtaking on bridge sign

Where a “no overtaking on bridge” sign is erected near a bridge
to face an approaching driver, then the driver must not overtake
a vehicle, while between the sign and the far end of the bridge.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
No overtaking on bridge sign

Note There is another permitted version of this sign.

[Regulation 75 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

76. Emergency stopping lane only signs

The driver of a vehicle (other than a bicycle or electric rideable
device) must not drive in a lane to which an “emergency
stopping lane only” sign applies unless the driver needs to drive
in the emergency stopping lane to avoid a collision, to stop in
the lane in accordance with regulation 150, or because the
driver’s vehicle is disabled.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 6 PU
Emergency stopping lane only sign

[Regulation 76 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;

SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 31.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 133

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 8 Traffic signs and road markings
Division 2 Traffic signs and road markings generally
r. 76A

76A. Emergency stopping bay signs

The driver of a vehicle (other than a bicycle or electric rideable
device) must not drive in an emergency stopping bay unless —
(a) the driver needs to drive in the bay to avoid a collision;
or
(b) the driver needs to stop in the bay in accordance with
regulation 150; or
(c) the driver’s vehicle is disabled.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 6 PU
Emergency stopping bay signs
(background to “emergency” in red) (background to phone in blue)

[Regulation 76A inserted: SL 2020/184 r. 10; amended:

SL 2021/200 r. 32.]

77. Keep clear markings

A driver must not stop on an area of a carriageway marked with
a keep clear marking.
Modified penalty: 4 PU

page 134 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic signs and road markings Part 8
Traffic signs and road markings generally Division 2
r. 78

Examples
Example 1 Example 2
Keep clear marking Keep clear marking with
bounded by line road no line road markings
markings

[Regulation 77 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5820;

9 Sep 2014 p. 3246; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
78. Road access signs
(1) A person must not drive on a length of road to which a “road
access” sign applies if information on or with the sign indicates
that the person or the person’s vehicle is not permitted beyond
the sign.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) A “road access” sign applies to the length of road beginning at
the sign (including any road into which the length of road
merges) and ending —
(a) if the sign is on a freeway or on a road leading to a
freeway — at an “end freeway” sign or “end road
access” sign on the road; or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 135

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 8 Traffic signs and road markings
Division 2 Traffic signs and road markings generally
r. 78

(b) if the sign is on any other road — at the nearer of the

following:
(i) if the road ends at a T-intersection or dead end —
the end of the road;
(ii) an “end road access” sign on the road.

Road access sign End freeway sign

(background in green)

End road access sign

Note 1 There are a number of other permitted versions of the “road access”
sign and the “end freeway” sign.

Note 2 A “road access” sign may indicate that it applies to different or

additional vehicles or persons.
[Regulation 78 amended: Gazette 13 Jul 2001 p. 3473;
23 Sep 2003 p. 4167; 13 Nov 2009 p. 4580-1; 9 Sep 2014
p. 3244; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 136 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic signs and road markings Part 8
Traffic signs and road markings generally Division 2
r. 79

79. Further restrictions on freeways

(1) In addition to regulation 78, a person must not on any portion of
a freeway —
(a) drive a tractor, other than the prime mover type, unless
the vehicle is used by an authorised body for
maintenance and construction work on that road; or
(b) drive or ride a moped or an animal; or
(c) ride a bicycle, except on a path; or
(d) walk, other than on a footpath, separated footpath or
shared path (except in the event of an emergency or
breakdown, or to assist a person apparently in need of
assistance); or
(e) drive a vehicle with an oversized load unless permitted
to do so under a road law.
Modified penalty: 6 PU
(2) In subregulation (1) —
moped means a motor cycle that has a propelling engine having
a piston displacement not exceeding 50 mL and that is designed
so as not to be capable of a speed exceeding 50 km/h, whether
or not it is also capable of being propelled as a pedal cycle, but
does not include a power assisted pedal cycle.
[Regulation 79 amended: Gazette 13 Jul 2001 p. 3473;
13 Nov 2009 p. 4581-2; 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246; 23 Dec 2014
p. 4920; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

80. One-way signs

(1) A driver must not drive on a carriageway to which a “one-way”
sign applies, except in the direction indicated by the arrow on
the sign.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 137

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 8 Traffic signs and road markings
Division 2 Traffic signs and road markings generally
r. 80

(2) A “one-way” sign applies to the length of carriageway beginning at

the sign and ending at the nearer of the following —
(a) a “two-way” sign on the carriageway; or
(b) a “keep left” sign on the carriageway; or
(c) another sign or road marking on the carriageway that
indicates that the carriageway is a two-way carriageway;
or
(d) if the carriageway ends at a T-intersection — the end of
the carriageway.
One-way sign Two-way sign

Keep left sign

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of the “one-way” sign
and another permitted version of the “two-way” sign.

Note A “one-way” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different direction.

[Regulation 80 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 138 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic signs and road markings Part 8
Traffic signs and road markings generally Division 2
r. 81

81. Keep left and keep right signs

(1) Where a “keep left” sign is erected to face an approaching driver
on a carriageway, the driver must pass to the left of that sign.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) Where a “keep right” sign is erected to face an approaching
driver on a carriageway, the driver must pass to the right of that
sign.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Keep left sign Keep right sign

Note There is another permitted version of the “keep right” sign.

[Regulation 81 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;
SL 2020/253 r. 16.]

82. No entry signs

Where a “no entry” sign is erected over or adjacent to a
carriageway, to face an approaching driver, the driver must not
proceed on that carriageway beyond the sign.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 139

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 8 Traffic signs and road markings
Division 2 Traffic signs and road markings generally
r. 83

No entry sign
(circular background in red)

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of this sign.

[Regulation 82 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

83. Hand-held stop signs

(1) A driver approaching a hand-held “stop” sign must stop before
reaching the sign.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
(2) A driver who has stopped at a hand held “stop” sign must not
proceed until the holder of the sign —
(a) no longer displays the sign towards the driver; or
(b) otherwise indicates that the driver may proceed.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(3) This regulation does not apply to a driver approaching or at a
hand-held “stop” sign if the circumstances are dealt with under
Part 7 Division 5 (i.e. children’s or pedestrian crossings).
Hand-held stop signs
(background in red) (background in orange)

page 140 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic signs and road markings Part 8
Signs for trucks, buses and other large vehicles Division 3
r. 84

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of this sign.

[Regulation 83 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 3 — Signs for trucks, buses and other large vehicles

84. Clearance and low clearance signs
The driver of a vehicle must not drive past a “clearance” sign, or
a “low clearance” sign, if the driver’s vehicle, any vehicle
connected to it or any load carried by the vehicle, is higher than
the height (in metres) indicated by the sign.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Clearance sign Low clearance sign

[Regulation 84 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;

SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

85. Load limit signs

(1) A driver must not drive past a “bridge load limit (gross mass)” sign,
or “gross load limit” sign, if the total mass (in tonnes) of the
driver’s vehicle and any load, together with any vehicle connected
to it and any load, is more than the gross mass indicated by the sign.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) A driver must not drive past a “bridge load limit (mass per axle
group)” sign if the mass (in tonnes) carried by an axle group of
the driver’s vehicle and its load, or the mass of an axle group of
any vehicle connected to it and its load, is more than the mass
indicated by the sign for the axle group.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 141

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 8 Traffic signs and road markings
Division 3 Signs for trucks, buses and other large vehicles
r. 86

Bridge load limit (gross Gross load limit sign

mass) sign

Bridge load limit (mass per axle group) sign

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of the bridge load limit
(mass per axle group) sign.
[Regulation 85 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
86. No trucks signs
(1) The driver of a truck must not drive past a “no trucks” sign that
has information on or with it indicating a mass, if the GVM of
that truck (or, if the driver is driving a combination, any vehicle
in the combination) is more than that mass.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) The driver of a truck must not drive past a “no trucks” sign that
has information on or with it indicating a length, if the length of
that truck (or, if the driver is driving a combination, the length
of the combination) is longer than that length.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU

page 142 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic signs and road markings Part 8
Signs for trucks, buses and other large vehicles Division 3
r. 87

(3) The driver of a truck must not drive past a “no trucks” sign that
has no information on or with it indicating a mass or length.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
No trucks sign
(circle and slash in red)

(4) It is a defence to a prosecution for an offence against

subregulation (1), (2) or (3) if the driver satisfies the court that
his or her destination lay beyond a “no trucks” sign and —
(a) there was no other route by which the driver’s truck
could reach that destination; or
(b) any other route by which the driver’s truck could have
reached that destination would require the truck to pass
another “no trucks” sign.
[Regulation 86 amended: Gazette 2 Oct 2007 p. 4975-6;
9 Sep 2014 p. 3246; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
87. Trucks must enter signs
If the driver of a truck drives past a “trucks must enter” sign, the
driver must enter the area indicated by information on or with
the sign.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Trucks must enter sign

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 143

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 8 Traffic signs and road markings
Division 3 Signs for trucks, buses and other large vehicles
r. 88

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of this sign.

[Regulation 87 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
88. No buses signs
(1) The driver of a bus must not drive past a “no buses” sign that
has information on or with it indicating a mass if the GVM of
the bus is more than that mass.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) The driver of a bus must not drive past a “no buses” sign that
has information on or with it indicating a length if the bus is
longer than that length.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(3) The driver of a bus must not drive past a “no buses” sign that
has no information on or with it indicating a mass or length.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
No buses sign
(circle and slash in red)

[Regulation 88 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;

SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

89. Buses must enter signs

If the driver of a bus drives past a “buses must enter” sign, the
driver must enter the area indicated by information on or with
the sign.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU

page 144 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic signs and road markings Part 8
Signs for trucks, buses and other large vehicles Division 3
r. 90

Buses must enter sign

Note There is another permitted version of this sign.

[Regulation 89 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
90. Trucks and buses low gear signs
(1) If the driver of a truck or a bus is driving on a length of
carriageway to which a “trucks and buses low gear” sign
applies, the driver must drive the truck or bus in a gear that is
low enough to limit the speed of the truck or the bus without the
use of a primary brake.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) A “trucks and buses low gear” sign on a carriageway applies to
the length of carriageway beginning at the sign and ending —
(a) if information on or with the sign indicates a distance —
at that distance on the carriageway from the sign; or
(b) in any other case — at an “end trucks and buses low
gear” sign on the carriageway.
(3) In this regulation —
“end trucks and buses low gear” sign includes a sign that
simply states “end truck low gear”;
primary brake means the footbrake, or other brake, fitted to a
truck that is normally used to slow or stop the vehicle;
“trucks and buses low gear” sign includes a sign that simply
states that “trucks must use low gear”.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 145

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 8 Traffic signs and road markings
Division 3 Signs for trucks, buses and other large vehicles
r. 91A

Trucks and buses low End trucks and buses low

gear sign gear sign

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of these signs.

[Regulation 90 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

91A. Safety ramp and arrester bed signs

(1) In this regulation —
arrester bed means an area to which an “arrester bed” sign
applies;
safety ramp means an area to which a “safety ramp” sign
applies.
(2) A driver must not drive on a safety ramp or arrester bed,
unless —
(a) it is necessary for the driver to drive on the safety ramp
or arrester bed in the interests of safety; or
(b) the driver is permitted to drive on the safety ramp or
arrester bed under another written law of the State.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
Arrester bed sign

page 146 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Traffic signs and road markings Part 8
Signs for trucks, buses and other large vehicles Division 3
r. 91A

Safety bed sign

Note There are other permitted versions of these signs.

[Regulation 91A inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4582;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 147

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 9 Roundabouts

r. 91

Part 9 — Roundabouts
91. Terms used
(1) In this Part —
left turn signal means a signal of intention to turn left
(including to diverge left) as prescribed in Part 5;
right turn signal means a signal of intention to turn right
(including to diverge right) as prescribed in Part 5;
roundabout means an intersection —
(a) with one or more marked lanes, all of which are for the
use of vehicles travelling in the same direction around a
central traffic island; or
(b) with room for one or more lines of traffic travelling in
the same direction around a central traffic island,
whether or not there is a “roundabout” sign at each entrance.
Roundabout sign
(triangle in red)

(2) A driver leaves a roundabout halfway around the roundabout if

the driver leaves the roundabout on a carriageway that is straight
ahead, or substantially straight ahead, of the carriageway on
which the driver enters the roundabout.
[Regulation 91 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4583.]

92. Entering multi-lane roundabout

(1) A driver entering a roundabout from a multi-lane carriageway,
or a carriageway with 2 or more lines of traffic travelling in the

page 148 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Roundabouts Part 9

r. 92

same direction as the driver, must enter the roundabout in

accordance —
(a) with regulation 97; and
(b) with this regulation (if it is consistent with
regulation 97).
Modified penalty: 2 PU

(2) If a driver is to leave a multi-lane roundabout less than halfway

around it, the driver must enter the roundabout from the left
marked lane or left line of traffic.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
Example
Example 1
Leaving a roundabout less than halfway around it

(3) If a driver is to leave a multi-lane roundabout more than halfway

around it, the driver must enter the roundabout from the right
marked lane or right line of traffic.
Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 149

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 9 Roundabouts

r. 92

Example
Example 2
Leaving a roundabout more than halfway around it

(4) If a driver is to leave a multi-lane roundabout halfway around it,

the driver may enter the roundabout from any marked lane or
line of traffic.
Example
Example 3
Leaving a roundabout halfway around it

page 150 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Roundabouts Part 9

r. 92

(5) Despite subregulations (2) to (4), if a driver is entering a

roundabout from a marked lane and there are traffic lane arrows
applying to the lane, the driver must —
(a) if the arrows indicate a single direction — drive in that
direction after entering the roundabout; or
(b) if the arrows indicate 2 or more directions — drive in
one of those directions after entering the roundabout.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(6) Subregulation (3) does not apply to a rider of a bicycle or an
animal.
(7) Subregulation (5) does not apply to a rider of a bicycle or an
animal if the rider is to leave the roundabout more than half way
round it.

Examples
Example 4
Roundabout with 3 entry points

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 151

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 9 Roundabouts

r. 93

Example 5
Roundabout with 5 entry points

[Regulation 92 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6753;

22 Dec 2006 p. 5820; 13 Nov 2009 p. 4584-5; SL 2020/253
r. 28.]

93. Indicating left when entering roundabout

(1) This regulation applies to a driver entering a roundabout, if the
driver is to leave the roundabout at the first exit after entering
the roundabout and that exit is less than half way around the
roundabout.
(2) A driver must —
(a) give a left turn signal when the driver is approaching the
roundabout; and
(b) continue to give a left turn signal until the driver has left
the roundabout.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 93 amended: Gazette 19 Nov 2010 p. 5751;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 152 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Roundabouts Part 9

r. 94

94. Indicating right when entering roundabout

(1) This regulation applies to a driver entering a roundabout, if the
driver is to leave the roundabout more than halfway around it.
(2) A driver must —
(a) give a right turn signal when the driver is approaching
the roundabout; and
(b) continue to give the right turn signal while the driver is
driving in the roundabout, unless the driver is changing
marked lanes, entering another line of traffic or required
by regulation 99 to give a left turn signal.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 94 amended: Gazette 19 Nov 2010 p. 5752;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

95. Right of way in roundabout

A driver entering a roundabout must give way to a vehicle that
is within the roundabout.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 3 PU
[Regulation 95 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

96. Driving through roundabout

(1) A driver driving in a roundabout must drive —
(a) to the left of the central traffic island in the roundabout;
or
(b) if subregulation (2) applies to the driver — on the edge
of the central island, to the left of the centre of the
island; or
(c) if subregulation (3) applies to the driver — over the
central island, to the left of the centre of the island.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 3 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 153

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 9 Roundabouts

r. 97

(2) This subregulation applies to a driver if —

(a) the driver’s vehicle is too large to drive in the
roundabout without driving on the edge of the central
traffic island; and
(b) the driver can safely drive on the edge of the central
traffic island.
(3) This subregulation applies to a driver if —
(a) the driver’s vehicle is too large to drive in the
roundabout without driving over the central traffic
island; and
(b) the central traffic island is designed to allow a vehicle of
that kind to be driven over it.
[Regulation 96 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4585;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
97. Obeying marked arrows when driving in or leaving
roundabout
If a driver is driving in a marked lane in a roundabout and there
are arrows marked on the surface of the road applying to the
lane, the driver must —
(a) if the arrows indicate a single direction — drive in or
leave the roundabout in that direction; or
(b) if the arrows indicate 2 or more directions — drive in or
leave the roundabout in one of those directions.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 97 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5820;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 154 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Roundabouts Part 9

r. 98

98. Indicating when changing lanes or lines of traffic in

roundabout
(1) A driver driving in a roundabout must give a left turn signal
before the driver changes lanes to the left, or enters a line of
traffic to the left, in the roundabout.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) A driver driving in a roundabout must give a right turn signal
before the driver changes lanes to the right, or enters a line of
traffic to the right, in the roundabout.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 98 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

99. Indicating left when leaving roundabout

A driver driving in a roundabout must, if practicable, give a left
turn signal when leaving the roundabout.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 99 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

100. Rider of bicycle, electric rideable device or animal to give

way to vehicle leaving roundabout
The rider of a bicycle, electric rideable device or animal who is
riding in the far left marked lane of a roundabout with 2 or more
marked lanes, or the far left line of traffic in a roundabout with 2
or more lines of traffic, must give way to any vehicle leaving the
roundabout.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 100 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200
r. 33.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 155

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 10 Level crossings

r. 101

Part 10 — Level crossings

101. Stopping at level crossing
(1) A driver approaching a level crossing with a “stop” sign must
stop the vehicle —
(a) as near as practicable to, but before reaching the stop
line or, if there is no stop line, as near as practicable to,
but before reaching, the “stop” sign; and
(b) give way to any train on, approaching or entering the
crossing.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Stop sign
(background in red)

(2) If a driver approaching a level crossing is directed or instructed

to stop by a railway employee, the driver must stop the vehicle,
and the driver must not proceed except in accordance with the
railway employee’s direction.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 101 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4586;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
102. Approaching trains
(1) A driver must not enter a level crossing if an approaching train
is visible or emits an audible signal and there is danger of
collision between the driver’s vehicle and the train, and the
driver must not proceed until he or she has ascertained that in
the circumstances it is safe to do so.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 4 PU

page 156 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Level crossings Part 10

r. 103

(2) A driver must not enter a level crossing where twin alternating
red lights are flashing or a warning bell is ringing at or near the
level crossing, and the driver must not proceed until the lights or
bell have ceased to flash or ring unless otherwise directed or
instructed by a railway employee.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 4 PU
[Regulation 102 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

103. Giving way at level crossing

A driver approaching, or at, a level crossing with a “give way”
sign must give way to any train on, approaching or entering the
crossing.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Give way sign
(triangle in red)

[Regulation 103 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

104. What to do if traffic is congested

A driver approaching a level crossing must not enter the level
crossing where, by reason of traffic congestion, he or she is not
immediately able to lawfully drive the vehicle over and clear of
the level crossing, and must not proceed until he or she can so
drive the vehicle over and clear of the level crossing.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 4 PU
[Regulation 104 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 157

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 10 Level crossings

r. 105

105. Leaving level crossing

A driver who enters a level crossing must leave the level
crossing as soon as he or she can do so safely.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 4 PU
[Regulation 105 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

106. Stopping at level crossing when vehicle is carrying

dangerous goods
The driver of a vehicle that is carrying any explosive,
inflammable, corrosive or poisonous gas, liquid or material of
any kind (other than fuel in the fuel tank of the vehicle) must
stop the vehicle before passing over a level crossing that is not
equipped with twin alternating red lights or gates, booms or
other barriers for closing the crossing to road traffic and must
not proceed until the driver has ascertained that he or she may
do so without danger of conflict with a train.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 4 PU
[Regulation 106 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

107. Driving around boom gates

A person must not drive a vehicle through, around or under any
gate, boom or barrier at a level crossing or enter upon the
crossing while the gate, boom or barrier is closed or is being
opened or closed to road traffic.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 4 PU
[Regulation 107 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 158 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
General Division 1
r. 108

Part 11 — Keeping left, overtaking and other driving

provisions
Division 1 — General
108. Obstruction of vehicles and pedestrians
(1) A person must not, with intent to hinder or obstruct the passage
of any vehicle or vehicles on a carriageway, park or stop a
vehicle on the carriageway in such a manner as to cause the
passage of any other vehicle on the carriageway to be obstructed
or hindered.
(2) A driver must not unreasonably obstruct the path of another
driver or a pedestrian.
(3) In subregulation (2), a driver does not unreasonably obstruct the
path of another driver or a pedestrian only because —
(a) the driver is stopped in traffic; or
(b) the driver is driving more slowly than other vehicles
(unless the driver is driving abnormally slowly in the
circumstances).
Example of a driver driving abnormally slowly
A driver driving at a speed of 20 km/h on a length of carriageway to which a
speed-limit of 80 km/h applies when there is no reason for the driver to drive
at that speed on the length of carriageway.
[Regulation 108 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

109. Keeping safe distance behind vehicles

Except when overtaking and passing, the driver of any vehicle
must, when following another vehicle, keep such distance
behind it as will enable the driver to stop the vehicle in an

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 159

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 1 General
r. 110

emergency with safety, and without running into the vehicle in

front of him or her.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU
[Regulation 109 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3246 and
3247; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

110. Keeping minimum distance between long vehicles

(1) In this regulation —
B-double has the meaning given in the Road Traffic (Vehicles)
Regulations 2014 regulation 3;
long vehicle means a vehicle or combination 7.5 m or more in
length, inclusive of any projection and of its load, other than a
B-double or a road train;
road train has the meaning given in the Road Traffic (Vehicles)
Regulations 2014 regulation 3.
(2) The driver of a long vehicle (the vehicle) when following
another long vehicle, a B-double or a road train outside a
built-up area must, wherever conditions permit, keep the vehicle
not less than 60 m behind the other vehicle unless the vehicle
is —
(a) on a carriageway with 2 or more marked lanes available
exclusively for vehicles travelling in the same direction
as that in which the vehicle is travelling; or
(b) overtaking or passing.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(3) The driver of a B-double or a road train (the vehicle) when
following a long vehicle, a B-double or a road train outside a
built-up area must, wherever conditions permit, keep the vehicle
not less than 200 m behind the other vehicle unless the vehicle
is —
(a) on a carriageway with 2 or more marked lanes available
exclusively for vehicles travelling in the same direction

page 160 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Keeping to the left Division 2
r. 111

as that in which the B-double or road train is travelling;

or
(b) overtaking or passing.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 110 inserted: Gazette 31 Dec 2013 p. 6564-5;
amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3247; 23 Dec 2014 p. 4921;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

111. No entry to choked intersection

(1) A driver must not enter upon, or attempt to cross, an
intersection, whether or not it is controlled by a traffic-control
signal, if the intersection or the carriageway beyond it is
blocked.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
Examples
The intersection, or a carriageway beyond the intersection, may be blocked
by congested traffic, a disabled vehicle, a collision between vehicles or
between a vehicle and a pedestrian, or by a fallen load on the carriageway.

(2) The provisions of subregulation (1) apply —

(a) despite the instruction of a traffic-control signal to
proceed; and
(b) in addition to the provisions of regulations 61(3), 62(4)
and 145(2).
[Regulation 111 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5820;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 2 — Keeping to the left

112. Keeping as far left as practicable
(1) Except where these regulations provide otherwise, a driver must
keep the vehicle as close as practicable to the left boundary of
the carriageway, except where 2 or more lanes marked on the

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 161

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 2 Keeping to the left
r. 113

carriageway are available exclusively for vehicles travelling in

the same direction.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply if the vehicle is a motor cycle.
[Regulation 112 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5820;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

113. Restriction on use of right lane

(1) In this regulation —
marked lane does not include —
(a) a lane set aside exclusively for vehicles making a left or
right turn; or
(b) a special purpose lane; or
(c) any other lane that is not for the use of general traffic on
the carriageway; or
(d) a slow vehicle turn out lane;
right lane, in relation to 2 or more marked lanes that are
available exclusively for vehicles travelling in the same
direction, means the marked lane that is further or furthest to the
right side of the carriageway;
slow vehicle turn out lane means a lane or a part of a lane to
which a “slow vehicle turn out lane” sign applies.
Slow vehicle turn out sign

page 162 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Keeping to the left Division 2
r. 113

(2) This regulation applies to a driver driving on a carriageway that

has 2 or more marked lanes available exclusively for vehicles
travelling in the same direction where —
(a) the speed limit is 90 km/h or more (or, if the driver is in
a speed zone that begins with a variable illuminated
speed limit sign, the speed limit applicable to the zone
when the driver enters the zone is 90 km/h or more); or
(b) a “keep left unless overtaking” sign applies to that part
of the carriageway,
or both.
(3) A driver must not drive the vehicle in the right lane unless —
(a) the driver is turning right, or making a U turn from the
centre of the road, and is giving a right turn signal; or
(b) the driver is overtaking; or
(c) a “left lane must turn left” sign or left traffic arrows
apply to any other lane, and the driver is not turning left;
or
(d) the driver is required to drive in the right lane under
regulation 137; or
(e) the driver is avoiding an obstruction; or
(f) the traffic in each other lane travelling in the same
direction is congested; or
(g) there are only 2 marked lanes and the left lane is a slow
vehicle turn out lane.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 1 PU
Left lane must turn left sign

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 163

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 2 Keeping to the left
r. 114

(4) A “keep left unless overtaking” sign applies to a length of

carriageway beginning at the sign and ending at the nearest of
the following:
(a) an “end keep left unless overtaking” sign;
(b) a road sign or road marking that indicates the
carriageway is no longer a multi-lane carriageway;
(c) if the carriageway ends at a T-intersection or dead
end — the end of the carriageway.
Keep left unless overtaking End keep left unless
sign overtaking sign

(5) The CEO, by notice published in the Gazette —

(a) may declare that this regulation does not apply to the
driving of a vehicle on a carriageway described in the
notice; and
(b) may vary or revoke a previous notice under this
subregulation.
[Regulation 113 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4586-8;
23 Dec 2014 p. 4928; SL 2020/184 r. 11; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

114. Keeping to left of oncoming vehicles

A driver of a vehicle on a carriageway passing a vehicle
travelling in the opposite direction must keep to the left of that
vehicle unless —
(a) the driver is turning right at an intersection; and

page 164 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Keeping to the left Division 2
r. 115

(b) the driver is passing an oncoming vehicle turning right

at the intersection; and
(c) there is no road sign or road marking indicating that the
driver must pass to the left of the oncoming vehicle.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
Examples
Example 1 Example 2
Driving to the left of an Oncoming vehicles turning
oncoming vehicle right passing to the right of
each other

[Regulation 114 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4588;

SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
115. Keeping to left of marked or unmarked two-way
carriageway
(1) Except where these regulations otherwise provide, a driver on a
two-way carriageway without a dividing line or median strip
must travel to the left of the carriageway, unless the driver can
see ahead for a distance sufficient to enable him or her to do so
with safety or without interfering with the progress of any
oncoming vehicle.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 3 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 165

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 2 Keeping to the left
r. 116

(2) Except where these regulations otherwise provide, a driver on a

two-way carriageway without a median strip must not permit
any portion of the vehicle to travel on or over or to the right of
the centre of the carriageway when —
(a) approaching a crest of a gradient; or
(b) approaching, or upon, a curve,
unless the driver can see ahead for a distance sufficient to enable
him or her to do so with safety or without interfering with the
progress of any oncoming vehicle.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 3 PU
[Regulation 115 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
116. Keeping to left of continuous dividing lines
(1) Where a carriageway is marked with a dividing line
comprising —
(a) 2 continuous lines; or
(b) a continuous line on the left of a broken or dotted line;
or
(c) a continuous line,
a driver must not permit any portion of the vehicle to travel on,
over, or to the right of, the dividing line except for the purpose
of making a right turn or a U turn, where permissible.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 3 PU

page 166 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Keeping to the left Division 2
r. 116

Examples
Example 1 Example 2
Driving to the left of a Driving to the left of a
single continuous dividing single continuous dividing
line only line to the left of a broken
dividing line

Example 3
Driving to the left of 2 parallel continuous dividing lines

(2) Subregulation (1) is subject to regulations 120 and 124A(5).

[Regulation 116 amended: Gazette 31 Oct 2017 p. 5462;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 167

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 2 Keeping to the left
r. 117

117. Keeping to left of median strip

Where a road is divided by a median strip, a driver must not
drive upon the median strip, or the carriageway to the right of
the median strip, unless the driver is —
(a) entering or driving in a median strip parking area; or
(b) required to drive to the right of the median strip by a
“keep right” sign; or
(c) using a special purpose lane as permitted by information
on the sign applicable to that lane.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 3 PU
Keep right sign

[Regulation 117 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5820;

SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

118. Service roads

(1) A driver on a part of the road that is a service road (except a
service road to which a “two-way” sign applies) must drive in
the same direction as a vehicle travelling on the carriageway
used by the main body of moving vehicles in the marked lane or
line of traffic closest to the service road.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) In this Part, a service road to which a “two-way” sign applies is
treated as if it were a separate two-way carriageway.

page 168 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Keeping to the left Division 2
r. 119

Two-way sign

Note for diagram There is another permitted version of the “two-way” sign.
[Regulation 118 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

119. Driving on or across median strip, painted island etc.

(1) A person must not drive a vehicle on a traffic island or median
strip except at a place designed and constructed, or improved,
for use by vehicular traffic.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) A person must not drive a vehicle on or over a painted island
unless —
(a) it is to enter or leave the carriageway; or
(b) it is to avoid an obstruction, in accordance with
regulation 120(4); or
(c) it is to enter a turning lane that begins immediately after
the painted island; or
(d) it is to comply with regulation 124A(1), in accordance
with regulation 124A(5).
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) Despite subregulation (2), a driver must not drive on a painted
island for more than 50 m.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 169

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 2 Keeping to the left
r. 119

(4) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a central traffic island in a

roundabout.
Note A driver must drive to the left of the central traffic island in a
roundabout except in certain circumstances.
Example

In this example, it is unlawful for vehicle B to have commenced driving on

the painted island unless B intends to enter or leave the carriageway, or enter
a turning lane, immediately after the painted island. In any case, B cannot
drive on the painted island for more than 50 m.

(5) Subregulation (2)(a) does not apply in the case of a painted

island —
(a) that separates a carriageway that takes vehicles in one
direction from another carriageway that takes vehicles in
the same direction at a place where the carriageways
merge; or
(b) that separates one part of a carriageway from other parts
of the carriageway to create a slip lane.

page 170 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Keeping to the left Division 2
r. 119

Examples
Example 1

Example 2

In these examples, vehicle B is contravening subregulation (2)(a) because of

subregulation (5)(a).
[Regulation 119 amended: Gazette 23 Sep 2003 p. 4168;
22 Dec 2006 p. 5820; 13 Nov 2009 p. 4588-9; 31 Dec 2013
p. 6565; 31 Oct 2017 p. 5462-3; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 171

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 2 Keeping to the left
r. 120

120. Avoiding obstructions on carriageway

(1) A driver on a two-way carriageway without a dividing line or
median strip may drive to the right of the carriageway or into
the other carriageway to avoid an obstruction if —
(a) the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic;
and
(b) it is necessary and reasonable, in all the circumstances,
for the driver to drive in that manner to avoid the
obstruction; and
(c) the driver can do so safely.
(2) A driver on a two-way carriageway with a dividing line may
drive to the right of the dividing line to avoid an obstruction
if —
(a) the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic;
and
(b) it is necessary and reasonable, in all the circumstances,
for the driver to drive to the right of the dividing line to
avoid the obstruction; and
(c) the driver can do so safely.
(3) In subregulation (2), if the dividing line is a single continuous
dividing line to the left of a broken dividing line, a single
continuous dividing line only or 2 parallel continuous dividing
lines, the hazard in driving to the right of such a dividing line
must be taken into account in deciding whether it is reasonable
to drive to the right of the dividing line.
(4) A driver may drive on a dividing strip, or on or over a single
continuous line, or 2 parallel continuous lines, or on or over a
painted island, to avoid an obstruction if —
(a) the driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic;
and

page 172 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Overtaking Division 3
r. 121

(b) it is necessary and reasonable to drive on the dividing

strip or painted island to avoid the obstruction; and
(c) the driver can do so safely.
[Regulation 120 amended: Gazette 23 Sep 2003 p. 4168.]

Division 3 — Overtaking
121. No overtaking unless safe to do so
When a driver overtakes a vehicle on a two-way carriageway, he
or she must not drive to the right of the centre of the
carriageway, unless the right side of the carriageway is free of
oncoming traffic sufficiently far ahead to permit the overtaking
movement to be completed with safety.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 8 PU
[Regulation 121 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3247;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

122. Overtaking
(1) When overtaking a moving vehicle, a driver of a vehicle (other
than a bicycle or electric rideable device) must, except as
provided in subregulations (2) and (3), pass to the right of that
vehicle, at a safe distance.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) Where a carriageway is a one-way carriageway, or has 2 or
more marked lanes for vehicles travelling in the same direction,
a driver may overtake and pass in another marked lane to the
left of a vehicle, if conditions permit him or her to do so with
safety.
(3) A driver overtaking a vehicle making, or apparently about to
make, a right turn or U turn from the middle of the carriageway
and giving a right change of direction signal, must pass to the

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 173

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 3 Overtaking
r. 123

left of it and of any vehicle that may be stationary behind it, but
only if it is safe to do so.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(4) The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device must not ride
past, or overtake, to the left of a vehicle that is making, or
apparently about to make, a left turn, or is signalling a left turn.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 122 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4589-90;
SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 34.]

123. Passing or overtaking vehicle displaying do not overtake

turning vehicle sign
(1) A driver must not drive past, or overtake, to the left of a vehicle
or combination displaying a “do not overtake turning vehicle”
sign if that vehicle or combination is turning left or is giving a
left turn signal, unless it is safe to do so.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2A) A driver must not drive past, or overtake, to the left of a vehicle
or combination displaying a “do not overtake turning vehicle”
sign in any circumstance other than the one referred to in
subregulation (1) unless —
(a) the driver is driving on a carriageway that has 2 or more
marked lanes available exclusively for vehicles
travelling in the same direction, the driver overtakes the
vehicle or combination in a marked lane to the left of the
vehicle or combination, and it is safe to do so; or
(b) the vehicle is turning right or making a U turn from the
centre of the road and giving a right turn signal, and it is
safe to overtake to the left of the vehicle or combination;
or
(c) the vehicle is stationary and it is safe to overtake to the
left of the vehicle or combination.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU

page 174 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Overtaking Division 3
r. 124

(2) A driver must not drive past, or overtake, to the right of a

vehicle or combination displaying a “do not overtake turning
vehicle” sign if that vehicle or combination is turning right, or
making a U turn from the centre of the road, or is giving a right
turn signal, unless it is safe to do so.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Do not overtake turning vehicle signs
(background in yellow) (top right portion in red, remainder
of background in yellow)

[Regulation 123 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6754; 19 Nov

2010 p. 5752; 9 Sep 2014 p. 3247; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
124. Keeping safe distance when overtaking
A driver overtaking a vehicle —
(a) must pass the vehicle at a sufficient distance to avoid a
collision with that vehicle or to avoid obstructing the
path of that vehicle; and
(b) must not return to the marked lane or line of traffic
where the vehicle is travelling until the driver is a
sufficient distance past that vehicle to avoid a collision
with that vehicle or to avoid obstructing the path of that
vehicle.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 8 PU
[Regulation 124 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3247;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 175

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 3 Overtaking
r. 124A

124A. Keeping safe distance when passing rideable device

(1A) In this regulation —
rideable device means a bicycle, electric rideable device,
motorised scooter, wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy.
(1) A driver of a motor vehicle passing to the right of a rideable
device that is travelling on a road in the same direction as the
vehicle must pass the rideable device at a safe distance from the
rideable device.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 8 PU
(2) A safe distance from the rideable device is —
(a) if the speed limit applicable to the length of road is not
more than 60 km/h — a lateral distance of at least 1 m;
or
(b) if the speed limit applicable to the length of road is more
than 60 km/h — a lateral distance of at least 1.5 m.
(2A) For the purposes of subregulation (2), if the driver of the motor
vehicle is in a speed zone that begins with a variable illuminated
speed limit sign, a reference to the speed limit applicable to the
length of road is a reference to the speed limit applicable to the
speed zone when the driver enters the zone.
(3) For the purposes of subregulation (2), the lateral distance is
measured between the following points —
(a) the furthest point to the left on the driver’s vehicle or
any projection from the vehicle (whether or not attached
to the vehicle);
(b) the furthest point to the right on the rideable device.

page 176 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Overtaking Division 3
r. 124A

(4) For the purposes of the application of subregulation (3)(b) to a

rideable device that is a bicycle —
(a) the following things are to be taken to be part of the
bicycle —
(i) any bicycle trailer as defined in regulation 223(3)
towed by the bicycle;
(ii) any basket or pannier bags attached to the bicycle
or bicycle trailer;
(iii) the rider of the bicycle;
(iv) any passenger on the bicycle, in the bicycle
trailer or on the bicycle trailer;
and
(b) a flag or stick (whether or not flexible) attached to and
projecting sideways from the bicycle or any bicycle
trailer is to be taken not to be part of the bicycle or
bicycle trailer.
(4A) For the purposes of the application of subregulation (3)(b) to a
rideable device that is an electric rideable device, motorised
scooter, wheeled recreational device or wheeled toy, the rider is
taken to be part of that rideable device.
(5) A driver of a motor vehicle may, if it is necessary in order to
comply with subregulation (1), do any of the following —
(a) if the driver is driving on a two-way carriageway
without a dividing line or median strip — drive to the
right of the centre of the carriageway, provided that the
driver has a clear view of any approaching traffic and
can do so safely;
(b) if the driver is driving on a two-way carriageway with a
dividing line — drive to the right of the dividing line,
provided that the driver has a clear view of any
approaching traffic and can do so safely;
(c) drive on a dividing strip, or on or over a single
continuous line or 2 parallel continuous lines, or on or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 177

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 4 Driving in marked lanes or lines of traffic
r. 125

over a painted island, provided that the driver has a clear

view of any approaching traffic and can do so safely.
[Regulation 124A inserted: Gazette 31 Oct 2017 p. 5463-4;
amended: SL 2020/184 r. 12; SL 2021/200 r. 35.]
125. Courtesy when overtaking
(1) Except where overtaking on the left is permitted, a driver being
overtaken must move to the left in favour of the overtaking
vehicle, and must not increase the speed of the vehicle, until it
has been completely passed by the overtaking vehicle.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) A driver must not drive a vehicle on a road in such a manner as
to prevent another vehicle from overtaking and passing him or
her.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 4 PU
[Regulation 125 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3247;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
Division 4 — Driving in marked lanes or lines of traffic

126. Driving in single lane on carriageway

(1) A driver must drive the vehicle as nearly as practicable entirely
within a single marked lane or in a single line of traffic and must
not move laterally from any such lane or line of traffic until he
or she can do so with safety.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(1A) Subregulation (1) does not apply if the driver is the rider of a
motor cycle who is lane filtering in accordance with
regulation 130B.
(2) A driver who is moving laterally from any single marked lane
(whether or not the lane is ending) or line of traffic must give
way to any vehicle travelling in the same direction as the driver

page 178 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Driving in marked lanes or lines of traffic Division 4
r. 126

in the marked lane or line of traffic into which the driver is

moving.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
Example 1
Giving way when moving from one marked lane that is not ending
to another marked lane

In this example, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

Example 2
Giving way when moving from one marked lane that is ending to
another marked lane

In this example, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 179

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 4 Driving in marked lanes or lines of traffic
r. 127

Example 3
Giving way when moving laterally from one line of traffic to another
line of traffic (when the lines are not merging)

In this example, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

[Regulation 126 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5820;
22 Aug 2017 p. 4503-4; SL 2020/253 r. 17.]

127. Moving from one marked lane to another marked lane

across continuous line separating lanes
(1) Where a portion of a road is divided longitudinally by single,
continuous lines, into 2 or more lanes, a person must not drive a
vehicle across any of those lines.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) The provisions of subregulation (1) do not apply to a driver
intending to make a left turn or a right turn, if —
(a) the driver’s vehicle or combination, together with any
load or projection, is 7.5 m long, or longer; and
(b) the rearmost part of the vehicle (or of the combination, if
that is the case) displays a “do not overtake turning
vehicle” sign; and

page 180 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Driving in marked lanes or lines of traffic Division 4
r. 128

(c) any part of the vehicle is within 50 m of the nearest

point of the intersection; and
(d) (where a driver intends to turn right) it is not practicable
for the driver to turn right from within the right lane; and
(e) (where a driver intends to turn left) it is not practicable
for the driver to turn left from within the left lane; and
(f) the driver can safely occupy the next marked lane and
can safely turn at the intersection by occupying the next
marked lane, or both lanes.
(3) The provisions of subregulation (1) do not apply to a driver on a
multi-lane carriageway with a continuous line separating the
lanes if —
(a) the driver is avoiding an obstruction; or
(aa) the driver is driving a motor vehicle and is passing a
rideable device (as defined in regulation 124A(1A)) in
accordance with regulation 124A(5); or
(b) the driver is obeying a traffic-control signal applying to
the first marked lane; or
(ba) the driver is the rider of a motor cycle who is lane
filtering in accordance with regulation 130B; or
(c) either of the marked lanes is a special purpose lane in
which the driver is permitted to drive and the driver is
moving to or from the special purpose lane.
[Regulation 127 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6754;
31 Oct 2017 p. 5464; SL 2020/253 r. 18; SL 2021/200 r. 36.]

128. Giving way when lines of traffic merge into single line of
traffic
A driver in a line of traffic, that is merging with one or more
lines of traffic travelling in the same direction as the driver,
must give way to a vehicle in another line of traffic if any part
of the vehicle is ahead of the driver’s vehicle.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 181

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 4 Driving in marked lanes or lines of traffic
r. 129

Example
Giving way when lines of traffic merge into a single
line of traffic

In this example, vehicle B must give way to vehicle A.

[Regulation 128 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

129. Driving on or across continuous white edge line

(1) A driver must not drive on or over a continuous white edge line
on a carriageway unless subregulation (2) or (3) applies to the
driver.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) A driver may drive on or over a continuous white edge line on a
carriageway if the driver is —
(a) overtaking a vehicle that is turning right, or making a
U turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right
change of direction signal; or
(b) driving a slow-moving vehicle, and it is necessary for
the driver to drive on or over the edge line to allow the
vehicle to be overtaken or passed by another vehicle; or
(c) driving a vehicle that is too wide, or too long, to drive on
the carriageway without driving on or over the edge line;
or

page 182 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Driving in marked lanes or lines of traffic Division 4
r. 130

(d) permitted to drive on or over the edge line under another

written law of the State; or
(e) avoiding an obstruction.
(3) A driver may drive on or over a continuous white edge line on a
carriageway for up to 100 m if the driver is —
(a) turning at an intersection; or
(b) entering or leaving the carriageway; or
(c) entering a part of the road of one kind from a part of the
road of another kind (for example, moving to or from a
service road, a shoulder of the road, an emergency
stopping bay or an emergency stopping lane); or
(d) stopping at the side of the road (including any shoulder
of the road).
(4) Subregulation (1) does not apply to the rider of a bicycle,
electric rideable device or animal.
(5) For the purposes of this regulation, a driver drives over a
continuous white edge line on a carriageway if —
(a) for a line on the far left side of the carriageway — the
driver’s vehicle is wholly or partly to the left of the line;
or
(b) for a line on the far right side of the carriageway — the
driver’s vehicle is wholly or partly to the right of the
line.
[Regulation 129 inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4590-1;
amended: SL 2020/184 r. 13; SL 2021/200 r. 37.]

130. Riding certain vehicles alongside more than 1 other rider

(1) The rider of a motor cycle, moped, bicycle or electric rideable
device must not ride on a carriageway that is not a multi-laned
carriageway alongside more than one other rider, unless the
rider is overtaking the other riders.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 183

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 4 Driving in marked lanes or lines of traffic
r. 130

(2) The rider of a motor cycle, moped, bicycle or electric rideable

device must not ride in a marked lane on a carriageway
alongside more than one other rider, unless the rider is
overtaking the other riders or one of the riders is the rider of a
motor cycle who is lane filtering in accordance with
regulation 130B.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device must not ride
on a path alongside another rider, unless the rider is overtaking
the other rider.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(4) If the rider of a motor cycle, moped, bicycle or electric rideable
device is riding on a carriageway that is not a multi-lane
carriageway alongside another rider, or in a marked lane
alongside another rider in the marked lane, the rider must,
unless one of the riders is the rider of a motor cycle who is lane
filtering in accordance with regulation 130B, ride not over 1.5 m
from the other rider.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(5) In this regulation —
moped means a motor cycle that has a propelling engine having
a piston displacement not exceeding 50 mL and that is designed
so as not to be capable of a speed exceeding 50 km/h, whether
or not it is also capable of being propelled as a pedal cycle, but
does not include a power assisted pedal cycle;
motor cycle does not include —
(a) a 2-wheeled motor vehicle with a sidecar attached to it
that is supported by a third wheel; or
(b) a motor vehicle with 3 wheels that is ridden in the same
way as a motor vehicle with 2 wheels.
[Regulation 130 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4591;
SL 2020/253 r. 19; SL 2021/200 r. 38.]

page 184 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Driving in marked lanes or lines of traffic Division 4
r. 130A

130A. Rider of motor cycle not to ride next to other vehicles except
in certain circumstances
(1) In this regulation —
2-wheeled motor cycle means a motor cycle other than —
(a) a 2-wheeled motor vehicle with a sidecar attached to it
that is supported by a third wheel; or
(b) a motor vehicle with 3 wheels that is ridden in the same
way as a motor vehicle with 2 wheels.
(2) The rider of a motor cycle must not, unless overtaking in
accordance with these regulations, ride on a carriageway
alongside another vehicle that is —
(a) travelling in the same direction as the motor cycle; but
(b) not travelling in a separate marked lane to the motor
cycle.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) Subregulation (2) does not apply if the motor cycle is a
2-wheeled motor cycle and either —
(a) the rider of the motor cycle is lane filtering in
accordance with regulation 130B; or
(b) the other vehicle is a motor cycle or bicycle.
(4) Subregulation (2) does not apply if the motor cycle is a motor
cycle other than a 2-wheeled motor cycle and the other vehicle
is a 2-wheeled motor cycle or bicycle.
[Regulation 130A inserted: SL 2020/253 r. 20.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 185

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 4 Driving in marked lanes or lines of traffic
r. 130B

130B. When rider of a motor cycle is lawfully lane filtering

(1) The rider of a motor cycle is lane filtering in accordance with
this regulation along a length of carriageway if —
(a) the motor cycle is not —
(i) a 2-wheeled motor vehicle with a sidecar
attached to it that is supported by a third wheel;
or
(ii) a motor vehicle with 3 wheels that is ridden in
the same way as a motor vehicle with 2 wheels;
and
(b) the rider rides the motor cycle between 2 vehicles, each
vehicle travelling in —
(i) the same direction as the motor cycle; and
(ii) separate but adjacent marked lanes or lines of
traffic.
(2) However, the rider of a motor cycle is not lane filtering in
accordance with this regulation along a length of carriageway if
any of the following circumstances apply —
(a) the rider is approaching or riding on a children’s
crossing, marked foot crossing or pedestrian crossing;
(b) the rider is riding at a speed of more than 30km/h;
(c) the rider is riding in a school zone or shared zone;
(d) the speed limit applicable to the area or zone that the
rider is in is 40km/h or below (or, in the case of a speed
zone that begins with a variable illuminated speed limit
sign, the speed limit applicable to the zone when the
rider enters the zone is 40km/h or below);
[(e) deleted]
(f) 1 or both of the vehicles that the rider is riding between
is a heavy vehicle;
(g) the vehicles that the rider is riding between are merging;

page 186 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Obeying overhead traffic-control signals applying to marked Division 5
lanes
r. 131

(h) a “no overtaking or passing” sign applies to the length of

carriageway within the meaning of regulation 74(2);
(i) the rider would not be permitted to overtake under
regulation 75;
(j) it is not safe to do so in the circumstances;
(k) the rider is riding under the authority of a learner’s
permit as defined in the Road Traffic (Authorisation to
Drive) Act 2008 section 3(1);
(l) the rider is riding in a roundabout;
(m) the rider is riding in or next to a special purpose lane.
(3) The rider of a motor cycle who is lane filtering in accordance
with this regulation is not overtaking for the purposes of these
regulations.
[Regulation 130B inserted: SL 2020/253 r. 20 (as amended:
SL 2021/30 r. 4).]

Division 5 — Obeying overhead traffic-control signals applying

to marked lanes
131. Overhead traffic-control signals
(1) The driver of a vehicle must not drive in a red X lane unless —
(a) the driver of the vehicle would not be prohibited under
these regulations from driving in the lane if the lane
were an emergency stopping lane; or
(b) each of the following apply —
(i) driving in the red X lane is necessary for the
driver to exit a freeway;
(ii) the driver drives in the red X lane for less
than 100 m (or, where there are successive red X
lanes, the total distance driven in the red X lanes
is less than 100 m);

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 187

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 5 Obeying overhead traffic-control signals applying to marked
lanes
r. 131

(iii) in the circumstances it is safe to drive in the red

X lane.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a driver in relation to a red
X lane if, at the time the driver entered the red X lane by driving
past the traffic-control signal over the lane at the beginning of
the lane, the traffic-control signal was not displaying an
illuminated red diagonal cross.
(3) If the driver of a vehicle is in an overhead controlled lane and
the traffic-control signal over the lane displays an illuminated
diagonal arrow signal, the driver may continue in the lane past
the signal but must —
(a) leave the lane in the direction indicated by the arrow as
soon as it is safe to do so; and
(b) move to a lane that does not have a traffic-control signal
over the lane displaying an illuminated diagonal arrow
signal or an illuminated red diagonal cross.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 4 PU
Illuminated diagonal arrow signals

(4) If the driver of a vehicle is in an overhead controlled lane and

the traffic-control signal over the lane displays an illuminated
white, green or yellow arrow pointing downwards, the driver
may drive in the lane past the signal.

page 188 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Obeying overhead traffic-control signals applying to marked Division 5
lanes
r. 131

Examples
Overhead controlled lanes
(cross illuminated in red)

Overhead controlled lanes

(cross and circle illuminated in red)

[Regulation 131 inserted: SL 2020/184 r. 14.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 189

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 6 Driving in marked lanes designated for special purposes
r. 132

Division 6 — Driving in marked lanes designated for special

purposes
132. Bicycle lanes
(1) The driver of a vehicle, other than a bicycle or electric rideable
device, must not drive in a bicycle lane, unless the driver is
permitted to do so under this regulation or regulation 136.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) If stopping or parking is permitted at a place in a bicycle lane,
the driver of a vehicle other than a bicycle or electric rideable
device may drive for up to 50 m in the bicycle lane to stop or
park at that place.
(3) The driver of a public bus, or a taxi, may drive in a bicycle lane
for up to 50 m if the driver is dropping off, or picking up,
passengers.

Bicycle lane sign End bicycle lane sign

[Regulation 132 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200

r. 39.]
133. Bus lanes
A person must not drive a vehicle along or into a bus lane
unless —
(a) the vehicle is a public bus, an emergency vehicle or a
special purpose vehicle; or
(b) the driver is permitted to do so under regulation 136.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU

page 190 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Driving in marked lanes designated for special purposes Division 6
r. 133A

Bus lane sign End bus lane sign

[Regulation 133 amended: Gazette 11 Jan 2002 p. 51;

SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
133A. Busways
(1) A person must not drive a vehicle along or into a busway
unless —
(a) the vehicle is a public bus, an emergency vehicle or a
special purpose vehicle; or
(b) a taxi, and there is a sign at the beginning of the busway
indicating that taxis may enter that busway.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU

Busway sign End busway sign

(2) The driver of a vehicle in a busway must use the vehicle’s

headlights at all times while driving in a busway.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) The driver of a vehicle in a busway must maintain a minimum
distance of 250 m from any vehicle travelling in front of it.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 191

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 6 Driving in marked lanes designated for special purposes
r. 134

(4) Subject to subregulation (6), a person must not alight from, or

board, a vehicle in a busway.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(5) Subject to subregulation (6), the driver of a vehicle in a busway
must not direct a person to alight from, or board, the vehicle.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(6) Subregulations (4) and (5) do not apply if it is necessary for a
person to alight from, or board, a vehicle in a busway
because —
(a) the vehicle is disabled; or
(b) there is a medical or other emergency.
[Regulation 133A inserted: Gazette 11 Jan 2002 p. 51;
amended: Gazette 8 Feb 2008 p. 317-18; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
134. Transit lanes
A driver must not drive in a transit lane unless —
(a) the driver is driving —
(i) a public bus, motor cycle, or taxi; or
(ii) if the transit lane sign applying to the transit lane
is a “transit lane (T2)” sign — a vehicle carrying
at least one other person; or
(iii) if the transit lane sign applying to the transit lane
is a “transit lane (T3)” sign — a vehicle carrying
at least 2 other people;
or
(b) the driver is permitted to drive in the transit lane under
regulation 136.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU

page 192 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Driving in marked lanes designated for special purposes Division 6
r. 135

Transit lane signs

Transit lane (T2) sign Transit lane (T3) sign
(background to T2 in red) (background to T3 in red)

End transit lane sign End transit lane sign

(End transit lane (T2) sign) (End transit lane (T3) sign)
(background to “T2” in red) (background to “T3” in red)

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of the “transit lane”
signs.
[Regulation 134 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
135. Truck lanes
The driver of a vehicle other than a truck must not drive in a
lane to which a “truck lane” sign applies, unless the driver is
permitted to drive in the truck lane under regulation 136.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 193

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 6 Driving in marked lanes designated for special purposes
r. 136

Truck lane sign End truck lane sign

[Regulation 135 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

136. Exceptions to driving in special purpose lanes etc.

(1) The driver of any vehicle may drive for up to the permitted
distance in a bicycle lane, bus lane, transit lane or truck lane if it
is necessary for the driver to drive in the lane —
(a) to enter or leave the carriageway; or
(b) to enter a part of the carriageway of one kind from a part
of the carriageway of another kind (for example, moving
to or from a service road, an emergency stopping bay or
an emergency stopping lane); or
(c) to overtake a vehicle that is turning right, or making a
U turn from the centre of the road, and is giving a right
turn signal; or
(d) to enter a marked lane, or a line of traffic, from the side
of the carriageway.
(2) The driver of any vehicle may drive in a bicycle lane, bus lane,
transit lane or truck lane if —
(a) it is necessary for the driver to drive in the lane to avoid
an obstruction; or
(b) information on or with a traffic sign applying to the lane
indicates that the driver may drive in the lane.

page 194 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Driving in marked lanes designated for special purposes Division 6
r. 137

(3) It is a defence to the prosecution of a driver for an offence

against a provision of this Division for driving in a bus lane,
transit lane or truck lane if —
(a) it is necessary for the driver to drive in the lane to stop at
a place in the lane; and
(b) it is a defence under regulation 138 for the driver to stop
at that place.
(4) It is a defence to the prosecution of a driver for an offence
against a provision of this Division for driving in a bicycle lane
if —
(a) it is necessary for the driver to drive in the lane to stop at
a place in the lane; and
(b) it is a defence under regulation 138 for the driver to stop
at that place; and
(c) the driver drives in the lane for no more than the
permitted distance.
(5) In this regulation —
permitted distance means —
(a) for a bicycle lane — 50 m; or
(b) for any other lane — 100 m.
[Regulation 136 amended: SL 2020/184 r. 15.]

137. Marked lanes required to be used by particular kinds of

vehicles
(1) If information on or with a traffic sign applying to a length of
carriageway indicates that a vehicle of a particular kind must
drive in a particular marked lane, a driver driving a vehicle of
that kind on the length of carriageway must drive in the
indicated lane, unless the driver is —
(a) avoiding an obstruction; or
(b) obeying a traffic-control signal applying to the indicated
lane; or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 195

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 6 Driving in marked lanes designated for special purposes
r. 137

(c) intending to turn off the carriageway or to make a

U turn, and in order to do so safely without disrupting
other vehicles on the carriageway it is necessary to
position the vehicle in another lane before starting the
turn, or to make the turn.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A traffic sign that is on a carriageway applies to the length of
carriageway beginning at the sign and ending at the nearest of
the following:
(a) a traffic sign or road marking on the carriageway that
indicates that the first traffic sign no longer applies;
(b) if the carriageway ends at a T-intersection or dead
end — the end of the carriageway.
Examples of a traffic sign, and a traffic sign indicating that the
first traffic sign no longer applies
Trucks use left lane sign End trucks use left lane
sign

Note There is another permitted version of the “trucks use left lane” sign.
[Regulation 137 amended: Gazette 19 Nov 2010 p. 5752;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 196 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Stationary incident response vehicles Division 6A
r. 137A

Division 6A — Stationary incident response vehicles

[Heading inserted: Gazette 5 Jan 2018 p. 9.]

137A. Approaching and passing stationary incident response

vehicles
(1) In this regulation —
hazard warning light has the same meaning as in
regulation 188;
incident response vehicle means any of the following vehicles if
the vehicle is displaying a flashing light other than a turn
indicator light or hazard warning light —
(a) an emergency vehicle;
(b) a motor break-down service vehicle;
(c) a tow truck;
(d) a vehicle that is being used to provide an incident
response service on behalf of the Commissioner of Main
Roads.
(2) A driver approaching a stationary incident response vehicle
must drive at a speed at which the driver can, if necessary, stop
safely before passing the incident response vehicle.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
(3) A driver approaching a stationary incident response vehicle that
is in the same lane of a multi-lane carriageway as the driver
must move to another lane for vehicular traffic travelling in the
same direction as the driver, if it is safe to do so.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
(4) A driver must not pass a stationary incident response vehicle at
a speed exceeding 40 km/h.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
(5) Subregulations (2) and (4) do not apply if the driver —
(a) is on a two-way carriageway; and

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 197

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 11 Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions
Division 7 Freight containers
r. 138A

(b) the incident response vehicle is on the side of the

carriageway used by vehicular traffic travelling in the
opposite direction to the driver.
[Regulation 137A inserted: Gazette 5 Jan 2018 p. 9-10.]

Division 7 — Freight containers

[Heading inserted: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4921.]

138A. Freight container not to be driven on prohibited road

(1) In this regulation —
freight container has the meaning given in the Road Traffic
(Vehicles) Act 2012 section 3(1);
O’Connor Industrial Area means the area described in
Schedule 5 which includes the portions of roads described as
bordering that area;
prohibited road means South Street between the intersections of
South Street and the Kwinana Freeway and South Street and
Stock Road.
(2) A person must not drive a vehicle carrying a freight container on
any part of the prohibited road.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) Subregulation (2) does not apply to a vehicle that is carrying a
freight container for delivery to, or collection from, an
address —
(a) on the prohibited road; or
(b) within the O’Connor Industrial Area.
(4) The commission of an offence under subregulation (2) is not
affected by whether or not signage mentioned in
regulation 138B is displayed.
[Regulation 138A inserted: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4921-2.]

page 198 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Keeping left, overtaking and other driving provisions Part 11
Freight containers Division 7
r. 138B

138B. Signs
The Commissioner of Main Roads may authorise the display of
signage to inform the public of the prohibition in
regulation 138A.
[Regulation 138B inserted: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4922.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 199

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 1 General
r. 138

Part 12 — Restrictions on stopping and parking

Division 1 — General
138. Stopping in an emergency etc. or to comply with another
regulation
It is a defence to the prosecution of a driver for an offence
against a provision of this Part, or against a regulation that refers
to this regulation, if —
(a) the driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular
way, to avoid a collision, and the driver stops for no
longer than is necessary to avoid the collision; or
(b) the driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular
way, because the driver’s vehicle is disabled, and the
driver stops for no longer than is necessary for the
vehicle to be moved safely to a place where the driver is
permitted to park the vehicle under these regulations; or
(c) the driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular
way, because the driver or a passenger is assisting with a
disabled vehicle, and the driver stops for no longer than
is necessary for the disabled vehicle to be moved safely
to a place where the driver of the disabled vehicle is
permitted to park that vehicle under these regulations; or
(d) the driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular
way, to deal with a medical or other emergency, and the
driver stops for no longer than is necessary in the
circumstances; or
(e) the driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular
way, because the condition of the driver, a passenger, or
the driver’s vehicle makes it necessary for the driver to
stop in the interests of safety, and the driver stops for no
longer than is necessary in the circumstances; or
(f) the driver stops at a particular place, or in a particular
way, to comply with another provision of these
regulations or a provision of another law, and the driver

page 200 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
No stopping and no parking signs, and yellow edge lines Division 2
r. 139

stops for no longer than is necessary to comply with the

other provision.
Example for paragraph (e)
If a driver stops at an intersection at a stop line, “stop” sign, or traffic-control
signals, or to give way to a vehicle, in accordance with these regulations, the
driver does not commit an offence under a regulation prohibiting the driver
from stopping in or near an intersection.

139. Application of this Part to bicycles and electric rideable

devices
This Part does not apply to a bicycle or electric rideable device
that is parked at or in a rack or rail used for the parking of
bicycles or electric rideable devices.
[Regulation 139 amended: SL 2021/200 r. 40.]

Division 2 — No stopping and no parking signs, and yellow

edge lines
140. No stopping signs
A driver must not stop on a length of carriageway, or in an area,
to which a “no stopping” sign applies.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
No stopping signs
No stopping sign No stopping sign
(for a length of (for an area)
carriageway) (circle and slash in red)
(circle, slash and arrow in red)

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of these signs.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 201

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 2 No stopping and no parking signs, and yellow edge lines
r. 141

Note A “no stopping” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different

direction and anything on the sign may be differently arranged.
[Regulation 140 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
141. No parking signs
(1) A driver must not stop on a length of carriageway or in an area
to which a “no parking” sign applies, unless the driver —
(a) is dropping off, or picking up, passengers or goods; and
(b) does not leave the vehicle unattended; and
(c) completes the dropping off, or picking up, of the
passengers or goods, and drives on, as soon as possible
and, in any case, within the required time after stopping.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) In this regulation —
required time means —
(a) if information on or with the sign indicates a time — the
indicated time; or
(b) if there is no indicated time — 2 minutes; or
(c) if there is no indicated time, or the indicated time is less
than 5 minutes, and regulation 174 applies to the
driver — 5 minutes;
unattended, in relation to a vehicle, means that the driver has
left the vehicle so that the driver is more than 3 m from the
closest point of the vehicle.

page 202 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Stopping at intersections and crossings Division 3
r. 142

No parking signs
No parking sign No parking sign
(for a length of (for an area)
carriageway) (circle and slash in red
(circle, slash and arrow in red)

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of each of these signs.
Note A “no parking” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different
direction and anything on the sign may be differently arranged.
[Regulation 141 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4592;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

142. No stopping on carriageway with yellow edge line

A driver must not stop at the side of a carriageway marked with
a continuous yellow edge line.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 142 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 3 — Stopping at intersections and crossings

143. Prohibited stopping places

(1) A person must not stop a vehicle so that any portion of the
vehicle is in an intersection, unless permitted to do so by this
regulation.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A person must not stop a vehicle on a carriageway within 20 m
from the nearest point of an intersecting carriageway at an

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 203

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 3 Stopping at intersections and crossings
r. 143

intersection with traffic-control signals, unless the driver stops

at a place on a length of carriageway, or in an area, to which a
parking control sign applies and the driver is permitted to stop at
that place under these regulations.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) A person must not stop a vehicle on a carriageway so that any
portion of the vehicle is within 10 m of the prolongation of the
nearer edge of any intersecting carriageway (without
traffic-control signals) intersecting that carriageway on the side
on which the vehicle is stopped, unless the person stops —
(a) at a place on a carriageway, or in an area, to which a
parking control sign applies and the person is permitted
to stop at that place under these regulations; or
(b) if the intersection is a T-intersection — along the
continuous side of the continuing road at the
intersection.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Example 1
Measurement of distance — intersection with
traffic-control signals

page 204 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Stopping at intersections and crossings Division 3
r. 144

Example 2
Measurement of distance — T-intersection without
traffic lights

(4) For this regulation, distances are measured in the direction in

which the person is or was driving and, where applicable — as
shown in the examples.
[Regulation 143 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

144. Stopping on or near children’s crossing or pedestrian

crossing
(1) This regulation does not apply to a pedestrian crossing at an
intersection.
(2A) This regulation does not apply if regulation 62(5) applies.
(2) A person must not stop a vehicle so that any portion of the
vehicle is —
(a) within 20 m of the approach side of a pedestrian
crossing or children’s crossing; or
(b) within 10 m of the departure side of a pedestrian
crossing or children’s crossing,
unless the person stops the vehicle at a place on a length of
carriageway, or in an area, to which a parking control sign

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 205

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 3 Stopping at intersections and crossings
r. 145

applies and the person is permitted to stop at that place under

these regulations.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) For this regulation, distances are measured in the direction in
which the person is or was driving, and as shown in the
examples.
Example 1
Measurement of distance — children’s crossing

Example 2
Measurement of distance — pedestrian crossing

[Regulation 144 amended: Gazette 31 Dec 2013 p. 6565;

SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

145. Stopping on or near marked foot crossing (except at

intersection)
(1) A driver must not stop on a marked foot crossing that is not at
an intersection, or on the carriageway within 10 m before the
traffic-control signal pole nearest to the driver at the marked
foot crossing and 3 m after the marked foot crossing, unless the
person stops the vehicle at a place on a length of carriageway, or

page 206 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Stopping at intersections and crossings Division 3
r. 146

in an area, to which a parking control sign applies and the

person is permitted to stop at that place under these regulations.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A driver must not enter upon, or attempt to cross, a marked foot
crossing if the carriageway beyond it is blocked.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Examples
The carriageway beyond the crossing may be blocked by congested traffic, a
disabled vehicle, a collision between vehicles or between a vehicle and a
pedestrian, or by a fallen load on the carriageway.

(3) For this regulation, distances are measured in the direction in

which the person is or was driving, and as shown in the
example.
Example
Measurement of distance — marked foot crossing

[Regulation 145 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

146. Stopping at or near bicycle crossing lights (except at

intersection)
(1) This regulation applies to a place on a carriageway —
(a) with bicycle crossing lights facing bicycle or electric
rideable device riders crossing the carriageway; and
(b) with traffic-control signals facing traffic travelling on
the carriageway; and
(c) that is not at an intersection.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 207

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 3 Stopping at intersections and crossings
r. 147

(2) A person must not stop a vehicle within 10 m before the

traffic-control signals nearest to the person at the place, and 3 m
after the traffic-control signals, unless the person stops the
vehicle at a place on a length of carriageway, or in an area, to
which a parking control sign applies and the person is permitted
to stop at that place under these regulations.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) For this regulation, distances are measured in the direction in
which the person is or was driving, and as shown in the
example.
Example
Measurement of distance — bicycle crossing lights

[Regulation 146 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200

r. 41.]

147. Stopping on or near level crossing

(1) A person must not stop a vehicle on a level crossing, or on a
carriageway within 20 m before the nearest rail or track to a
driver approaching the crossing and 20 m after the nearest rail or
track to a driver leaving the crossing, unless the person stops the
vehicle at a place on a length of carriageway, or in an area, to
which a parking control sign applies and the person is permitted
to stop at that place under these regulations.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

page 208 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Stopping on clearways and freeways and in emergency Division 4
stopping bays and lanes and red X lanes
r. 148

(2) For this regulation, distances are measured in the direction in

which the person is or was driving, and as shown in the
example.
Example
Measurement of distance — level crossing

[Regulation 147 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 4 — Stopping on clearways and freeways and in

emergency stopping bays and lanes and red X lanes
[Heading amended: SL 2020/184 r. 16.]

148. Stopping on clearway

(1) Subject to subregulations (2) and (3), a driver must not stop on a
length of carriageway to which a “clearway” sign applies.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) The driver of a public bus may stop on the length of
carriageway to which a “clearway” sign applies, if the driver is
dropping off, or picking up, passengers.
(3) Where there is a length of carriageway to which a “clearway”
sign generally applies, and there is also a “permissive parking”
sign applying specifically to a part of the carriageway permitting
stopping for a certain period during which that part of the
carriageway would otherwise be a clearway, a driver may stop
on that part of the carriageway at that time, but for no longer
than is allowed by the “permissive parking” sign.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 209

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 4 Stopping on clearways and freeways and in emergency
stopping bays and lanes and red X lanes
r. 149

(4) Subject to subregulation (3), a “clearway” sign applies, for the

days and times indicated on the sign, to a length of carriageway
beginning at the sign and ending at the nearest of the
following —
(a) a “clearway” sign on the carriageway that indicates
different days or times;
(b) an “end clearway” sign on the carriageway;
(c) the end of the carriageway.

Clearway sign End clearway sign

(background to C in red) (background to C in red)

Note Anything on these signs may be differently arranged.

[Regulation 148 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4593;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

149. Stopping on freeway

(1) A driver must not stop on a freeway unless —
(a) the driver stops in an emergency stopping bay, an
emergency stopping lane or a red X lane; or
(b) the driver’s vehicle is permitted to stop on the freeway
under these regulations.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) For the purposes of subregulation (1), a “freeway” sign on a
carriageway applies to the length of road (including any median
strip or consolidated shoulder and any other part of the freeway
enclosure) beginning at the sign (including any road into which

page 210 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Stopping on clearways and freeways and in emergency Division 4
stopping bays and lanes and red X lanes
r. 150

the length of road merges) and ending at the next “end freeway”
sign on the carriageway.
Freeway signs
(background and outer edge in green)

End freeway sign

(background and outer edge in green)

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of each of these signs.
[Regulation 149 amended: SL 2020/184 r. 17; SL 2020/253
r. 28.]

150. Stopping in emergency stopping bay, emergency stopping

lane or red X lane
The driver of a vehicle (other than a bicycle or electric rideable
device) must not stop in an emergency stopping bay, an
emergency stopping lane or a red X lane, unless —
(a) all of the following apply —
(i) the driver, a passenger or the vehicle itself,
encounters the rapid and unexpected onset of a
situation as a result of which the health or safety
of the driver or a passenger is at risk;
(ii) immediate action is required to address the risk;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 211

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 4 Stopping on clearways and freeways and in emergency
stopping bays and lanes and red X lanes
r. 150

(iii) the driver stops for no longer than is necessary in

the circumstances;
or
(b) the driver’s vehicle is disabled and the driver stops for
no longer than is necessary in the circumstances; or
(c) the driver’s vehicle is permitted to stop in the emergency
stopping bay, emergency stopping lane or red X lane
under these regulations.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Emergency stopping bay signs
(background to “emergency” in red) (background to phone in blue)

Emergency stopping lane

only sign

[Regulation 150 inserted: SL 2020/184 r. 18; amended:

SL 2021/200 r. 42.]

page 212 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Stopping in zones for particular vehicles Division 5
r. 151

Division 5 — Stopping in zones for particular vehicles

151. Stopping in loading zone
A person must not stop a vehicle in a loading zone unless it
is —
(a) a motor vehicle used for commercial or trade purposes
engaged in the picking up or setting down of goods; or
(b) a motor vehicle taking up or setting down passengers,
but, in any event, must not remain in that loading zone —
(c) for longer than a time indicated on the “loading zone”
sign; or
(d) longer than 30 minutes (if no time is indicated on the
sign).
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Loading zone sign
(arrow and background to words in red)

Note A “loading zone” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different

direction.
[Regulation 151 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

152. Stopping in truck zone

A person must not stop a vehicle in a truck zone unless it is —
(a) a truck that is dropping off, or picking up, goods; or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 213

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 5 Stopping in zones for particular vehicles
r. 153

(b) a vehicle that is permitted to stop in the truck zone under

these regulations.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Truck zone sign
(arrow and background to words in red)

Note A “truck zone” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different

direction.
[Regulation 152 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

153. Stopping in works zone etc.

(1) A person must not stop a vehicle in a works zone unless the
person is driving a vehicle that is —
(a) engaged in construction work in or near the zone; or
(b) permitted to stop in the works zone under these
regulations.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Works zone sign
(arrow and background to words in red)

Note A “works zone” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different

direction.

page 214 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Stopping in zones for particular vehicles Division 5
r. 154

(2) A driver must not stop alongside, or opposite, any excavation in

the carriageway, if the driver’s vehicle would thereby obstruct
traffic.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 153 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
154. Stopping in taxi zone or bus zone
(1) A driver must not stop in a taxi zone, unless the driver is driving
a taxi.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Taxi zone sign
(arrow and background to words in red)

Note A “taxi zone” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different direction
and has a number of alternative signs.

(2) A driver must not stop in a bus zone unless the driver is driving
a public bus, or a bus of a type that is permitted to stop at the
bus zone by information on or with the “bus zone” sign applying
to the bus zone.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Bus zone sign
(arrow and background to words in red)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 215

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 5 Stopping in zones for particular vehicles
r. 155

Note A “bus zone” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different direction
and may specify types of buses to which the sign applies.
[Regulation 154 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

155. Stopping in mail zone

A person must not stop a vehicle in a mail zone.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

Mail zone sign

(arrow and background to words in red)

Note A “mail zone” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different direction.
[Regulation 155 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

156. Other limitations in zones

A person must not stop a vehicle in a zone to which a traffic
sign applies if stopping the vehicle would be contrary to any
limitation in respect to classes of persons or vehicles, or specific
activities allowed, as indicated by additional words on a traffic
sign that applies to the zone.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 156 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 216 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Other places where stopping is restricted Division 6
r. 157

Division 6 — Other places where stopping is restricted

157. Stopping in bus lane, transit lane, truck lane or bicycle lane
A driver must not stop in —
(a) a bus lane; or
(b) a transit lane; or
(c) a truck lane; or
(d) a bicycle lane,
unless the driver is driving a public bus or taxi, and is dropping
off, or picking up, passengers.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 157 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

158. Stopping in shared zone

A driver must not stop in a shared zone unless —
(a) the driver stops at a place on a length of carriageway, or
in an area, to which a parking control sign applies and
the driver is permitted to stop at that place under these
regulations; or
(b) the driver stops in a parking bay and the driver is
permitted to stop in the parking bay under these
regulations; or
(c) the driver is dropping off, or picking up, passengers or
goods; or
(d) the driver is engaged in the door-to-door delivery or
collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or
garbage.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 158 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 217

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 6 Other places where stopping is restricted
r. 159

159. Double parking

(1) A driver must not stop a vehicle so that any portion of the
vehicle is between any other stopped vehicle and the centre of
the carriageway.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) This regulation does not apply to —
(a) a driver stopped in traffic; or
(b) a driver angle parking on the side of the carriageway or
in a median strip parking area, in accordance with
regulation 178.
Examples
Example 1

In example 1, the vehicle B is stopped in contravention of this regulation.

Example 2

In example 2, the angle parked vehicles are not stopped in contravention of

this regulation.
[Regulation 159 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 218 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Other places where stopping is restricted Division 6
r. 160

160. Stopping near obstruction

A driver must not stop on a carriageway near an obstruction on
the carriageway in a position that further obstructs traffic on the
carriageway.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 160 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

161. Stopping on bridge or in tunnel etc.

(1) A driver must not stop a vehicle on a bridge, causeway, ramp or
similar structure unless —
(a) the carriageway is at least as wide on the structure as it
is on each of the approaches and a traffic sign does not
prohibit stopping or parking; or
(b) the driver stops at a place on a length of carriageway, or
in an area, to which a parking control sign applies and
the driver is permitted to stop at that place under these
regulations.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A driver must not stop a vehicle in a tunnel or underpass
unless —
(a) the carriageway is at least as wide in the tunnel or
underpass as it is on each of the approaches and a traffic
sign does not prohibit stopping or parking; or
(b) the driver of a motor vehicle stops at a bus stop, or in a
bus zone or parking area marked on the carriageway, for
the purpose of setting down or taking up passengers.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 219

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 6 Other places where stopping is restricted
r. 162

Example
Stopping on a bridge where the carriageway on the
bridge is narrower than on an approach

In the example, the vehicle is stopped in contravention of subregulation (1).

[Regulation 161 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

162. Restriction on stopping vehicle on crests, curves etc.

(1) Subject to subregulation (2), a driver must not stop a vehicle on,
or partly on, a carriageway, in any position where it is not
visible to the driver of an overtaking vehicle, from a distance of
50 m, within a built-up area, and from a distance of 150 m,
outside a built-up area.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A driver may stop on a crest or curve on a carriageway that is
not in a built-up area if the driver stops at a place on the
carriageway, or in an area, to which a parking control sign
applies and the driver is permitted to stop at that place under
these regulations.
[Regulation 162 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

163. Stopping near fire hydrant etc.

(1) A driver must not stop a vehicle so that any portion of the
vehicle is within 1 m of a fire hydrant or fire plug, or of any sign

page 220 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Other places where stopping is restricted Division 6
r. 163

or mark indicating the existence of a fire hydrant or fire plug,

unless —
(a) the driver is driving a public bus, and the driver stops in
a bus zone or at a bus stop and does not leave the bus
unattended; or
(b) the driver is driving a taxi, and the driver stops in a taxi
zone and does not leave the taxi unattended.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Examples
Fire hydrant indicators

Fire plug indicator

(2) In this regulation a driver leaves a vehicle unattended if the

driver leaves the vehicle so the driver is over 3 m from the
closest point of the vehicle.
[Regulation 163 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 221

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 6 Other places where stopping is restricted
r. 164

164. Stopping at or near bus stop

(1) A driver must not stop a vehicle so that any portion of the
vehicle is within 20 m of the approach side of a bus stop, or
within 10 m of the departure side of a bus stop, unless —
(a) the vehicle is a public bus stopped to take up or set down
passengers; or
(b) the driver stops at a place on a length of carriageway, or
in an area, to which a parking control sign applies and
the driver is permitted to stop at that place under these
regulations.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) In this regulation —
(a) distances are measured in the direction in which the
driver is driving; and
(b) a trailer attached to a public bus is deemed to be a part
of the public bus.
[Regulation 164 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

165. Stopping on path, dividing strip, nature strip or painted

island
The driver of a vehicle (other than a bicycle, an electric rideable
device, an EPT or an animal) must not stop so that any portion
of the vehicle is on a path, dividing strip, painted island, or a
nature strip adjacent to a length of carriageway in a built-up
area, unless —
(a) the driver stops in an area, to which a parking control
sign applies and the driver is permitted to stop at that
place under these regulations; or
(b) the driver is permitted to do so under a local law.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 165 inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4593;
amended: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1534; SL 2020/253 r. 28;
SL 2021/200 r. 43.]

page 222 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Other places where stopping is restricted Division 6
r. 166

166. Obstructing access to and from path, driveway etc.

(1) A driver must not stop a vehicle so that any portion of the
vehicle is in front of a path, in a position that obstructs access by
vehicles or pedestrians to or from that path, unless —
(a) the driver is dropping off, or picking up, passengers; or
(b) the driver stops in a parking bay and the driver is
permitted to stop in the parking bay under these
regulations.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A driver must not stop a vehicle on or across a driveway or
other way of access for a vehicle travelling to or from adjacent
land, unless —
(a) the driver is dropping off, or picking up, passengers; or
(b) the driver stops in a parking bay and the driver is
permitted to stop in the parking bay under these
regulations.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Example
Blocking a driveway

In the example, the vehicle marked with an ‘X’ is stopped in contravention of

subregulation (2).
[Regulation 166 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 223

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 6 Other places where stopping is restricted
r. 167

167. Stopping near letter box

A driver must not stop a vehicle so that any portion of the
vehicle is within 3 m of a public letter box, unless the driver —
(a) is dropping off, or picking up, passengers or mail; or
(b) stops at a place on a length of carriageway, or in an area,
to which a parking control sign applies and the driver is
permitted to stop at that place under these regulations.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 167 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

168. Stopping on carriageway — heavy and long vehicles

(1) A person must not park a vehicle or any combination of vehicles
that, together with any projection on, or load carried by, the
vehicle or combination of vehicles, is 7.5 m in length or longer
or exceeds a GVM of 4.5 t —
(a) on a carriageway in a built-up area, for any period
exceeding one hour, unless engaged in the picking up or
setting down of goods; or
(b) on a carriageway outside a built-up area, except on the
shoulder of the carriageway, or in a truck bay or other
area set aside for the parking of goods vehicles.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) Nothing in this regulation mitigates the limitations or conditions
imposed by any other regulation or by any local law or traffic
sign relating to the parking or stopping of vehicles.
[Regulation 168 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6754;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 224 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Other places where stopping is restricted Division 6
r. 169

169. Stopping on carriageway with bicycle parking sign

The driver of a vehicle (other than a bicycle or electric rideable
device) must not stop on a length of carriageway to which a
“bicycle parking” sign applies, unless the driver is dropping off,
or picking up, passengers.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Bicycle parking sign
(letter, word, symbol and arrow in green)

Note Anything on this sign may be differently arranged.

[Regulation 169 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200
r. 44.]

170. Stopping on carriageway with motor cycle parking sign

The driver of a vehicle must not stop on a length of carriageway,
or in an area, to which a “motor cycle parking” sign applies, or
an area marked “M/C”, unless —
(a) the vehicle is a motor cycle; or
(b) the driver is dropping off, or picking up, passengers.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 225

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 6 Other places where stopping is restricted
r. 171

Motor cycle parking sign

(letter, words and arrow in green)

Note Anything on this sign may be differently arranged.

[Regulation 170 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

171. Stopping in parking area for people with disabilities

(1) A driver must not stop in a parking area for people with
disabilities unless —
(a) the driver’s vehicle displays a disability parking permit;
and
(b) either the driver or a passenger in that vehicle is a person
with disabilities.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) In this regulation, a parking area for people with disabilities is
a length or area of a road —
(a) to which a “permissive parking” sign displaying a
people with disabilities symbol applies; or
(b) to which a “people with disabilities parking” sign
applies; or
(c) indicated by a road marking (a “people with disabilities
road marking”) that consists of, or includes, a people
with disabilities symbol; or
(d) set aside within a parking region as a permit parking
area as defined in the Local Government (Parking for
People with Disabilities) Regulations 2014 regulation 4.

page 226 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Other places where stopping is restricted Division 6
r. 171

People with disabilities symbols

(background in blue) (symbol in blue)

Permissive parking sign Permissive parking sign

displaying a people with displaying a people with
disabilities symbol disabilities symbol
(for a length of (for an area)
carriageway) (letter in green, background to symbol in
blue, words in black)
(letter and arrow in green, word and
background to symbol in blue)

People with disabilities parking sign

(background to symbol in blue)

Note Anything on these signs may be differently arranged.

[Regulation 171 amended: Gazette 13 Feb 2015 p. 651-2;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 227

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 7 Permissive parking signs and parking fees
r. 172

Division 7 — Permissive parking signs and parking fees

172. Information on or with permissive parking signs

(1) The meaning of information on or with a “permissive parking”
sign applying to a length of carriageway or an area is to be
interpreted in accordance with this regulation.

Permissive parking sign Permissive parking sign

(for a length of (for an area)
carriageway) (letter in green, words in black)
(arrow and letter in green)

Permissive parking sign

(for a length of carriageway)
(arrow, letter and words in green)

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of each of these signs.

Note A “permissive parking” sign may have an arrow pointing in a different

direction and anything on the sign may be differently arranged.

(2A) If a permissive parking sign does not indicate a period and does
not indicate that it applies at particular times, or at particular
times on particular days, a driver may, at any time, park

page 228 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Permissive parking signs and parking fees Division 7
r. 172

continuously on a length of carriageway, or in an area, to which

the sign applies, unless —
(a) another parking control sign applies to the length of
carriageway or area; and
(b) the driver is prohibited from parking on the length of
carriageway, or in the area, under these regulations.
(2) A whole number, fraction, or whole number and fraction,
immediately to the left of the letter ‘P’ indicates that a driver must
not park on the length of carriageway, or in the area, continuously
for longer than the period of hours, or fraction of an hour, equal to
the number, fraction, or number and fraction, shown.
Examples of permissive parking signs showing permitted
parking periods and times of operation
Example 1 Example 2
Permissive parking sign Permissive parking sign
applying to a length of applying to an area with
carriageway with a whole a whole number to the
number to the left of P left of P
(arrow, and all numbers and letters, in (“2P” in green; other numbers, letters
green) and words in black)

In example 1, the sign indicates that a driver must not park continuously for
longer than one hour on Saturdays between 9 am and 12 noon.
In example 2, the sign indicates that a driver must not park in the area for
longer than 2 hours on Mondays to Fridays between 8.30 am and 5 pm, and
on Saturdays between 8.30 am and 12 noon, unless permitted by information
on or with another traffic sign.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 229

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 7 Permissive parking signs and parking fees
r. 173A

(3) A number, together with the word ‘minute’, immediately to the

right of the letter ‘P’ indicate that a driver must not park on the
length of carriageway, or in the area, continuously for longer
than the number of minutes shown.
Example
Example 3
Permissive parking sign with a number of minutes to
the right of P
(arrow, and all numbers and letters, in green)

In this example, the sign indicates that a driver must not park continuously
for longer than 5 minutes on Mondays to Fridays between 9 am and 4 pm.

(4) The word ‘parking’, together with words indicating a number of

hours or minutes, indicate that a driver must not park on the
length of carriageway, or in the area, continuously for longer
than the number of hours or minutes shown.
[Regulation 172 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4594.]

173A. Parking outside times indicated

If a permissive parking sign indicates that it applies at particular
times, or at particular times on particular days, a driver may
park on the length of carriageway, or in an area, to which the
sign applies at a time, or at a time on a day, when the sign does
not apply, unless —
(a) another parking control sign applies to the length of
carriageway or area; and

page 230 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Permissive parking signs and parking fees Division 7
r. 173

(b) the driver is prohibited from parking on the length of

carriageway, or in the area, at that time, or at that time
on that day, under these regulations.
[Regulation 173A inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4594.]

173. Parking for longer than indicated

A driver must not park continuously on a length of carriageway,
or in an area, to which a “permissive parking” sign applies, for
longer than —
(a) the period indicated by information on or with the sign;
or
(b) if regulation 174 applies to the driver — the period
allowed under that regulation.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 173 amended: Gazette 31 Dec 2013 p. 6565;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

174. Time extension for people with disabilities

(1) This regulation applies to a driver if —
(a) the driver’s vehicle displays a disability parking permit;
and
(b) a person with a disability is either the driver of or a
passenger in the vehicle.
(2) The driver may park continuously on a length of carriageway, or
in an area, to which a “permissive parking” sign applies (except
in a parking area for people with disabilities) —
(a) if the time limit indicated on or with the sign is under
30 minutes — for 30 minutes;
(b) if the time limit indicated on or with the sign is
between 30 and 60 minutes — for 2 hours;
(c) if the time limit indicated on or with the sign is over
60 minutes — for twice the period indicated on the sign.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 231

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 8 Parallel parking
r. 175

(3) Despite subregulation (2), if another law of the State permits the
driver to park for a longer period than that allowed by
subregulation (2), or for an unlimited period, the driver may
park for that longer period of time.
[Regulation 174 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6754;
31 Dec 2013 p. 6565-6; 13 Feb 2015 p. 652.]
175. Parking where fees are payable
(1) This regulation applies to the driver of a vehicle when the
vehicle is parked on a length of carriageway, or in an area, to
which a “permissive parking” sign applies, if information on or
with the sign indicates that a fee is payable for parking by
buying a ticket or putting money into a parking meter.
(2) The driver of a vehicle must ensure that —
(a) the fee (if any) is paid immediately after the vehicle is
parked; and
(b) the vehicle is parked in compliance with any instructions
on or with the sign, meter, ticket or ticket-vending
machine.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 175 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 8 — Parallel parking

176. Parallel parking on carriageway (except in median strip
parking area)
(1) The driver of a vehicle who parks on a carriageway (except in a
median strip parking area) must position the vehicle in
accordance with subregulations (2) to (8), (subject to the
exceptions in subregulations (9) and (10)).
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) The driver of a vehicle must position the vehicle to face in the
direction of travel of vehicles in the marked lane or line of

page 232 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Parallel parking Division 8
r. 176

traffic on, or next to, the part of the carriageway where the
driver parks.
(3) If a carriageway is a two-way carriageway, the driver of a
vehicle must position the vehicle so that it is as near as
practicable to, and parallel with, the left boundary of the
carriageway.
(4) If the carriageway is a one-way carriageway the driver of a
vehicle must position the vehicle so that it is as near as
practicable to, and parallel with, either boundary of the
carriageway unless otherwise indicated by information on or
with a parking control sign.
(5) If the driver of a vehicle does not park in a parking bay, the
driver must position the vehicle so that it is not less than 1 m
from any other vehicle, except a motor cycle without a trailer
parked in accordance with these regulations.
(6) If the carriageway has a continuous dividing line, dividing strip
or a median strip, the driver of a vehicle must position the
vehicle at least 3 m from the continuous line, dividing strip or
median strip, unless otherwise indicated by information on or
with a parking control sign.
Example
Parallel parking — minimum distance from other vehicles
and dividing strip

In the example, the vehicles marked with an ‘X’ are parked in contravention
of this regulation.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 233

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 8 Parallel parking
r. 176

(7) If the carriageway does not have a continuous dividing line or a

median strip, the driver of a vehicle must position the vehicle so
there is at least 3 m of the carriageway alongside the vehicle that
is clear for other vehicles to pass, unless otherwise indicated by
information on or with a parking control sign.
(8) The driver of a vehicle must position the vehicle so the vehicle
does not cause undue obstruction on the carriageway.
(9) This regulation does not apply to —
(a) the driver of a vehicle if the driver parks on a length of
carriageway, or in an area, to which a parking control
sign or road marking applies, and information on or with
the sign or road marking includes the words ‘angle
parking’ or ‘angle’; or
(b) subject to subregulation (10), the rider of a motor cycle.
(10) Subregulations (3) and (4) do not apply to the rider of a motor
cycle if the rider positions the motor cycle so at least one wheel
is as near as practicable to the far left or far right side of the
carriageway.
(11) If a carriageway has one or more service roads, the part of the
carriageway used by the main body of moving vehicles, and
each service road, is taken to be a separate carriageway for this
regulation.
(12) In this regulation —
continuous dividing line means —
(a) a single continuous dividing line only; or
(b) a single continuous dividing line to the left or right of a
broken dividing line; or
(c) 2 parallel continuous dividing lines.
[Regulation 176 amended: Gazette 23 Sep 2003 p. 4168;
13 Nov 2009 p. 4595; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 234 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Angle parking Division 9
r. 177

177. Parallel parking in median strip parking area

(1) This regulation applies to the driver of a vehicle (other than a
motor cycle) who parks in a median strip parking area if a
parking control sign or road marking applies to the area, and
information on or with the sign or road marking indicates that
the vehicle must be positioned parallel to the median strip.
(2) The driver of a vehicle must position the vehicle —
(a) to face in the direction of travel of vehicles in the
marked lane or line of traffic to the left of the driver; and
(b) parallel, and as near as practicable, to the centre of the
median strip; and
(c) if the driver does not park in a parking bay — at least
1 m from the closest point of any vehicle in front of it
and any vehicle behind it.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 177 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 9 — Angle parking

178. Angle parking

(1) This regulation applies to the driver of a vehicle (other than a
motor cycle) who parks in a parking area on the side of a
carriageway, or in a median strip parking area, to which a
parking control sign or road marking applies, and information
on or with the sign or road marking includes the words ‘angle
parking’ or ‘angle’.
(2) If information on or with the parking control sign or road
marking indicates that the driver’s vehicle must be positioned at
an angle of 45, or does not indicate a particular angle, the
driver must position the vehicle —
(a) so the vehicle is at an angle as near as practicable
to 45 (as shown in example 1 or 2); and

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 235

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 9 Angle parking
r. 178

(b) if the vehicle is parked on the side of a carriageway —

with the rear of the vehicle nearest to traffic in the
marked lane or line of traffic next to the part of the
carriageway where the driver parks.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Examples

Example 1 Example 2
Parking at 45 Parking at 45
at the side of a two-way at the right side of a
carriageway one-way carriageway

(3) If information on or with the parking control sign or road

marking indicates that the driver’s vehicle must be positioned at
an angle of 90, the driver —
(a) must position the vehicle so the vehicle is at an angle as
near as practicable to 90 (as shown in example 3 or 4);
and
(b) if the vehicle is parked on the side of a carriageway —
may position the vehicle with either the front or rear of
the vehicle nearest to traffic in the marked lane or line of
traffic next to the part of the carriageway where the
driver parks.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

page 236 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Angle parking Division 9
r. 178

Examples

Example 3 Example 4
Parking at 90 Parking at 90
at the side of a two-way at the right side of a
carriageway one-way carriageway

(4) If information on or with the parking control sign or road

marking indicates that the driver’s vehicle must be positioned at
an angle of 135, the driver must position the vehicle —
(a) so the vehicle is at an angle as near as practicable
to 135 (as shown in example 5 or 6); and
(b) if the vehicle is parked on the side of a carriageway —
with the front of the vehicle nearest to traffic in the
marked lane or line of traffic next to the part of the
carriageway where the driver parks.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 237

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 10 Other parking related provisions
r. 179

Examples
Example 5 Example 6
Parking at 135 Parking at 135
at the side of a in a median strip parking
carriageway area

(5) If information on or with the parking control sign or road

marking indicates that the driver’s vehicle must be positioned at
a particular angle, the driver must position the vehicle —
(a) so the vehicle is at an angle as near as practicable to the
specified angle; and
(b) if the vehicle is parked on the side of a carriageway —
with the rear of the vehicle nearest to the centre of the
carriageway.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 178 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4595;
31 Dec 2013 p. 6566; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 10 — Other parking related provisions

179. Parking in parking bays
(1) Subject to subregulation (2), a driver parking a vehicle on a
length of carriageway, or in an area, on which parking bays are

page 238 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Other parking related provisions Division 10
r. 180

marked (whether or not a “park in bays only” sign applies) must

position the vehicle completely within a single bay.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Park in bays only sign

(2) If a vehicle is too wide or long to fit completely within a single

parking bay, the person stopping the vehicle must park the
vehicle within the minimum number of parking bays needed to
park that vehicle.
(3) A driver must not stop a vehicle partly within and partly outside
a parking area.
[Regulation 179 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4595-6;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

180. Entering and leaving median strip parking area

(1) If information on or with a road sign indicates that a driver must
enter or leave a median strip parking area in a particular
direction, the driver must enter or leave the area in that
direction.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) If there is no information on or with a road sign that indicates
that a driver must enter or leave a median strip parking area in a
particular direction, the driver must not drive a vehicle in
reverse out of a parking area established across the centre of a
carriageway, if the carriageway or parking area in front of the
vehicle is free from obstruction.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 239

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 12 Restrictions on stopping and parking
Division 10 Other parking related provisions
r. 181

Example
Leaving median strip parking area by driving forward

[Regulation 180 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

181. Making motor vehicle secure

(1) A driver of a motor vehicle must not stop and leave the motor
vehicle without first —
(a) stopping the engine; and
(b) effectively applying the brake; and
(c) if weather or road conditions would prevent the effective
operation of the brake — effectively restraining the
vehicle’s movements in another way.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) If the driver of a motor vehicle stops and leaves the motor
vehicle, and a person 16 years of age or older does not remain in
or with the motor vehicle, the driver must also secure the motor
vehicle by —
(a) locking the ignition, if any; and
(b) removing the ignition key, if any; and
(c) locking the doors — if the doors of the vehicle can be
locked; and

page 240 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Restrictions on stopping and parking Part 12
Other parking related provisions Division 10
r. 181

(d) securing the windows — if the windows of the vehicle

can be secured,
unless the driver has only temporarily left the motor vehicle to
pay a fee for parking that motor vehicle.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) A person having the control of, or being in charge of, a vehicle
to which is fitted any appliance capable of being raised or
lowered must not leave the vehicle stopped unless —
(a) the appliance has been placed in its lowest practicable
position; and
(b) every precaution has been taken to prevent injury to
persons or damage to property arising from the inherent
nature of the appliance and the fact of the vehicle being
unattended.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(4) For the purposes of this regulation —
(a) a person leaves a vehicle if the person is more than 3 m
from the closest point of the vehicle; and
(b) an appliance includes a fork lift, loader, push-bar,
scraper, blade, jib or similar device; and
(c) a window is secure even if it is open by up to 2 cm.
[Regulation 181 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4596-7;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 241

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 13 Lights and warning devices
Division 1 Lights on motor vehicles
r. 182

Part 13 — Lights and warning devices

Division 1 — Lights on motor vehicles
182. Lights on moving motor vehicles
A person must not drive a motor vehicle or a combination of a
motor vehicle and trailer, during the hours of darkness or in
hazardous weather conditions restricting visibility, unless it is
equipped with such lights and reflectors as are prescribed by the
Vehicle Standards as those to be carried by that vehicle or
combination, and the lights are lit.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 182 amended: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4922;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
183. Using fog lights
(1) The driver of a vehicle fitted with a front or rear fog light must
not operate the front or the rear fog light unless the driver is
driving in fog or other hazardous weather conditions causing
reduced visibility.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) In fog or mist or in hazardous weather conditions restricting
visibility, the display of light from a front fog light or front fog
lights is sufficient compliance with any obligation to display a
light from a head light or head lights under regulation 182.
(3) A person must not drive a motor vehicle, other than a motor
cycle, displaying light from a single front fog light, unless 2 lit
lights, complying with the requirements of the Vehicle
Standards, are fitted to the front of the vehicle.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(4) A person must not drive a motor vehicle displaying light from a
front fog light or front fog lights, if any other light of a power
exceeding 7 watts and capable of showing a white light to the
front is alight.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU

page 242 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Lights and warning devices Part 13
Lights on motor vehicles Division 1
r. 184

[Regulation 183 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5820;

SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

184. Lights on towed vehicles

(1) A person must not tow a vehicle, during the hours of darkness or
in hazardous weather conditions restricting visibility, unless it is
equipped with the appropriate lights as prescribed by the
Vehicle Standards, and the lights are lit.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) The driver of a tow truck must not tow a vehicle unless it is
fitted with the equipment referred to in the Road Traffic
(Vehicles) Regulations 2014 regulation 410(2) and such
equipment is operating correctly in accordance with the Vehicle
Standards.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) Subregulation (2) does not apply to the driver of a tow truck
if —
(a) the driver is towing a disabled vehicle carrying a placard
load of dangerous goods to a place that is safely off the
carriageway; and
(b) a vehicle carrying a warning to other traffic is following
immediately behind the disabled vehicle.
(4) In subregulation (3) —
dangerous goods has the meaning given in the Dangerous
Goods Safety (Road and Rail Transport of Non-explosives)
Regulations 2007 regulation 28;
placard load has the meaning given in the Dangerous Goods
Safety (Road and Rail Transport of Non-explosives)
Regulations 2007 regulation 4.
[Regulation 184 amended: Gazette 1 Nov 2002 p. 5398;
23 Dec 2014 p. 4922-3; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 243

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 13 Lights and warning devices
Division 1 Lights on motor vehicles
r. 185

185. Using headlights on high-beam

(1) Subject to subregulation (2), the driver of a vehicle must not use
the vehicle’s headlights on high-beam, or allow the vehicle’s
headlights to be used on high-beam —
(a) if the driver is driving less than 200 m behind a vehicle
travelling in the same direction as the driver; or
(b) if the driver is driving less than 200 m from an
oncoming vehicle; or
(c) if the headlights of an oncoming vehicle are dipped.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) Despite subregulation (1), if the driver is overtaking a vehicle,
the driver may briefly switch the headlights from low-beam to
high-beam immediately before the driver begins to overtake the
vehicle.
Examples
Example 1
Using headlights on low-beam when travelling less
than 200 m behind another vehicle travelling in
the same direction

Example 2
Using headlights on low-beam when travelling within
200 m of an oncoming vehicle

page 244 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Lights and warning devices Part 13
Lights on motor vehicles Division 1
r. 186

[Regulation 185 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5820;

SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

186. Lights not to be used to dazzle other road users

(1) A person must not cause or permit a spot light or search light
fitted or connected to any vehicle to be used to dazzle, or to be
used in a manner likely to dazzle, another road user.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) The provisions of subregulation (1) do not apply to an
emergency vehicle or a special purpose vehicle being used in
connection with its functions.
[Regulation 186 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5820;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
187. Using lights on some stopped vehicles
(1) A person must not stop a motor vehicle or a trailer, on, or partly
on, a carriageway, during the hours of darkness, unless the
parking lights fitted to the motor vehicle or the trailer, and any
clearance and side marker lights required by the Vehicle
Standards to be fitted to the motor vehicle or trailer are
operating effectively and are clearly visible.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply in respect of the lighting of
parking lights or clearance and side marker lights —
(a) where the street lighting in the vicinity renders the motor
vehicle or the trailer clearly visible at a distance of
200 m; or
(b) on a motor cycle not connected to a side-car or trailer,
stopped as near as practicable to, and parallel with, the
boundary of the carriageway.
[Regulation 187 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 245

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 13 Lights and warning devices
Division 1 Lights on motor vehicles
r. 188

188. Using hazard warning lights

(1) The driver of a motor vehicle fitted with hazard warning lights
must not use the hazard warning lights, or allow them to be
used, unless —
(a) the vehicle is stopped and is obstructing, or is likely to
obstruct, the path of other vehicles or pedestrians; or
(b) the vehicle is a slow-moving vehicle and is obstructing,
or is likely to obstruct, the path of other vehicles or
pedestrians; or
(c) the vehicle is stopped in an emergency stopping bay, an
emergency stopping lane or a red X lane; or
(d) the driver stops the vehicle to sell a product (for
example, ice creams) that may attract children onto the
carriageway; or
(e) the driver is driving in hazardous weather conditions (for
example, fog or smoke); or
(f) the vehicle is a bus carrying children, and the driver
stops the vehicle to drop off or pick up a child; or
(g) the hazard warning lights are operating as part of an
anti-theft device, or an alcohol ignition interlock device,
fitted to the vehicle.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) In this regulation —
hazard warning lights means the turn indicator lights on a
vehicle when set to display regular flashes at the same time, and
at the same rate, as each other.
[Regulation 188 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4597;
SL 2020/184 r. 19; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 246 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Lights and warning devices Part 13
Lights on animal-drawn vehicles Division 2
r. 189

Division 2 — Lights on animal-drawn vehicles

189. Lights on animal-drawn vehicles during hours of darkness
or in hazardous weather conditions
A person must not drive an animal-drawn vehicle during the
hours of darkness, or in hazardous weather conditions causing
reduced visibility, unless it is equipped with the appropriate
lights and reflectors as prescribed by the Vehicle Standards and
the lights are lit.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 189 amended: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4923;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
Division 3 — Horns
190. Use of horns etc.
A person must not sound the horn or any other warning
instrument in or on a vehicle, unless —
(a) it is necessary to use the horn, or warning device, to
warn other road users or animals of the approach or
position of the vehicle; or
(b) the horn, or warning device, is being used as part of an
anti-theft device, or an alcohol ignition interlock device,
fitted to the vehicle.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 190 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4597;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 4 — Portable warning signs for heavy vehicles

191. Portable warning signs for disabled heavy vehicles
(1) In this regulation heavy vehicle means a vehicle of which the
mass, together with any attached trailer and the total load carried
(if any), exceeds 12 t.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 247

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 13 Lights and warning devices
Division 4 Portable warning signs for heavy vehicles
r. 191

(2) A person must not drive a heavy vehicle on a carriageway

outside a built-up area, or cause or permit a heavy vehicle to be
so driven, unless there are carried on the vehicle 3 portable
warning signs complying with AS 3790-1992 (Portable Warning
Triangles for Motor Vehicles) published by Standards Australia
and the signs are in good order.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) Whenever a disabled heavy vehicle is stationary on a
carriageway, outside a built-up area, during the hours of
darkness, the driver or person in charge of the vehicle must
immediately place, and leave, on the carriageway 3 portable
warning signs such as are mentioned in subregulation (2), one in
advance of the vehicle, one to the rear of it and one beside it, on
the side nearer to the centre of the carriageway.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(4) The portable warning signs placed on the carriageway in
compliance with subregulation (3) are to be placed in the
manner set out in subregulation (5) or (6A) as the case requires,
and, wherever practicable, so that at least one sign is visible to
an approaching driver, at a distance of not less than 200 m.
(5) Where the speed limit on a carriageway is lower than 80 km/h,
the signs placed in advance and to the rear of the vehicle, in
compliance with subregulation (3), are to be placed at a distance
of between 50 m and 150 m from the vehicle, and the third sign
is to be placed at the side of the vehicle in such a position as to
give reasonable warning to drivers approaching from either
direction.
(6A) Where the speed limit on a carriageway is 80 km/h or higher,
the signs placed in advance and to the rear of the vehicle, in
compliance with subregulation (3), are to be placed at a distance
of between 200 m and 250 m from the vehicle, and the third
sign is to be placed at the side of the vehicle in such a position
as to give reasonable warning to drivers approaching from either
direction.

page 248 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Lights and warning devices Part 13
Portable warning signs for heavy vehicles Division 4
r. 192

(6B) For the purposes of determining whether subregulation (5) or

(6A) applies, if the vehicle is in a speed zone that begins with a
variable illuminated speed limit sign —
(a) if the carriageway is a freeway — subregulation (6A) is
taken to apply; and
(b) in any other case — subregulation (5) is taken to apply.
(6) Nothing in this regulation affects —
(a) any duty imposed by these regulations to display lit
lights on stationary vehicles; or
(b) public buses; or
(c) fire and emergency services vehicles.
[Regulation 191 amended: Gazette 6 Apr 2004 p. 1135;
22 Dec 2006 p. 5821; 31 Dec 2013 p. 6566; SL 2020/184 r. 20;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

192. Fallen loadings from heavy vehicles requiring signs

(1) In this regulation —
heavy vehicle means a vehicle of which the mass, together
with any attached trailer and the total load carried (if any),
exceeds 12 t.
(2) Where the load or any portion of the load that has fallen from a
heavy vehicle is lying upon a carriageway, during the hours of
darkness, and the driver is unable to —
(a) reload the fallen load on the vehicle; or
(b) remove the fallen load from the carriageway to such a
position on the side of the road as will, as far as possible,
reduce the danger to vehicles and pedestrians,
the driver must immediately place, and leave, on the
carriageway 3 portable warning signs such as are mentioned in
regulation 191(2) in the manner set out in subregulation (3)
or (4A) as the case requires, and so that, where practicable, at

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 249

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 13 Lights and warning devices
Division 4 Portable warning signs for heavy vehicles
r. 192

least one sign, is visible to any approaching driver, at a distance

of 200 m.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) Where the speed limit on a carriageway is lower than 80 km/h,
the signs placed in advance and to the rear of the fallen load, in
compliance with subregulation (2), are to be placed at a distance
of between 50 m and 150 m from the edge of the fallen load,
and the third sign is to be placed at the side of the fallen load in
such a position as to give reasonable warning to drivers
approaching from either direction.
(4A) Where the speed limit on a carriageway is 80 km/h or higher,
the signs placed in advance and to the rear of the fallen load, in
compliance with subregulation (2), are to be placed at a distance
of between 200 m and 250 m from the edge of the fallen load,
and the third sign is to be placed at the side of the fallen load in
such a position as to give reasonable warning to drivers
approaching from either direction.
(4B) For the purposes of determining whether subregulation (3) or
(4A) applies, if the vehicle is in a speed zone that begins with a
variable illuminated speed limit sign —
(a) if the carriageway is a freeway — subregulation (4A) is
taken to apply; and
(b) in any other case — subregulation (3) is taken to apply.
(4) Subregulation (2) does not apply where the load of a heavy
vehicle consists of rolls or bales of straw or hay, and straws of
hay or similar light material may have blown, or dislodged,
from the vehicle.
(5) A driver is not required to place the signs referred to in
subregulation (2), where street lighting in the vicinity renders
the fallen load clearly visible to a driver approaching from either
direction, at a distance of 200 m.
[Regulation 192 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5821;
31 Dec 2013 p. 6566-7; SL 2020/184 r. 21; SL 2020/253 r. 21.]

page 250 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Lights and warning devices Part 13
Portable warning signs for heavy vehicles Division 4
r. 193

193. Restriction on flashing warning lights

Subject to these regulations (and in particular regulations 188
and 289), the use, on a vehicle, of a light displaying intermittent
flashes is prohibited.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 251

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 14 Pedestrians
Division 1 General
r. 194

Part 14 — Pedestrians
Division 1 — General
194. No pedestrians signs
A pedestrian must not travel past a “no pedestrians” sign.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
No pedestrians sign
(circle and slash in red)

[Regulation 194 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

195. Pedestrians on road with road access sign

Except in the event of an emergency or breakdown, or to assist a
person apparently in need of assistance, a pedestrian must not be
on a length of road to which a “road access” sign applies, if
information on or with the sign indicates that pedestrians are not
permitted beyond the sign.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Road access sign End road access sign

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of the “road access” sign.
Note The sign may indicate that it applies to different or additional vehicles
or persons.
Note The sign is usually used on a freeway.

page 252 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Pedestrians Part 14
General Division 1
r. 196

[Regulation 195 amended: Gazette 13 Jul 2001 p. 3474;

13 Nov 2009 p. 4597-8; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

196. Crossing carriageway — general

(1) When a pedestrian crosses a carriageway or portion of a
carriageway, the pedestrian must —
(a) cross by the shortest safe route; and
(b) not stay on the carriageway longer than necessary to
cross the carriageway safely.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) However, if the pedestrian is crossing the carriageway at an
intersection with traffic-control signals and a “pedestrians may
cross diagonally” sign, the pedestrian may cross diagonally at
the intersection.
Pedestrians may cross diagonally sign
(pedestrian in green)

Note There is another permitted version of this sign.

[Regulation 196 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

197. Crossing at pedestrian lights

(1) This regulation applies to a pedestrian approaching or at an
intersection, or another place on a carriageway, with
traffic-control signals that include pedestrian lights.
(2) If a traffic-control signal shows a red pedestrian light and the
pedestrian has not already started crossing the intersection or
carriageway, the pedestrian must not start to cross until the
pedestrian light changes to green.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 253

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 14 Pedestrians
Division 1 General
r. 197

Modified penalty: 1 PU
Note A traffic-control signal (including a pedestrian light) generally only
applies to a person if the signal or light faces the person.

(3) If, while the pedestrian is crossing the carriageway, the

pedestrian light changes to flashing red or red, the pedestrian
must not stay on the carriageway for longer than necessary to
cross safely to the nearer (in the direction of travel of the
pedestrian) of the following:
(a) a dividing strip or traffic island, forming part of the area
set aside or used by pedestrians to cross the carriageway
at the intersection or place (the safety area);
(b) the far side of the carriageway.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(4) If, under subregulation (3), a pedestrian crosses to “the safety
area”, the pedestrian must remain in “the safety area” until the
pedestrian lights change to green.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(5) Despite this regulation, if a pedestrian cannot operate the
pedestrian lights from the safety area, that pedestrian may cross
to the far side of the carriageway when —
(a) the traffic-control signals display a circular green signal
or a flashing circular yellow signal, or there is no
circular red signal showing; and

page 254 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Pedestrians Part 14
General Division 1
r. 198

(b) it is safe to do so.

Red pedestrian light Green pedestrian light

(pedestrian symbol in red) (pedestrian symbol in green)

[Regulation 197 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5821;

31 Dec 2013 p. 6567; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
198. Crossing carriageway with traffic-control signals that do not
include pedestrian lights
(1) This regulation applies to a pedestrian approaching or at an
intersection, or another place on a carriageway, with
traffic-control signals that do not include pedestrian lights.
(2) If the traffic-control signals show a circular red signal or a
circular yellow signal and the pedestrian has not already started
crossing the intersection or carriageway, the pedestrian must not
start to cross until traffic-control signals show a circular green
signal or a flashing circular yellow signal, or there is no circular
red signal showing.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) If, while the pedestrian is crossing the carriageway, the
traffic-control signals change to a circular red signal or a
circular yellow signal, the pedestrian must not stay on the
carriageway for longer than necessary to cross safely to the
nearer (in the direction of travel of the pedestrian) of the
following:
(a) a dividing strip or traffic island, forming part of the area
set aside or used by pedestrians to cross the carriageway
at the intersection or place (the safety area);

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 255

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 14 Pedestrians
Division 1 General
r. 199

(b) the nearest side of the carriageway.

Modified penalty: 1 PU
(4) If, under subregulation (3), a pedestrian crosses to “the safety
area”, the pedestrian must remain in “the safety area” until the
traffic-control signals change to a circular green signal or a
flashing circular yellow signal, or there is no circular red signal
showing.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 198 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5821;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

199. Crossing carriageway on or near crossing for pedestrians

(1) A pedestrian must not cross a carriageway, or part of a
carriageway, within 20 m of a children’s crossing, marked foot
crossing or pedestrian crossing on the carriageway, except at the
crossing or another crossing, unless the pedestrian is —
(a) crossing at an intersection with traffic-control signals
and a “pedestrians may cross diagonally” sign; or
(b) crossing in a shared zone; or
(c) crossing a carriageway, or a part of a carriageway, from
which vehicles are excluded, either permanently or
temporarily; or
(d) alighting from or boarding a public bus in a bus stop,
bus zone or other authorised stopping place.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A pedestrian must not stay on a children’s crossing, marked foot
crossing or pedestrian crossing on a carriageway for longer than
necessary to cross the carriageway safely.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

page 256 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Pedestrians Part 14
General Division 1
r. 200

(3) Subregulation (2) does not apply to a person who is helping

pedestrians cross a carriageway at a children’s crossing, marked
foot crossing or pedestrian crossing.
Pedestrians may cross diagonally sign
(pedestrian in green)

Note There is another permitted version of this sign.

[Regulation 199 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

200. Crossing level crossing

(1) A pedestrian must not cross a railway line at a level crossing
unless —
(a) there is a path, bridge or other structure designed for the
use of pedestrians at the crossing and the pedestrian uses
it; or
(b) there is no path, bridge or other structure designed for
the use of pedestrians at, or within 20 m of, the crossing.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A pedestrian must not cross a railway line at a level crossing
if —
(a) warning lights (for example, twin alternating red lights,
red pedestrian lights or rotating red lights) are
illuminated or flashing, or warning bells are ringing; or
(b) a gate, boom or barrier at the crossing is closed, or is
opening or closing; or
(c) a train is on or entering the crossing; or
(d) a train approaching the crossing can be seen from the
crossing or is sounding a warning, and there would be a

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 257

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 14 Pedestrians
Division 1 General
r. 201

danger of the pedestrian being struck by the train if the

pedestrian entered the crossing; or
(e) the crossing, or the carriageway beyond the crossing, is
blocked.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
Example for subregulation (2)(e)
The crossing, or the carriageway beyond the crossing, may be blocked by
congested traffic, a disabled vehicle, a collision between vehicles or between
a vehicle and a pedestrian, or by stock on the carriageway.

(3) If a pedestrian has started to cross a railway line at a level

crossing and —
(a) warning lights (for example, twin alternating red lights,
red pedestrian lights or rotating red lights) are
illuminated or start flashing, or warning bells start
ringing; or
(b) a gate, boom or barrier at the crossing starts to close,
the pedestrian must get off the railway line without delay.
[Regulation 200 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5821;
4 Jun 2010 p. 2398; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

201. Pedestrians not to cause obstruction

(1) A person must not unreasonably obstruct or prevent the free
passage of any other pedestrian or a vehicle upon a path or
carriageway.
Modified penalty: 2 PU.
(2) In subregulation (1), a pedestrian does not unreasonably obstruct
the path of another pedestrian only by travelling more slowly
than other pedestrians.
[Regulation 201 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5819;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 258 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Pedestrians Part 14
General Division 1
r. 202

202. Getting on or into moving vehicle

(1) A person must not alight from, or board, a moving vehicle,
unless —
(a) the person is engaged in the door-to-door delivery or
collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or
garbage, and is required to get in or out of the vehicle, or
on or off the vehicle, at frequent intervals; and
(b) the vehicle is not travelling at a speed over 5 km/h.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A person must not proceed from a path towards a vehicle for the
purpose of boarding it, until it has stopped.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) This regulation does not apply to a person who is getting on or
off a bicycle or animal.
[Regulation 202 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

203. Pedestrians travelling along carriageway (except in or on

wheeled recreational device, motorised scooter or wheeled
toy)
(1) A pedestrian must not proceed along a carriageway where there
is a footpath or nature strip adjacent to the carriageway and it is
in a fit condition for use.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A pedestrian must not proceed along a carriageway abreast of
more than one other pedestrian, except in a procession or parade
authorised under a written law.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) A pedestrian travelling along a carriageway —
(a) must, where practicable, travel on the carriageway, or on
the side of the carriageway, used by vehicles travelling

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 259

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 14 Pedestrians
Division 1 General
r. 204

in the opposite direction and keep as far to the right side

of the carriageway as is practicable; and
(b) must not travel on the carriageway alongside more than
one other pedestrian or vehicle travelling on the
carriageway in the same direction as the pedestrian,
unless the pedestrian is overtaking other pedestrians.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(4) Despite subregulation (3), where a vehicle approaches a
pedestrian on a carriageway, on the same side as the pedestrian,
then the pedestrian must, if possible, immediately move off the
carriageway, and must not move back onto the carriageway,
until the vehicle has passed him or her.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(5) Nothing in this regulation applies in respect of —
(a) a carriageway from which vehicles are for the time
being excluded; or
(b) a carriageway that is a shared zone.
(6) In this regulation —
pedestrian does not include a person in or on a wheeled
recreational device, a motorised scooter or wheeled toy.
[Regulation 203 amended: Gazette 25 Jan 2001 p. 593;
29 Dec 2006 p. 5924; 15 May 2018 p. 1532; SL 2020/253
r. 28.]

204. Pedestrians on part of path designated for bicycles only

(1) A pedestrian must not be on a bicycle path, or the part of a
separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles, unless the
pedestrian —
(a) is crossing that path by the shortest safe route; and
(b) does not stay on that path for longer than necessary to
cross the path safely.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

page 260 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Pedestrians Part 14
General Division 1
r. 204

(2) Despite subregulation (1), a pedestrian may be on a bicycle

path, or the part of a separated footpath designated for the use of
bicycles, if —
(a) the pedestrian is —
(i) in, or pushing, a wheelchair; or
(ii) travelling in or on a motorised scooter or
wheeled recreational device;
and
(b) there is no traffic sign, or information on or with a traffic
sign, applying to the bicycle path or separated footpath
that indicates that a pedestrian of a type described in
paragraph (a) is not permitted to use that part of the path.
(3) A pedestrian who is crossing a bicycle path or the part of a
separated footpath designated for the use of bicycles must keep
out of the path of any rider of a bicycle or electric rideable
device, or any pedestrian who is permitted under
subregulation (2) to be on that part of the path.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Bicycle path sign End bicycle path sign

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 261

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 14 Pedestrians
Division 1 General
r. 205

Separated footpath sign End separated footpath

sign

No bicycles sign End no bicycles sign

(circle and slash in red) (circle and slash in red)

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of these signs.

Note The “separated footpath” sign may have the pedestrian symbol and the
bicycle symbol reversed.
[Regulation 204 amended: Gazette 29 Dec 2006 p. 5924;
SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 45.]

205. Games on roads

A person must not play any game on any part of a road.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 205 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 262 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Pedestrians Part 14
Persons travelling in or on wheeled recreational devices, Division 2
motorised scooters and wheeled toys
r. 206

Division 2 — Persons travelling in or on wheeled recreational

devices, motorised scooters and wheeled toys
[Heading inserted: SL 2021/200 r. 47.]

206. Wheeled recreational devices, motorised scooters and

wheeled toys prohibited on certain carriageways and where
no wheeled devices signs apply
(1) A person must not travel in or on a wheeled recreational device,
motorised scooter or wheeled toy —
(a) on a carriageway with a dividing line or median strip; or
(b) on a one-way carriageway with more than one marked
lane; or
(c) on a carriageway with a speed limit exceeding 50 km/h.
Modified penalty:
(a) where the person is travelling on a carriageway with a
speed limit exceeding 70 km/h — 10 PU
(b) in any other case — 1 PU
(1A) For the purposes of subregulation (1)(c) and the Modified
penalty in subregulation (1), if the person is in a speed zone that
begins with a variable illuminated speed limit sign, the reference
to the speed limit is taken to be a reference to the speed limit
applicable to the zone when the person enters the zone.
[(2) deleted]
(3) A person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device,
motorised scooter or wheeled toy on a road must not travel past
a “no wheeled devices” sign.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(4) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a person who is crossing a
carriageway in or on a wheeled recreational device, motorised
scooter or wheeled toy, if the person —
(a) crosses the carriageway by the shortest safe route; and

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 263

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 14 Pedestrians
Division 2 Persons travelling in or on wheeled recreational devices,
motorised scooters and wheeled toys
r. 207

(b) does not stay on the carriageway longer than necessary

to cross the carriageway safely.
(5) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a person who is travelling in
or on a wheeled recreational device, motorised scooter or
wheeled toy on a carriageway if —
(a) it is necessary to travel on the carriageway to avoid an
obstruction; and
(b) the person does not travel on the carriageway for longer
than necessary to avoid the obstruction.
No wheeled devices signs

[Regulation 206 amended: Gazette 16 Nov 2001 p. 5990;

29 Dec 2006 p. 5922 and 5924-5; 13 Nov 2009 p. 4598-9;
SL 2020/184 r. 22; SL 2020/253 r. 22; SL 2021/200 r. 48.]

207. Travelling in or on wheeled recreational device, motorised

scooter or wheeled toy on carriageway
A person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device,
motorised scooter or wheeled toy on a carriageway —
(a) must keep as far to the left side of the carriageway as is
practicable; and
(b) must not travel alongside more than one other pedestrian
or vehicle travelling on the carriageway in the same

page 264 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Pedestrians Part 14
Persons travelling in or on wheeled recreational devices, Division 2
motorised scooters and wheeled toys
r. 208

direction as the person, unless the person is overtaking

other pedestrians.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 207 amended: Gazette 29 Dec 2006 p. 5925;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

208. Travelling in or on wheeled recreational device, motorised

scooter or wheeled toy on footpath or shared path
A person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device,
motorised scooter or wheeled toy on a footpath or shared path
must —
(a) keep to the left of the footpath or shared path unless it is
impracticable to do so; and
(b) give way to any pedestrian (except a person travelling in
or on a wheeled recreational device, motorised scooter
or wheeled toy) who is on the footpath or shared path.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Shared path sign End shared path sign

Note There are a number of other permitted versions of these signs.

[Regulation 208 amended: Gazette 29 Dec 2006 p. 5925;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 265

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 14 Pedestrians
Division 2 Persons travelling in or on wheeled recreational devices,
motorised scooters and wheeled toys
r. 209

209. Travelling in or on wheeled recreational device or motorised

scooter on separated footpath or bicycle path
(1) A person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or
motorised scooter must not be on a part of a separated footpath
designated for the use of pedestrians unless the person —
(a) is crossing the separated footpath by the shortest safe
route; and
(b) does not stay on the separated footpath for longer than
necessary to cross the separated footpath safely.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device or
motorised scooter on a bicycle path, or a part of a separated
footpath designated for the use of bicycles, must keep out of the
path of any rider of a bicycle, EPT or electric rideable device.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 209 amended: Gazette 29 Dec 2006 p. 5925;
12 Apr 2013 p. 1534; SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 49.]

209A. Protective helmets to be worn on motorised scooters

(1) In this regulation —
protective helmet means a helmet that is, or is of a standard or
type that is, approved by the CEO, for the purposes of
regulation 222, by notice in the Gazette.
(2) A person must not travel on a motorised scooter on a road or
any path unless that person is wearing a protective helmet
securely fastened on his or her head.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 209A inserted: Gazette 29 Dec 2006 p. 5923;
amended: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4928; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 266 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Pedestrians Part 14
Persons travelling in or on wheeled recreational devices, Division 2
motorised scooters and wheeled toys
r. 209B

209B. Travel in hours of darkness or in hazardous weather

(1) A person must not travel in or on a wheeled recreational device
or wheeled toy on a road during the hours of darkness or in
hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A person must not ride a motorised scooter on a road during the
hours of darkness, or in hazardous weather conditions causing
reduced visibility, unless the scooter or the rider displays —
(a) a flashing or steady white light that is clearly visible for
at least 200 m from the front of the scooter; and
(b) a flashing or steady red light that is clearly visible for at
least 200 m from the rear of the scooter; and
(c) a red reflector that is clearly visible for at least 50 m
from the rear of the scooter when light is projected onto
it by a motor vehicle’s headlight on low-beam; and
(d) 2 yellow side reflectors.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 209B inserted: SL 2021/200 r. 50.]

210. Towing of wheeled recreational devices, motorised scooters

and toys
(1) A person travelling in or on a wheeled recreational device,
motorised scooter or wheeled toy must not attach himself or
herself to, or permit himself or herself to be drawn by, any other
vehicle.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) A person must not travel in or on a wheeled recreational device,
motorised scooter or wheeled toy within 2 m of the rear of a
motor vehicle, over a distance of more than 200 m.
Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 267

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 14 Pedestrians
Division 2 Persons travelling in or on wheeled recreational devices,
motorised scooters and wheeled toys
r. 210A

(3) The driver of a vehicle must not permit a person travelling in or

on a wheeled recreational device, motorised scooter or wheeled
toy to attach himself or herself to, or be drawn by, the vehicle.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 210 amended: Gazette 29 Dec 2006 p. 5925;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

210A. Proper control of motorised scooters

A person must not on any road or path —
(a) travel on a motorised scooter while under the influence
of alcohol, drugs or alcohol and drugs to such an extent
as to be incapable of having proper control of the
motorised scooter; or
(b) travel on a motorised scooter recklessly or without due
care and attention.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 210A inserted: Gazette 29 Dec 2006 p. 5923;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 268 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and Part 15
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Bicycles and electric rideable devices Division 1
r. 210B

Part 15 — Additional provisions for bicycles, electric

rideable devices and electric personal transporters
(EPTs)
[Heading amended: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1534; SL 2021/200
r. 51.]

Division 1 — Bicycles and electric rideable devices

[Heading inserted: SL 2021/200 r. 52.]

210B. Electric rideable devices prohibited on certain carriageways

(1) A person must not ride an electric rideable device —
(a) on a carriageway with a dividing line or median strip; or
(b) on a one-way carriageway with more than 1 marked
lane; or
(c) on a carriageway with a speed limit exceeding 50 km/h.
Modified penalty:
(a) if the person is riding on a carriageway with a speed
limit exceeding 70 km/h — 10 PU
(b) in any other case — 2 PU
(2) Subregulation (1)(a) and (b) do not apply to a person riding in a
bicycle lane with a speed limit not exceeding 50 km/h.
(3) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a person who is crossing a
carriageway on an electric rideable device, if the person —
(a) crosses the carriageway by the shortest safe route; and
(b) does not stay on the carriageway longer than necessary
to cross the carriageway safely.
(4) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a person who is riding an
electric rideable device on a carriageway if —
(a) it is necessary to ride on the carriageway to avoid an
obstruction; and

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 269

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 15 Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Division 1 Bicycles and electric rideable devices
r. 211

(b) the person does not ride on the carriageway for longer
than necessary to avoid the obstruction.
(5) For the purposes of this regulation, if a person is in a speed zone
that begins with a variable illuminated speed limit sign, a
reference to the speed limit is taken to be a reference to the
speed limit applicable to the zone when the person enters the
zone.
[Regulation 210B inserted: SL 2021/200 r. 53.]

211. Riding bicycles and electric rideable devices

(1) The rider of a bicycle must —
(a) be astride the rider’s seat facing forward (except if the
bicycle is not built to be ridden astride); and
(b) ride with at least one hand on the handlebars.
Modified penalty: 1 PU.
(2) The rider of an electric rideable device fitted with handlebars
must ride with at least 1 hand on the handlebars.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 211 inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4599;
amended: Gazette 4 Jun 2010 p. 2398; 31 Dec 2013 p. 6567;
SL 2020/253 r. 23; SL 2021/200 r. 54.]

212. Carrying persons or animals on bicycles or electric rideable

devices
(1) A person must not use a bicycle to carry, at any one time, more
persons than the number for which it is designed and equipped.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) The rider of a bicycle must not carry a child in a child carrying
seat on a bicycle unless the rider —
(a) is at least 16 years of age; and
(b) has an uninterrupted view to the front of the bicycle
from a normal seated position; and

page 270 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and Part 15
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Bicycles and electric rideable devices Division 1
r. 213

(c) has unhindered access to all equipment, required by this

Part, to be fitted to the bicycle.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) A passenger on a bicycle that is moving, or is stationary but not
parked, must sit on a fitted seat designed for a passenger.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(4) The rider of a bicycle must not ride with a passenger unless the
passenger complies with subregulation (3).
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(5) The rider of an electric rideable device must not carry a
passenger or animal on the electric rideable device.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 212 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4599-600;
SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 55.]
213. Riding in bicycle lane
Wherever a bicycle lane is provided as part of a carriageway,
and is in a reasonable condition for use, a rider of a bicycle or
electric rideable device must use that portion of a carriageway
and no other.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 213 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200
r. 56.]

214. Riding across a crossing

The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device riding across a
carriageway, or part of a carriageway, on a children’s crossing,
marked foot crossing or pedestrian crossing must —
(a) enter the crossing from the path connected to the
crossing and not from the carriageway; and
(b) approach and ride on the crossing at a speed not
exceeding 10 km/h; and

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 271

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 15 Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Division 1 Bicycles and electric rideable devices
r. 215A

(c) keep to the left of the crossing unless it is impracticable

to do so; and
(d) give way to any pedestrians on the crossing.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 214 inserted: SL 2020/253 r. 24; amended:
SL 2021/200 r. 57.]
215A. Entering bicycle storage area on bicycle or electric rideable
device
(1) The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device approaching a
bicycle storage area at an intersection that has traffic-control
signals showing a circular red signal or red arrow signal must
not enter the bicycle storage area other than from a bicycle lane.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply if the bicycle storage area does
not have a bicycle lane leading into it.
[Regulation 215A inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4600;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 58.]

215B. Giving way while entering or in bicycle storage area

(1) When entering a bicycle storage area, the rider of a bicycle or
electric rideable device must give way to —
(a) any vehicle that is in the area; and
(b) if the area is subject to a green or yellow traffic-control
signal — any motor vehicle that is entering or about to
enter the area, unless the motor vehicle is turning in a
direction that is subject to a red traffic arrow; and
(c) if the area forms part of a lane to which traffic-control
signal arrows apply — any motor vehicle that is entering
or about to enter the area at a time when those arrows
are green or yellow.
Modified penalty: 2 PU

page 272 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and Part 15
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Bicycles and electric rideable devices Division 1
r. 215

(2) The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device in a bicycle

storage area that extends across more than one lane of a
multi-lane carriageway must, if the area is subject to a green or
yellow traffic signal, give way to a motor vehicle that is in any
lane other than the lane that the bicycle or electric rideable
device is directly in front of, unless the motor vehicle is turning
in a direction that is subject to a red arrow signal.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 215B inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4600-1;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 59.]
215. Riding on wrong part of separated footpath
The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device must not ride
on a part of a separated footpath designated for the use of
pedestrians only.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 215 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200
r. 60.]

216. Paths
(1) For the purposes of this regulation, a bicycle or electric rideable
device is abreast of another bicycle or electric rideable device if
any part of it is by the side of any part of the other.
(2) The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device on a path must
give way to a pedestrian who is on, or is crossing, the path.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device on a path must
keep to the left of the path unless it is impracticable to do so.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(4) The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device on a path must
not ride so that the bicycle or electric rideable device is
travelling abreast of any other bicycle or electric rideable device
on the path.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 273

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 15 Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Division 1 Bicycles and electric rideable devices
r. 217

Modified penalty: 1 PU
(5) Subregulations (3) and (4) do not prevent a rider from
overtaking or passing other persons on the path.
[Regulation 216 inserted: Gazette 26 Apr 2016 p. 1277;
amended: SL 2021/200 r. 61.]

217. Riding to left of oncoming bicycles or electric rideable

devices on path
The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device riding on a path
must keep to the left of any oncoming bicycle or electric
rideable device rider on the path.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 217 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200
r. 62.]

218. No bicycles signs and markings

(1) The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device must not ride
on a length of carriageway or path to which a “no bicycles”
sign, or a “no bicycles” road marking, applies.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A “no bicycles” sign, or a “no bicycles” road marking, applies
to a length of carriageway or path beginning at the sign or
marking and ending at the nearest of the following:
(a) a “bicycle path” sign or “bicycle path” road marking;
(b) a “bicycle lane” sign;
(c) a “separated footpath” sign or “separated footpath” road
marking;
(d) a “shared path” sign;
(e) an “end no bicycles” sign;
(f) the next intersection.

page 274 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and Part 15
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Bicycles and electric rideable devices Division 1
r. 218A

No bicycles sign Bicycle path sign

(circle and slash in red)

Bicycle lane sign Separated footpath sign

Shared path sign End no bicycles sign

(circle and slash in red)

[Regulation 218 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200

r. 63.]

218A. No wheeled devices signs

A person riding an electric rideable device on a road must not
travel past a “no wheeled devices” sign.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 275

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 15 Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Division 1 Bicycles and electric rideable devices
r. 219

No wheeled devices sign

[Regulation 218A inserted: SL 2021/200 r. 64.]

219. Riders of bicycles and electric rideable devices not to cause

obstruction
(1) The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device must not
unreasonably obstruct or prevent the free passage of a vehicle or
pedestrian by moving into the path of the vehicle or a
pedestrian.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A person must not leave a bicycle or electric rideable device in
or upon a road so as to become an obstruction.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 219 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200
r. 65.]

220. Towing of bicycles or electric rideable devices

(1) The rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device must not attach
themselves to, or permit themselves to be drawn by, any other
vehicle.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) The driver of a vehicle must not permit the rider of a bicycle or
electric rideable device to attach themselves to, or be drawn by,
the vehicle.

page 276 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and Part 15
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Bicycles and electric rideable devices Division 1
r. 221

Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 220 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200
r. 66.]

221. Riding too close behind motor vehicle

A person must not ride a bicycle or electric rideable device
within 2 m of the rear of a motor vehicle, over a distance of
more than 200 m.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 221 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200
r. 67.]

222. Riders of bicycles to wear and ensure passengers wear

protective helmets
(1) In this regulation and in regulation 223 —
protective helmet means a helmet that is, or is of a standard or
type that is, approved by the CEO, for the purposes of this
regulation, by notice in the Government Gazette.
(2) Except as provided in this regulation, a person must not ride a
bicycle on a road or any path unless —
(a) that person is wearing a protective helmet securely
fastened on his or her head; and
(b) where any other person is being carried on that bicycle,
that other person is wearing a protective helmet securely
fastened on his or her head.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) Subregulation (2) does not apply to a person who —
(a) is a member of a religious or cultural group and who is
wearing a headdress customarily worn by members of
that group, if the wearing of that headdress makes it
impractical for a person to wear a protective helmet; or
(b) has been exempted in writing by the CEO from wearing
a protective helmet for medical reasons, and is

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 277

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 15 Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Division 1 Bicycles and electric rideable devices
r. 223A

complying with any terms and conditions of that

exemption.
(4) The CEO may at any time, by notice in writing to the person,
amend or revoke an exemption granted under
subregulation (3)(b).
(5) Subregulation (2)(b) does not apply to a person riding a three or
four-wheeled bicycle who is carrying a paying passenger.
[Regulation 222 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4601;
23 Dec 2014 p. 4928; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

[222A. Deleted: Gazette 30 Aug 2011 p. 3517.]

223A. Passengers on bicycles to wear protective helmets
(1) In this regulation —
protective helmet has the meaning given in regulation 222(1).
(2) A person must wear a protective helmet securely fastened on his
or her head when being carried as a passenger on a bicycle.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[(3) deleted]
(4) Subregulation (2) does not apply to a person who is exempt
from wearing a protective helmet under the provisions of
regulation 222(3).
(5) Subregulation (2) does not apply to a paying passenger on a
three or four-wheeled bicycle.
[Regulation 223A inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4601-2;
amended: Gazette 30 Aug 2011 p. 3517-18.]

223B. Riders of electric rideable devices to wear protective helmets

(1) In this regulation —
protective helmet (bicycle) means a protective helmet as defined
in regulation 222(1);

page 278 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and Part 15
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Bicycles and electric rideable devices Division 1
r. 223

protective helmet (motor cycle) means a protective helmet as

defined in regulation 244(1).
(2) A person must not ride an electric rideable device on a road or
path unless the person is wearing a protective helmet (bicycle)
or protective helmet (motor cycle) securely fastened on the
person’s head.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) Subregulation (2) does not apply to a person who —
(a) is a member of a religious or cultural group and who is
wearing a headdress customarily worn by members of
that group, if the wearing of that headdress makes it
impractical for a person to wear a protective helmet in
accordance with subregulation (2); or
(b) has been exempted in writing by the CEO from wearing
a protective helmet in accordance with subregulation (2)
for medical reasons, and is complying with any terms
and conditions of that exemption.
(4) The CEO may at any time, by notice in writing to the person,
amend or revoke an exemption granted under
subregulation (3)(b).
[Regulation 223B inserted: SL 2021/200 r. 68.]

223. Riding with person on bicycle trailer

(1) The rider of a bicycle must not tow a bicycle trailer with a
person in or on the bicycle trailer, unless —
(a) the rider is 16 years of age, or older; and
(b) the person in or on the bicycle trailer is under 10 years
of age; and
(c) the bicycle trailer can safely carry the person; and
(d) the person in or on the bicycle trailer is wearing a
protective helmet securely fitted and fastened on the
person’s head.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 279

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 15 Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Division 1 Bicycles and electric rideable devices
r. 224

Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) Subregulation (1)(d) does not apply to a person who is exempt
from wearing a protective helmet under the provisions of
regulation 222(3).
(3) In this regulation —
bicycle trailer means a vehicle that is built to be towed, or is
towed, by a bicycle;
protective helmet has the meaning given in regulation 222(1).
[Regulation 223 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
224. Lights and other equipment on bicycles and electric rideable
devices
(1A) In this regulation —
warning device means a bell, horn or similar audible warning
instrument.
(1) A person must not ride a bicycle or electric rideable device
during the hours of darkness, or in hazardous weather conditions
causing reduced visibility, unless the bicycle or electric rideable
device, or the rider, displays —
(a) a flashing or steady white light that is clearly visible for
at least 200 m from the front of the bicycle or electric
rideable device; and
(b) a flashing or steady red light that is clearly visible for at
least 200 m from the rear of the bicycle or electric
rideable device; and
(c) a red reflector that is clearly visible for at least 50 m
from the rear of the bicycle or electric rideable device
when light is projected onto it by a motor vehicle’s
headlight on low-beam.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2A) A person must not ride a bicycle during the hours of darkness,
or in hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility,

page 280 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and Part 15
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Bicycles and electric rideable devices Division 1
r. 224

unless the bicycle has affixed, to each wheel, 2 yellow side

reflectors complying with the requirements for reflectors in
Australian Standard AS 1927-1998 (Pedal Bicycle-Safety
Requirements) and Australian Standard AS 2142-1978
(Specification for Reflectors for Pedal Bicycles).
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2B) A person must not ride a bicycle during the hours of darkness,
or in hazardous weather conditions causing reduced visibility,
unless the bicycle has affixed, to both sides of each pedal,
yellow pedal reflectors complying with the requirements for
reflectors in Australian Standard AS 2142-1978 (Specification
for Reflectors for Pedal Bicycles).
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2C) A person must not ride a bicycle or electric rideable device that
has affixed a reflector capable of reflecting red light in the
forward direction.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A person must not ride a bicycle that does not have —
(a) at least one effective brake; and
(b) a warning device in working order.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) A person must not ride an electric rideable device during the
hours of darkness, or in hazardous weather conditions causing
reduced visibility, unless the device or the rider displays 2
yellow side reflectors.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(4) A person must not ride an electric rideable device that does not
have a warning device in working order, unless because of the
design of the electric rideable device it is not practicable for it to
be fitted with a warning device.
Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 281

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 15 Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Division 1 Bicycles and electric rideable devices
r. 225

[Regulation 224 amended: Gazette 30 Aug 2011 p. 3518;

SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 69.]

225. Red bicycle crossing lights

Except as provided in regulation 43B, the rider of a bicycle or
electric rideable device on or approaching a carriageway with
bicycle crossing lights must not cross or enter that carriageway
if —
(a) a static red bicycle crossing light facing the rider is
displayed; or
(b) a red bicycle crossing light facing the rider is flashing.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Example
Red bicycle crossing light Green bicycle crossing light
(bicycle symbol in red) (bicycle symbol in green)

[Regulation 225 inserted: Gazette 23 Sep 2003 p. 4168-9;

amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5821; SL 2020/253 r. 25;
SL 2021/200 r. 70.]

226. Stopping for yellow bicycle crossing light

(1) If the rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device is approaching
bicycle crossing lights showing a yellow bicycle crossing light
and the rider can stop safely before reaching the bicycle
crossing lights, the rider must stop before reaching the lights.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

page 282 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and Part 15
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Bicycles and electric rideable devices Division 1
r. 227

(2) If the rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device has stopped

before reaching bicycle crossing lights showing a yellow bicycle
crossing light, and the lights change to red, the rider must not
proceed until —
(a) the bicycle crossing lights change to green; or
(b) neither a red nor a yellow bicycle light is showing.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
Yellow bicycle crossing light
(bicycle symbol in yellow)

[Regulation 226 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5821;

SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 71.]

227. Proceeding when bicycle crossing lights change to yellow or

red
(1) If bicycle crossing lights at an intersection change from green to
yellow while a rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device is in
the intersection, the rider must finish crossing the intersection as
soon as the rider can do so safely.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) If bicycle crossing lights at a place on a carriageway where the
rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device is crossing the
carriageway change from green to yellow while the rider is on
the carriageway, the rider must cross the carriageway as soon as
the rider can do so safely.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) If bicycle crossing lights at an intersection change from green to
red (static or flashing) while a rider of a bicycle or electric

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 283

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 15 Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Division 1 Bicycles and electric rideable devices
r. 228

rideable device is in the intersection, the rider must proceed to

the nearest kerb, island or median strip in the direction of travel
of the rider and not continue crossing the intersection until the
bicycle crossing lights are green.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(4) If bicycle crossing lights at a place on a carriageway where the
rider of a bicycle or electric rideable device is crossing the
carriageway change from green to red (static or flashing) while
the rider is on the carriageway, the rider must proceed to the
nearest kerb, island or median strip in the direction of travel of
the rider and not continue crossing the carriageway until the
bicycle crossing lights are green.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(5) Despite this regulation, if a rider cannot operate the bicycle
crossing lights from a kerb, island or median strip, that rider
may cross to the far side of the carriageway when —
(a) the traffic-control signals display a circular green signal
or a flashing circular yellow signal, or there is no
circular red signal showing; and
(b) it is safe to do so.
[Regulation 227 amended: Gazette 23 Sep 2003 p. 4169;
31 Dec 2013 p. 6567-8; SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 72.]
228. Minimum age to ride power assisted pedal cycle or electric
rideable device
(1) A person who is under 16 years of age must not ride a power
assisted pedal cycle with the power assistance engaged.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A person who is under 16 years of age must not ride an electric
rideable device with its motor, or any of its motors, engaged.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

page 284 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and Part 15
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Electric personal transporters (EPTs) Division 2
r. 229

[Regulation 228 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200

r. 73.]
229. Proper control of bicycles and electric rideable devices
A person must not on any road or path —
(a) ride a bicycle or electric rideable device while under the
influence of alcohol, drugs or alcohol and drugs to such
an extent as to be incapable of having proper control of
the bicycle or electric rideable device; or
(b) ride a bicycle or electric rideable device recklessly or
without due care and attention.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 229 amended: Gazette 23 Sep 2003 p. 4169;
SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 74.]

229A. Electric rideable device must not have sharp protrusions

A person must not ride an electric rideable device on a road if
any part of the device, or any object fitted to the device, has a
point or sharp edge the presence of which is likely to increase
the risk of injury to any person.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 229A inserted: SL 2021/200 r. 75.]

Division 2 — Electric personal transporters (EPTs)

[Heading inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1535.]

Subdivision 1 — Preliminary
[Heading inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1535.]

230A. Terms used

In this Division —
commercial operator or operator means a person who hires out
an EPT for reward or commercial gain;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 285

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 15 Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Division 2 Electric personal transporters (EPTs)
r. 230B

protective helmet has the meaning given in regulation 222(1);

staff member, of a commercial operator, includes an employee,
agent or contractor of the operator;
supervised tour has the meaning given in regulation 230L(1)(a).
[Regulation 230A inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1535.]

230B. EPTs and EPT use areas

(1) The Minister, by notice published in the Gazette, may —
(a) declare a standard, or type, of appropriate vehicle
described in the notice as an electric personal
transporter; and
(b) declare an area described in the notice as an electric
personal transporter use area; and
(c) vary or revoke a previous notice under this regulation.
(2) In subregulation (1)(a) —
appropriate vehicle means a vehicle that has one or 2 wheels,
that balances itself and is built to be powered primarily or
entirely by an electric motor that forms part of the vehicle.
[Regulation 230B inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1535.]

Subdivision 2 — Provisions for EPT riders

[Heading inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1535.]
230C. EPTs to be ridden in EPT use areas only
A person must not ride an EPT other than in an EPT use area.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 230C inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1535;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
230D. Riders to be at least 12 years of age
A person must not ride an EPT unless the person is at least
12 years of age.

page 286 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and Part 15
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Electric personal transporters (EPTs) Division 2
r. 230E

[Regulation 230D inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1535;

amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
230E. EPT to be supplied and supervised by commercial operator
A person must not ride an EPT unless the person is riding with
the permission of the commercial operator who has supplied the
EPT to the person and —
(a) the person is taking part in a ride that —
(i) is part of; or
(ii) in preparation for,
a supervised tour that is provided by the operator and
supervised by the operator or a staff member of the
operator; or
(b) the person is being trained in the use of the EPT by the
operator or a staff member of the operator.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 230E inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1536;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
230F. Riders to wear protective helmets
A person must not ride an EPT unless the person is wearing a
protective helmet securely fastened on his or her head.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 230F inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1536;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

230G. Towing of EPTs prohibited

(1) The rider of an EPT must not attach himself or herself or the
EPT to, or permit himself or herself or the EPT to be drawn by,
or to draw, any other vehicle.
Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 287

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 15 Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Division 2 Electric personal transporters (EPTs)
r. 230H

(2) The driver of a vehicle must not permit the rider of an EPT to
attach himself or herself or the EPT to, or be drawn by, or to
draw, the vehicle.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 230G inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1536;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

230H. Riding EPTs

(1) A person must not ride an EPT on a dividing strip or median
strip.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) A person riding an EPT must —
(a) keep to the left of any path the rider is on, except when
the rider is overtaking; and
(b) give way to all pedestrians, including pedestrians riding
wheeled recreational devices.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 230H inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1536;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
230I. No passengers or animals on EPTs
A person riding an EPT must not carry a passenger or animal on
the EPT.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 230I inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1537;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
230J. EPT rider not to cause obstruction
(1) An EPT rider must not unreasonably obstruct or prevent the free
passage of any other EPT rider, a pedestrian or a vehicle by
moving into the path of a vehicle or a pedestrian.

page 288 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and Part 15
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Electric personal transporters (EPTs) Division 2
r. 230K

(2) A person must not leave an EPT in or upon a road so as to

become an obstruction.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 230J inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1537;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
Subdivision 3 — Provisions for commercial operators of EPTs
[Heading inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1537.]
230K. EPTs not to be able to exceed 10 km/h and to be fitted with
warning devices
(1) A commercial operator must ensure that each EPT supplied to a
rider by the operator cannot travel at a speed exceeding
10 km/h.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) A commercial operator must ensure that each EPT supplied by
the operator to a person is fitted with a bell, horn, or similar
warning device, in working order.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 230K inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1537;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

230L. EPTs only to be for supervised tours or during training for

supervised tours
(1) A commercial operator must ensure that a person does not ride
an EPT supplied by the operator unless —
(a) the person is taking part in a ride that —
(i) is part of; or
(ii) in preparation for,
a tour (a supervised tour) that is provided by the
operator and supervised by the operator or a staff
member of the operator; or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 289

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 15 Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Division 2 Electric personal transporters (EPTs)
r. 230M

(b) the person is being trained in the use of the EPT by the
operator or a staff member of the operator, in accordance
with subregulation (2).
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) A commercial operator must not supply an EPT to a person to
ride in a supervised tour provided by the operator unless the
operator or a staff member of the operator has —
(a) trained the person in the use of the EPT, including
getting on and off the EPT, stopping and starting the
EPT, riding on slopes, managing intersections and
various types of driving conditions; and
(b) assessed the person as competent to ride the EPT.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 230L inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1537-8;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

230M. Supervised tours

(1) A commercial operator must ensure that —
(a) each supervised tour provided by the operator is
undertaken only during daylight hours; and
(b) there is a minimum of one staff member to 10 EPT
riders on each supervised tour provided by the operator.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) A commercial operator must ensure that each EPT rider on each
supervised tour provided by the operator is aware —
(a) of the provisions of Subdivision 2; and
(b) that a failure to comply with provisions of that
Subdivision may expose the rider to a penalty under this
Code.
Modified penalty: 2 PU

page 290 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Additional provisions for bicycles, electric rideable devices and Part 15
electric personal transporters (EPTs)
Electric personal transporters (EPTs) Division 2
r. 230N

(3) A commercial operator must ensure that each rider on a

supervised tour provided by the operator is monitored for
compliance with Subdivision 2.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 230M inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1538;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
230N. Records to be kept and supplied on demand
(1) A commercial operator must keep records about the
following —
(a) any loss, damage, injury or death to people or property
caused by the operator or a staff member in relation to
the operation of an EPT supplied by the operator or by
anyone else arising in relation to the use of an EPT;
(b) any failure by the operator or a staff member to comply
with this Subdivision;
(c) any failure by a rider to comply with a provision of
Subdivision 2.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) At the written request of the CEO, a commercial operator is to
provide a report (in the form, if any, approved by the CEO) to
the CEO, about all or any of the matters mentioned in
subregulation (1).
[Regulation 230N inserted: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1538-9;
amended: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4928; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 291

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 16 Persons travelling on or in a vehicle
Division 1 Preliminary
r. 230

Part 16 — Persons travelling on or in a vehicle

Division 1 — Preliminary
230. Terms used
In this Part —
AS/NZS:1754-1995 means Australian Standard
AS/NZS:1754-1995 (“Child restraint systems for use in motor
vehicles”), or any subsequent version of, or amendments to, that
standard, published jointly by Standards Australia and the
Standards Association of New Zealand;
booster seat means —
(a) a booster seat or cushion that complies with the
requirements of AS/NZS:1754-1995; or
(b) a device designed to be a booster seat that is integrated
into a vehicle by the vehicle’s manufacturer; or
(c) a booster seat or cushion that complies with the
requirements of another standard approved by the CEO;
child restraint means a device that is fitted to a motor vehicle,
that complies with the requirements of AS/NZS:1754-1995, and
includes —
(a) any device in AS/NZS:1754-1995 that utilises as part of
its design, a seatbelt; and
(b) a device designed to be a child restraint that is integrated
into a vehicle by the vehicle’s manufacturer; and
(c) a device designed to be a child restraint that meets a
standard other than AS/NZS:1754-1995, and has been
approved for use, in writing, by the CEO;
child safety harness means a harness that complies with —
(a) the requirements of AS/NZS:1754-1995; or
(b) another standard approved by the CEO;
medical certificate means a certificate described in
regulation 231;

page 292 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Persons travelling on or in a vehicle Part 16
Preliminary Division 1
r. 230

medical practitioner means a person who is registered under the

Health Practitioner Regulation National Law (Western
Australia) in the medical profession;
produced, in relation to a medical certificate, means produced in
accordance with regulation 231(3);
relevant time, in relation to an alleged offence, means the time
at which the offence is alleged to have been committed;
seatbelt means a belt or similar device that is fitted to a motor
vehicle and designed to restrain or limit the movement of a
person who is seated in the vehicle and wearing the belt or
device, if the vehicle suddenly accelerates or decelerates, but
does not include a child restraint;
seating position, in relation to a motor vehicle, means —
(a) a position in that motor vehicle designed by the
manufacturer to be sat upon; or
(b) a similar modification to the motor vehicle, approved by
the CEO, that enables a person to be seated,
while the motor vehicle is being driven or ridden;
suitable child restraint means a child restraint that is
appropriate to restrain the height and weight of the child that is
to use it, according to the recommendations of either
AS/NZS:1754-1995, or the manufacturer’s recommendations;
suitable child safety harness means a child safety harness that
is appropriate to restrain the height and weight of the child that
is to use it, according to the recommendations of either
AS/NZS:1754-1995, or the manufacturer’s recommendations;
two-up driver means a person accompanying a driver of a truck
or bus on a journey, or part of a journey, who has been, is or
intends to be sharing the task of driving the truck or bus during
the journey.
[Regulation 230 amended: Gazette 23 Sep 2003 p. 4170;
6 Apr 2004 p. 1135; 4 Jun 2010 p. 2399-401 and 2414;
19 Nov 2010 p. 5752-3; 31 Dec 2013 p. 6568-9; 23 Dec 2014
p. 4923 and 4928; 28 Jun 2019 p. 2489.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 293

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 16 Persons travelling on or in a vehicle
Division 1 Preliminary
r. 231

231. Medical certificate

(1) A medical certificate referred to in this Part must —
(a) be signed by a medical practitioner; and
(b) certify the relevant matter referred to in
subregulation (2A); and
(c) be current at the time of the alleged offence.
(2A) The medical certificate must certify that —
(a) while driving or travelling in a motor vehicle —
(i) the person is unable for medical reasons to wear
a seatbelt; or
(ii) because of the person’s size, build or other
characteristic, it would be unreasonable to
require the person to wear a seatbelt;
or
(b) while driving or travelling in a motor vehicle that has
2 or more rows of seats, the person is unable for medical
reasons to sit anywhere except in the front row.
(2) A medical certificate is current for the purposes of
subregulation (1)(c) if, at the relevant time —
(a) it is specified to have effect only for a specified period
and that period has not expired; or
(b) it is endorsed with the words “permanent disability”; or
(c) in any other case, a period of not more than 2 years has
expired from the day of its issue.
(3) A person must produce a medical certificate on demand to a
police officer or, within a reasonable time after demand, to the
CEO or to the officer in charge of any police station.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 231 amended: Gazette 4 Jun 2010 p. 2414-15;
19 Nov 2010 p. 5753; 23 Dec 2014 p. 4928 and 4929;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 294 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Persons travelling on or in a vehicle Part 16
Requirement to wear seatbelts, etc. Division 2
r. 232

Division 2 — Requirement to wear seatbelts, etc.

[Heading inserted: Gazette 4 Jun 2010 p. 2401.]
232. Driver to wear seatbelt
(1) The driver of a motor vehicle that is moving, or is stationary but
not parked, must comply with this regulation if the driver’s
seating position —
(a) is fitted with a seatbelt; or
(b) is required by a written law to be fitted with a seatbelt.
(2) The driver must wear a seatbelt properly adjusted and securely
fastened unless the driver is —
(a) reversing the vehicle; or
(b) exempt from wearing a seatbelt under regulation 235.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 235A.
[Regulation 232 inserted: Gazette 4 Jun 2010 p. 2401-2.]
233. Wearing of seatbelts by passengers 16 years old or older
(1) A passenger in or on a motor vehicle that is moving, or that is
stationary but not parked, must comply with subregulation (2) if
the passenger —
(a) has reached 16 years of age; and
(b) is not exempt from wearing a seatbelt under
regulation 235.
(2) The passenger —
(a) must occupy a seating position —
(i) that is fitted with a seatbelt; or
(ii) that is required by a written law to be fitted with
a seatbelt;
and
(b) except as provided in subregulation (2A), must not
occupy the same seating position as another passenger

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 295

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 16 Persons travelling on or in a vehicle
Division 2 Requirement to wear seatbelts, etc.
r. 233

(whether or not the other passenger is exempt from

wearing a seatbelt under regulation 235); and
(c) must wear the seatbelt properly adjusted and securely
fastened.
Modified penalty: 11 PU.
(2A) Despite subregulation (2)(b), a passenger in a passenger
transport vehicle, bus or tow truck may hold a child who is
under 1 year of age in their lap if —
(a) there is no suitable child restraint available in the
passenger transport vehicle, bus or tow truck for the
child; and
(b) the passenger is not in the front row of seats if the
passenger transport vehicle, bus or tow truck has 2 or
more rows of seats.
(3) The driver of a motor vehicle (except a passenger transport
vehicle) that is moving, or that is stationary but not parked, must
ensure that each passenger in or on the vehicle who has reached
16 years of age complies with subregulation (2), unless the
passenger is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under
regulation 235.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 235A.
(4) For the purposes of this regulation, a child restraint is available
in a motor vehicle if it is —
(a) fitted in the vehicle; and
(b) not occupied by someone else who is under 16 years of
age.
Note:
Under regulation 284, regulation 233 does not apply to the driver of a
bus.
[Regulation 233 inserted: Gazette 4 Jun 2010 p. 2402-3;
amended: Gazette 19 Nov 2010 p. 5753; 9 Sep 2014 p. 3247;
15 May 2018 p. 1532-3; 28 Jun 2019 p. 2489.]

page 296 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Persons travelling on or in a vehicle Part 16
Requirement to wear seatbelts, etc. Division 2
r. 234

234. Wearing of seatbelts by passengers under 16 years old

(1) The driver of a motor vehicle (except a motor cycle) that is
moving, or is stationary but not parked, must ensure that this
regulation is complied with for each passenger in or on the
vehicle who is under 16 years of age.
Points and modified penalty: see regulation 235A.
(2) If the passenger is under 6 months of age, the passenger must be
restrained in a properly fastened and adjusted rearward facing
suitable child restraint.
(3) If the passenger has reached 6 months of age but is under
4 years of age, the passenger must be restrained in a properly
fastened and adjusted —
(a) rearward facing suitable child restraint; or
(b) forward facing suitable child restraint that has an inbuilt
harness.
(4) If the passenger has reached 4 years of age but is under 7 years
of age, the passenger must —
(a) be restrained in a properly fastened and adjusted forward
facing suitable child restraint that has an inbuilt harness;
or
(b) be placed on a properly positioned booster seat and be
restrained by either —
(i) a lap and sash type seatbelt that is properly
adjusted and fastened; or
(ii) a lap only type seatbelt and (in relation to the
upper body of the passenger) a child safety
harness, each of which is properly adjusted and
fastened.
(5) A passenger who is under 4 years of age must not be in the front
row of a motor vehicle that has 2 or more rows of seats.
(6) A passenger who has reached 4 years of age but is under 7 years
of age, must not be in the front row of a motor vehicle that has 2

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 297

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 16 Persons travelling on or in a vehicle
Division 2 Requirement to wear seatbelts, etc.
r. 234

or more rows of seats unless each other seat or unobstructed

seating position in the row or rows behind the front row is
either —
(a) occupied by a passenger who is under 7 years of age; or
(b) not suitable for the installation of a forward facing child
restraint or a booster seat that would allow this
regulation to be complied with for that passenger.
(7) If the passenger has reached 7 years of age but is under 16 years
of age —
(a) the person must be restrained in a suitable child restraint
that is properly adjusted and securely fastened; or
(b) the person —
(i) must occupy a seating position that is fitted with
a seatbelt; and
(ii) must not occupy the same seating position as
another passenger (whether or not the other
passenger is exempt from wearing a seatbelt
under regulation 235); and
(iii) must wear the seatbelt properly adjusted and
securely fastened.
(8) Subregulations (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) do not apply if the
passenger is exempt from wearing a seatbelt under
regulation 235.
(9) If a passenger cannot safely be restrained as required by
subregulation (2) because of the passenger’s height or weight,
the passenger must be restrained as if subregulation (3) applied
to the passenger.
(10) If a passenger cannot safely be restrained as required by
subregulation (3) or (9) because of the passenger’s height or
weight, the passenger must be restrained as if subregulation (4)
applied to the passenger.

page 298 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Persons travelling on or in a vehicle Part 16
Requirement to wear seatbelts, etc. Division 2
r. 234

(11) If a passenger cannot safely be restrained as required by

subregulation (4) or (10) because of the passenger’s height or
weight, the passenger must be restrained as if subregulation (7)
applied to the passenger.
(12) In the case of a passenger sitting in a seating position that is
fitted with a lap and sash type seatbelt, it is sufficient
compliance with subregulation (4)(b)(i)or (7)(b)(iii), as the case
may be, if, instead of using the sash part of the seatbelt, a child
safety harness that is properly adjusted and fastened is used to
restrain the upper body of the passenger.
(13) The driver of a passenger transport vehicle is exempt from
subregulations (2), (3) and (4) in relation to a passenger if —
(a) there is no suitable child restraint available in the vehicle
for the passenger; and
(b) the passenger is not in the front row of seats if the
vehicle has 2 or more rows of seats.
(13A) If the exemption set out in subregulation (13) applies to a driver
in relation to a passenger who has reached 1 year of age, the
passenger must (unless exempt from wearing a seatbelt under
regulation 235) wear a seatbelt that is properly adjusted and
securely fastened to the best extent possible given the height and
weight of the passenger.
(14) For the purposes of this regulation, a child restraint is available
in a motor vehicle if it is —
(a) fitted in the vehicle; and
(b) not occupied by someone else who is under 16 years of
age.
(15) For the purposes of this regulation, a child restraint that is
properly fastened and adjusted —
(a) is forward facing if, once it restrains a passenger, his or
her head is closer to the rear of the vehicle than his or
her feet; or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 299

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 16 Persons travelling on or in a vehicle
Division 2 Requirement to wear seatbelts, etc.
r. 235

(b) is rearward facing if, once it restrains a passenger, his or

her feet are closer to the rear of the vehicle than his or
her head.
Note:
Under regulation 284, regulation 234 does not apply to the driver of a
bus.

[Regulation 234 inserted: Gazette 4 Jun 2010 p. 2403-6;

amended: Gazette 19 Nov 2010 p. 5753-4; 31 Dec 2013
p. 6569; 15 May 2018 p. 1533-5; 28 Jun 2019 p. 2489.]

235. Specific exemptions from wearing seatbelts and defences

(1) A passenger who has reached 4 years of age but is under 7 years
of age, is exempt from complying with regulation 234(4) if the
passenger is —
(a) seated in a part of the motor vehicle designed primarily
for the carriage of goods, in a seating position that is
suitable for the passenger’s height and weight; and
(b) restrained by a seatbelt that is properly adjusted and
securely fastened.
(2) In the case of a passenger sitting in a seating position that is
fitted with a seatbelt, it is sufficient compliance with
subregulation (1)(b) if, instead of using the seatbelt, a child
safety harness that is properly adjusted and securely fastened is
used to restrain the passenger.
(3) Subject to subregulation (4), a person in or on a motor vehicle
has a defence to a charge under this Division relating to the
wearing of a seatbelt if the person can show —
(a) the seating position that the person occupies is not fitted
with a seatbelt; and
(b) there is no requirement under a written law for that
seating position to be fitted with a seatbelt; and
(c) all passengers in the vehicle who are exempt from
wearing a seatbelt or who have a defence to a charge

page 300 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Persons travelling on or in a vehicle Part 16
Requirement to wear seatbelts, etc. Division 2
r. 235

under this Division are complying with

subregulation (12).
(4) Subregulation (3) does not apply to a person charged under
regulation 234(1) in relation to a passenger who is under 7 years
of age.
(5) To avoid doubt, subregulation (3) does not authorise —
(a) more passengers in a motor vehicle than there are
seating positions; or
(b) a passenger to whom regulation 234(5) or (6) applies to
occupy a seat in the front row of seats in a vehicle that
has 2 or more rows of seats.
(6) Except as provided in subregulation (6A), a person in or on a
motor vehicle has a defence to a charge under this Division
relating to the wearing of a seatbelt if the person can show —
(a) the person is engaged in the door-to-door delivery or
collection of goods, or in the collection of waste or
garbage, and is required to get in or out of the vehicle, or
on or off the vehicle, at frequent intervals; and
(b) the vehicle does not exceed 25 km/h.
(6A) Subregulation (6) does not apply to a person charged under
regulation 234(1) in relation to a passenger who is under 7 years
of age.
(7) A person in or on a motor vehicle has a defence to a charge
under this Division relating to —
(a) the wearing of a seatbelt; or
(b) the use of a child restraint or booster seat,
if the person who is not wearing the seatbelt or using the child
restraint or booster seat has a medical certificate certifying a
matter referred to in regulation 231(2A)(a) and, if required to do
so, the person or driver produces the medical certificate.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 301

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 16 Persons travelling on or in a vehicle
Division 2 Requirement to wear seatbelts, etc.
r. 235

(8A) The driver of a motor vehicle has a defence to a charge under

regulation 234(6) if —
(a) the passenger referred to in the regulation has a medical
certificate certifying the matter referred to in
regulation 231(2A)(b); and
(b) if required to do so, the passenger or driver produces the
medical certificate.
(8) A person is exempt from wearing a seatbelt during the hours of
darkness if at the relevant time the person is driving a taxi that is
carrying one or more passengers for reward.
(9) A person is exempt from wearing a seatbelt if he or she is
providing or receiving medical treatment of an urgent and
necessary nature while in or on a vehicle.
(10A) A person is exempt from using a child restraint or booster seat if
he or she is receiving medical treatment of an urgent and
necessary nature while in or on a vehicle.
(10) A passenger is exempt from wearing a seatbelt if, at the relevant
time, the passenger was lawfully detained by an officer of a
detention centre (as defined in the Young Offenders Act 1994
section 3) or an officer of a prison.
(11) If a truck or bus has a sleeper compartment, a two-up driver of
the truck or bus is exempt from wearing a seatbelt while he or
she occupies the sleeper compartment for rest purposes.
(12) If a vehicle does not have seatbelts or child restraints fitted to all
its passenger seating positions, a passenger who is exempt from
wearing a seatbelt under this regulation, or has a defence to a
charge under this Division, must not occupy a seating position
that is fitted with a seatbelt or a child restraint if the result would
be that a passenger who is not exempt from wearing a seatbelt

page 302 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Persons travelling on or in a vehicle Part 16
Requirement to wear seatbelts, etc. Division 2
r. 235A

under this regulation would be required to occupy a seating

position that is not fitted with a seatbelt or a child restraint.
[Regulation 235 inserted: Gazette 4 Jun 2010 p. 2406-8;
amended: Gazette 19 Nov 2010 p. 5754-5; 31 Dec 2013
p. 6569; 15 May 2018 p. 1535-6.]

235A. Penalties for seatbelt offences by driver

(1) In this regulation —
unrestrained, in relation to a passenger, means —
(a) a person who is not wearing a seatbelt or child restraint
when required to do so under this Part; and
(b) a person who is under 16 years of age who —
(i) is not restrained in accordance with
regulation 234, whether or not that person is
wearing a child restraint or a child safety harness;
or
(ii) is in a front seat, or in a seating position without
a seatbelt, contrary to regulation 234.
(2) The following points and modified penalties apply for the
offences in this Division that refer to this regulation for their
penalty, where the driver is not wearing a properly adjusted and
securely fastened seatbelt.
Table
Description Points Modified
penalty
r. 232(2)
Driver not wearing a seatbelt
(appropriately restrained
passengers or no passengers) —
(a) during a holiday period 8 11 PU
(b) other than a holiday period 4 11 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 303

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 16 Persons travelling on or in a vehicle
Division 2 Requirement to wear seatbelts, etc.
r. 235A

Description Points Modified

penalty
r. 232(2) with r. 233(3) or 234(1)
Driver not wearing a seatbelt with
one unrestrained passenger —
(a) during a holiday period 8 12 PU
(b) other than a holiday period 4 12 PU
r. 232(2) with r. 233(3) or 234(1)
Driver not wearing a seatbelt with
2 unrestrained passengers —
(a) during a holiday period 8 14 PU
(b) other than a holiday period 4 14 PU
r. 232(2) with r. 233(3) or 234(1)
Driver not wearing a seatbelt with
3 unrestrained passengers —
(a) during a holiday period 8 16 PU
(b) other than a holiday period 4 16 PU
r. 232(2) with r. 233(3) or 234(1)
Driver not wearing a seatbelt with
4 or more unrestrained
passengers —
(a) during a holiday period 8 18 PU
(b) other than a holiday period 4 18 PU

(3) The following points and modified penalties apply for the
offences in this Division that refer to this regulation for their
penalty where the driver is wearing a properly adjusted and
securely fastened seatbelt.

page 304 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Persons travelling on or in a vehicle Part 16
Requirement to wear seatbelts, etc. Division 2
r. 235A

Table
Description Points Modified
penalty
r. 233(3) or 234(1)
Driver wearing a seatbelt with
one unrestrained passenger —
(a) during a holiday period 8 11 PU
(b) other than a holiday period 4 11 PU
r. 233(3) or 234(1)
Driver wearing a seatbelt with
2 unrestrained passengers —
(a) during a holiday period 8 12 PU
(b) other than a holiday period 4 12 PU
r. 233(3) or 234(1)
Driver wearing a seatbelt with
3 unrestrained passengers —
(a) during a holiday period 8 14 PU
(b) other than a holiday period 4 14 PU
r. 233(3) or 234(1)
Driver wearing a seatbelt with 4 or
more unrestrained passengers —
(a) during a holiday period 8 16 PU
(b) other than a holiday period 4 16 PU
[Regulation 235A inserted: Gazette 4 Jun 2010 p. 2408-11;
amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3247; 31 Oct 2014 p. 4181;
15 May 2018 p. 1536.]

[Division 3 (r. 236 and 237) deleted: Gazette 4 Jun 2010 p. 2401.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 305

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 16 Persons travelling on or in a vehicle
Division 4 Exceptions
r. 240

Division 4 — Exceptions
[Heading amended: Gazette 4 Jun 2010 p. 2412.]

[238, 238A, 239. Deleted: Gazette 4 Jun 2010 p. 2412.]

240. Exemptions
(1) The CEO may, in writing, exempt —
(a) the driver of a particular vehicle and any passenger on
that vehicle; or
(b) a particular vehicle or class of vehicles,
either generally, or for a specified time or purpose, from any of
the provisions in Division 2.
(2) The CEO may at any time, and in the same manner, revoke an
exemption given under subregulation (1).
[Regulation 240 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6756;
4 Jun 2010 p. 2412; 23 Dec 2014 p. 4928.]

241. Police to consider safety of alleged offenders

(1) A police officer who apprehends a driver or a passenger
committing an offence under regulation 234(1) may, having
regard to the location in which the offence is alleged, and the
safety of the apprehended person, give a direction authorising
the apprehended person to travel to a specified destination, even
though travelling to that destination would otherwise involve a
further breach of the relevant regulation.
(2) A direction given under subregulation (1) may be subject to
such reasonable conditions that the police officer considers
necessary to ensure the safety of any person or persons affected
by the direction.
(3) A person —
(a) travelling under the authority of a police officer under
subregulation (1); and

page 306 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Persons travelling on or in a vehicle Part 16
Other duties Division 5
r. 242

(b) acting in accordance with the conditions (if any)

imposed by the police officer when the direction was
given,
does not commit a further offence against regulation 234(1)
when travelling to the specified destination.
[Regulation 241 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6756;
4 Jun 2010 p. 2412; 23 Dec 2014 p. 4929.]

Division 5 — Other duties

242. Body or limbs protruding from vehicles
(1) A person while driving, or travelling in or on, a motor vehicle
must not permit any part of his or her body or limbs —
(a) to be upon or in contact with any external part of the
vehicle; or
(b) to extend or protrude beyond or through any external
door, window or other opening of the vehicle; or
(c) to extend or protrude beyond or hang over any side or
the front, rear or any other external portion of the
vehicle.
Points: 1 (driver) Modified penalty: 1 PU (driver or passenger)
(2) A person must not drive a motor vehicle while a passenger has
any part of his or her body or limbs —
(a) upon or in contact with any external part of the vehicle;
or
(b) extending or protruding beyond or through any external
door, window or other opening of the vehicle; or
(c) extending or protruding beyond or hanging over any side
or the front, rear or any other external portion of the
vehicle.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) This regulation does not prevent a driver from giving any signal
authorised or prescribed by these regulations.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 307

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 16 Persons travelling on or in a vehicle
Division 5 Other duties
r. 243

(4) This regulation does not apply to a person if —

(a) the person is driving a bus; or
(b) the person is riding, or a passenger on, a motor cycle; or
(c) the person is driving, or a passenger in or on, an
emergency vehicle; or
(d) at the relevant time —
(i) the person was engaged in work that required the
person to alight from and re-enter the vehicle at
frequent intervals; and
(ii) the vehicle was being driven at a speed not
exceeding 25 km/h.
[Regulation 242 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5821;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

243. Opening doors and alighting from vehicles

A person must not —
(a) open, or leave open, a door of a vehicle; or
(b) alight from a vehicle onto a carriageway,
so as to endanger other persons using the road or impede the
passage of traffic.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 243 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

244. Drivers and pillion passengers upon motor cycles to wear

protective helmets
(1) In this regulation—
protective helmet means a helmet that is, or is of a standard or
type that is, approved by the CEO, for the purposes of this
regulation, by notice in the Gazette.

page 308 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Persons travelling on or in a vehicle Part 16
Other duties Division 5
r. 245

(2) A person must not drive a motor cycle unless —

(a) that person is wearing securely on his or her head a
protective helmet; and
(b) where any other person is riding or being carried on the
motor cycle, that other person is wearing a protective
helmet securely on his or her head.
Points: 4 Modified penalty: 11 PU
(3) Where any other person is riding or being carried on the motor
cycle, that other person must wear a protective helmet securely
on his or her head.
Modified penalty: 11 PU
(4) The provisions of subregulations (2) and (3) do not apply so as
to require the wearing of a protective helmet by a person who
has, for reasons relating to the person’s medical condition or for
any other reason which the CEO considers sufficient, been
exempted in writing by the CEO, on or before
30 November 2000, from that requirement.
(5) The CEO may at any time, by notice in writing to the person,
amend or revoke an exemption given to a person under
subregulation (4).
(6) An exemption given under this regulation —
(a) has effect from the time it is given until the expiry date
ascribed to that exemption by the CEO and set out in the
written exemption; and
(b) may be renewed for a specified period by the CEO.
[Regulation 244 amended: Gazette 9 Sep 2014 p. 3247;
23 Dec 2014 p. 4928; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

245. Motor cycle rider to be properly seated

(1) The rider of a motor cycle that is moving, or the rider of a
motor cycle that is stationary but not parked, must —
(a) sit astride the rider’s seat facing forwards; and

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 309

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 16 Persons travelling on or in a vehicle
Division 5 Other duties
r. 246A

(b) ride with at least one hand on the handlebars, unless the
motor cycle is stationary and, in the circumstances, it is
safe to remove both hands from the handlebars; and
(c) if the motor cycle is moving — keep both feet on the
footrests designed for use by the rider of the
motor cycle,
while the motor cycle is on a road.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a person who is walking
beside or pushing a motor cycle.
(3) Subregulation (1)(c) does not apply where the motor cycle is
moving at less than 10 km/h and any of the following apply —
(a) the rider is manoeuvring the motor cycle in order to park
the motor cycle;
(b) the motor cycle is decelerating to come to a stop;
(c) the motor cycle is accelerating from a stationary
position.
[Regulation 245 inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4602-3;
amended: Gazette 15 May 2018 p. 1536; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

246A. Passengers on 2-wheeled motor cycles

(1) In this regulation —
motor cycle does not include —
(a) a 2-wheeled motor vehicle with a sidecar attached to it
that is supported by a third wheel; or
(b) a motor vehicle with 3 wheels that is ridden in the same
way as a motor vehicle with 2 wheels.
(2) A passenger on a motor cycle that is moving, or is stationary but
not parked, must —
(a) sit astride the pillion seat facing forwards; and

page 310 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Persons travelling on or in a vehicle Part 16
Other duties Division 5
r. 246B

(b) keep both feet on the footrests designed for use by a

pillion passenger on the motor cycle,
while the motor cycle is on a road.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) The rider of a motor cycle must not ride with a passenger unless
the passenger complies with subregulation (2).
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(4) The rider of a motor cycle must not ride on a road with more
than one passenger.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(5) The rider of a motor cycle must not ride on a road with a
passenger who has not attained 8 years of age.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 246A inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4603-4;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

246B. Passengers on trikes and motor cycles with sidecars

(1) In this regulation —
motor cycle means —
(a) a 2-wheeled motor vehicle with a sidecar attached to it
that is supported by a third wheel; or
(b) a motor vehicle with 3 wheels that is ridden in the same
way as a motor vehicle with 2 wheels.
(2) The rider of a motor cycle must not ride on a road with more
passengers in a sidecar, or on a seat designed for a passenger,
than the sidecar, or seat, is designed to carry.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) A passenger must not ride on a road in a sidecar of a
motor cycle unless the passenger is seated safely.
Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 311

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 16 Persons travelling on or in a vehicle
Division 5 Other duties
r. 246

(4) The rider of a motor cycle must not ride on a road with a
passenger in a sidecar unless the passenger complies with
subregulation (3).
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(5) The rider of a motor cycle must not ride on a road with a
passenger who has not attained 8 years of age unless the
passenger is in a sidecar.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 246B inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4604-5;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

246. Interfering with driver’s control of vehicle

A person must not act in any manner or occupy such a position
on a moving vehicle as will occasion him or her —
(a) to interfere with or impede the driver in controlling the
vehicle; or
(b) to prevent the driver and his or her signals from being
clearly seen by the drivers of vehicles, or by pedestrians,
in the immediate vicinity.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 246 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 312 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Additional provisions for drivers of public buses etc., in bus Part 17
lanes

r. 247A

Part 17 — Additional provisions for drivers of public

buses etc., in bus lanes
[Heading amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4605.]
247A. Application of this Part
This Part applies to the driver of —
(a) a public bus when driving in a bus lane; and
(b) a vehicle other than a public bus, in the same way as it
applies to the driver of a public bus if —
(i) the vehicle is being driven in a bus lane to which
B lights apply; and
(ii) the driver is permitted to drive that vehicle in the
bus lane under these regulations.
[Regulation 247A inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4605;
amended: Gazette 12 Apr 2013 p. 1539.]
247. Stopping for red B light
Subject to regulation 249, the driver of a public bus approaching
or at B lights showing a red B light must stop —
(a) if there is a stop line at or near the B lights — as near as
practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or
(b) if there is no stop line at or near the B lights — as near
as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or only
B lights.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 3 PU
[Regulation 247 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
248. Stopping for yellow B light
Subject to regulation 249, the driver of a public bus approaching
or at B lights showing a yellow B light must stop —
(a) if there is a stop line at or near the B lights and the driver
can stop safely before reaching the stop line — as near
as practicable to, but before reaching, the stop line; or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 313

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 17 Additional provisions for drivers of public buses etc., in bus
lanes

r. 249

(b) if there is no stop line at or near the B lights and the

driver can stop safely before reaching the B lights — as
near as practicable to, but before reaching, the nearest or
only B lights.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 248 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5822;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
249. Exception to stopping for red or yellow B light
Despite regulations 247 and 248, the driver of a public bus
approaching or at B lights showing a red or yellow B light does
not have to stop if the traffic-control signal is also showing a
white arrow, and the driver is turning in the direction indicated
by the arrow.
250. Proceeding after stopping for red or yellow B light
The driver of a public bus who stops for B lights showing a red
or yellow B light must not proceed until —
(a) a white B light is showing; or
(b) no B light is showing and traffic-control signals at or
near the B lights are showing a circular green light.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 3 PU
[Regulation 250 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
251. Proceeding when traffic-control signal shows circular red
light and white B light or white traffic arrow is showing
(1) The driver of a public bus approaching or at a white B light at or
near traffic-control signals showing a circular red light may
proceed straight ahead, or turn, despite the circular red light.
(2) The driver of a public bus approaching or at a traffic-control
signal showing both a white arrow and a circular red light may
turn in the direction indicated by the arrow, despite the circular
red light.

page 314 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Additional provisions for drivers of public buses etc., in bus Part 17
lanes

r. 252

White B light

252. Proceeding when white B light or white arrow is no longer

showing
(1) This regulation applies to —
(a) the driver of a public bus at an intersection with B lights
showing a white B light who has stopped after the stop
line, or nearest or only B lights, at the intersection; or
(b) the driver of a public bus at an intersection with
traffic-control signals showing a white arrow, who is
turning in the direction indicated by the arrow and has
stopped after the stop line, or the nearest or only arrow,
at the intersection.
Example
The driver of a public bus may stop after the stop line at an intersection with
B lights showing a white B light, and not proceed through the intersection,
because the intersection, or a carriageway beyond the intersection, is blocked
by traffic.

(2) If the B lights or arrows displayed by the traffic-control signals

change to yellow or red, or turn off, while the driver of a public
bus is stopped and the driver has not entered the intersection, the
driver must not proceed until —
(a) a white B light is showing; or
(b) there is no B light showing, and traffic-control signals at
or near the B lights are showing a circular green light; or
(c) if the driver is turning at the intersection — the
traffic-control signals are showing a white arrow, which
indicates the direction in which the driver is turning.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 3 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 315

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 17 Additional provisions for drivers of public buses etc., in bus
lanes

r. 252

(3) If the B lights or arrows displayed by the traffic-control signals

change to yellow or red, or turn off, while the driver is stopped
and the driver has entered the intersection, the driver must leave
the intersection as soon as the driver can do so safely.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 252 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 316 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Miscellaneous provisions Part 18
Miscellaneous provisions for drivers Division 1
r. 253

Part 18 — Miscellaneous provisions

Division 1 — Miscellaneous provisions for drivers
253. Driving on paths
(1) A person must not drive a vehicle on a path.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to —
(a) a person driving on a part of a path indicated by
information on or with a traffic sign as a part where
vehicles may drive; or
(b) a physically disabled person in a wheelchair or in a
motorised wheelchair; or
(c) a person pushing a perambulator or wheelchair; or
(d) a person wheeling a bicycle, electric rideable device or
motorised scooter, if the person is completely
dismounted; or
(e) a person riding a bicycle, electric rideable device or
motorised scooter on a path; or
[(f) deleted]
(g) a person driving a vehicle across the path by the shortest
route to enter or leave a driveway or lane; or
(h) a person riding a bicycle, or a motor cycle, that is a
postal vehicle, if —
(i) the path is not more than 100 m from the next
delivery point; and
(ii) the person takes adequate precautions to avoid
colliding with, endangering or obstructing any
person or vehicle on the path; and
(iii) the person is riding the bicycle or motor cycle at
a speed not exceeding 10 km/h;
or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 317

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 18 Miscellaneous provisions
Division 1 Miscellaneous provisions for drivers
r. 254

(i) a police officer driving a special purpose vehicle; or

(j) a person who is 12 years of age or older riding an
EPT —
(i) that cannot travel at a speed exceeding 10 km/h;
and
(ii) in an EPT use area.
(3) Subregulation (2) only applies to a wheelchair if —
(a) the unladen mass of the wheelchair is not over 110 kg;
and
(b) the wheelchair is not travelling over 10 km/h; and
(c) because of the driver’s physical condition, the driver has
a reasonable need to use a wheelchair.
(4) The driver of a vehicle driving on a path (except the rider of a
bicycle, electric rideable device or motorised scooter) must give
way to all other persons, and to animals, on the path.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(5) This regulation does not apply to the rider of an animal riding
the animal on a footpath.
[Regulation 253 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5822;
13 Nov 2009 p. 4541; 12 Apr 2013 p. 1539; 23 Dec 2014
p. 4929; 26 Apr 2016 p. 1278; SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200
r. 76.]

254. Driving on nature strip

(1) A person must not drive a vehicle on a nature strip adjacent to a
length of carriageway in a built-up area, unless the driver is —
(a) entering or leaving, by the shortest practicable route, an
area on the nature strip indicated by information on or
with a road sign as an area where vehicles may drive; or
(b) driving on a part of the nature strip indicated by
information on or with a road sign as a part where
vehicles may drive; or

page 318 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Miscellaneous provisions Part 18
Miscellaneous provisions for drivers Division 1
r. 255

(c) driving on the nature strip to enter or leave, by the

shortest practicable route, an area adjacent to a
carriageway and there is not a part of the nature strip
indicated by information on or with a road sign as a part
where vehicles may drive; or
(d) driving a postal vehicle; or
(e) riding a bicycle, electric rideable device, motorised
scooter or animal; or
(f) driving a ride-on lawnmower that is cutting grass on the
nature strip; or
(g) driving a motorised wheelchair; or
(h) permitted to drive, or park on the nature strip under a
local law.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) A driver driving on a nature strip (except the rider of an animal)
must give way to all other persons, and to animals, on the nature
strip.
Penalty:
(a) if offence committed by the driver of a motor vehicle
other than a ride-on lawn mower or motorised
wheelchair —
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU;
(b) otherwise —
Modified penalty: 2 PU.
[Regulation 254 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5819;
SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/200 r. 77.]

255. Creating excessive noise

A person must not drive a vehicle, in such a manner as to create
or cause any undue or excessive noise, or smoke.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 319

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 18 Miscellaneous provisions
Division 1 Miscellaneous provisions for drivers
r. 256

Example
Causing the wheels of the driver’s vehicle to lose traction and spin on the
road surface may make unnecessary noise or smoke.
[Regulation 255 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
256. Putting glass etc. on roads
(1) A person must not throw, drop, place or leave or cause or allow
to be thrown, dropped, placed or left upon a road any bottle,
glass, nail, tack, wire, can, destructive or injurious material or
any substance or thing likely to —
(a) endanger any person, animal or vehicle; or
(b) obstruct the path of other drivers or pedestrians, or
damage a vehicle or anything else (for example, the road
surface).
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) A person who throws, drops, places or leaves anything, or who
causes or allows anything to be thrown, dropped, placed or left
upon a road, in contravention of subregulation (1), must, as soon
as practicable thereafter, remove it or cause it to be removed.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(3) A person removing a wrecked or damaged vehicle from a road
must remove any glass or other destructive, injurious or
dangerous substance or thing that has fallen upon the road from
that vehicle.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
(4) Where the load or any portion of the load of a vehicle falls from
the vehicle to the carriageway, the driver of that vehicle must
immediately —
(a) reload the fallen object on the vehicle; or
(b) remove the fallen object from the carriageway to such a
position on the side of the road as will, as far as possible,
reduce the danger to vehicles and pedestrians.
Modified penalty: 2 PU

page 320 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Miscellaneous provisions Part 18
Miscellaneous provisions for drivers Division 1
r. 257

(5) Subregulation (4) does not apply to straws of hay or similar light
material which may blow, or dislodge, from a vehicle loaded
with rolls or bales of hay or straw, if that material does not
cause a danger or hazard to any person or property.
[Regulation 256 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
257. Securing of loads
(1) A person must not drive a vehicle that is carrying a load, if the
load is placed on the vehicle in a way that —
(a) makes the vehicle unstable or otherwise unsafe; or
(b) it projects from the vehicle in a way that is likely to
injure a person, obstruct the path of other drivers or
pedestrians, or damage a vehicle or anything else (for
example, the road surface).
Modified penalty: 3 PU
(2) A person must not drive a vehicle that is carrying a load, unless
the load is restrained on the vehicle so that the load, or any
portion of it, is unlikely —
(a) to fall from the vehicle; or
(b) to become dislodged from the place on the vehicle
where it is restrained.
Modified penalty: 3 PU
(3) A person must not drive a vehicle that is carrying a load, unless
the load is restrained on the vehicle by a system appropriate to
the load.
Modified penalty: 3 PU
(4) A person must not drive a vehicle that is carrying a load
comprising grain, unless that grain is fully covered or enclosed.
Modified penalty: 3 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 321

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 18 Miscellaneous provisions
Division 1 Miscellaneous provisions for drivers
r. 258

(5) In this regulation and regulation 258 —

to become dislodged from, in relation to a vehicle, does not
include to fall from the vehicle.
[Regulation 257 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5822;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
258. Evidentiary provisions relating to securing of loads
(1) In any proceedings for an offence against regulation 257(1),
evidence that the load on the vehicle driven by the accused was
not restrained on the vehicle by a system that complies with the
performance standards is evidence that the load was placed on
the vehicle in a way that made the vehicle unstable or otherwise
unsafe.
(2) In any proceedings for an offence against regulation 257(2)(a),
evidence that the load on the vehicle driven by the accused was
not restrained on the vehicle by a system that complies with the
performance standards is evidence that the load was not
restrained on the vehicle so that the load, or any portion of it,
was unlikely to fall from the vehicle.
(3) In any proceedings for an offence against regulation 257(2)(a),
evidence that the load, or any portion of it, on the vehicle driven
by the accused fell from the vehicle, is evidence that the load
was not restrained on the vehicle so that the load, or any portion
of it, was unlikely to fall from the vehicle and, in the absence of
evidence to the contrary, is proof of that fact.
(4) In any proceedings for an offence against regulation 257(2)(b),
evidence that the load on the vehicle driven by the accused was
not restrained on the vehicle by a system that complies with the
performance standards is evidence that the load was not
restrained on the vehicle so that the load, or any portion of it,
was unlikely to become dislodged from the place on the vehicle
where it was restrained.
(5) In any proceedings for an offence against regulation 257(2)(b),
evidence that the load, or any portion of it, became dislodged

page 322 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Miscellaneous provisions Part 18
Miscellaneous provisions for drivers Division 1
r. 259

from the place on the vehicle where it was restrained, is

evidence that the load was not restrained on the vehicle so that
the load, or any portion of it, was unlikely to become dislodged
from the place on the vehicle where it was restrained and, in the
absence of evidence to the contrary, is proof of that fact.
(6) In any proceedings for an offence against regulation 257(3),
evidence that the load on the vehicle driven by the accused was
not restrained on the vehicle by a system that complies with the
performance standards is evidence that the load was not
restrained on the vehicle by a system appropriate to the load.
(7) In this regulation —
g means the force equivalent to the force generated by the rate
of acceleration due to gravity, which is to be taken to be
9.81 m/s2 for the purposes of the performance standards;
performance standards, in relation to a system by means of
which a load is restrained on a vehicle, means the requirement
that the system is capable of restraining the load on the vehicle
despite being subjected to each of the following forces
separately:
(a) 0.8 g deceleration in a forward direction;
(b) 0.5 g deceleration in a backward direction;
(c) 0.5 g acceleration in a lateral direction;
(d) 0.2 g acceleration, relative to the load, in a vertical
direction.
[Regulation 258 amended: Gazette 29 Feb 2008 p. 697.]

259. Selling papers and cars, hitch-hiking etc.

(1) A person must not, while on a carriageway or median strip —
(a) solicit contributions, employment or a ride from an
occupant of a vehicle; or
(b) offer a newspaper, periodical or magazine for sale, to the
occupant of a vehicle.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 323

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 18 Miscellaneous provisions
Division 1 Miscellaneous provisions for drivers
r. 260

(2) A driver, or a passenger, in or on a vehicle must not buy or offer

to buy an article or service from a person who is on a
carriageway.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) A person must not park a vehicle on any portion of a road if the
vehicle is exposed for sale.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 259 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4606;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

260. Requirement to have wheels or tracks

A person must not drive or draw a vehicle, tractor, machine,
implement or other thing or cause it to be driven or drawn,
unless —
(a) provision is made for its movement on wheels, or on
continuous tracks that are made of rubber or are
rubber-tipped, and no part of it other than the wheels or
tracks comes into contact with the road; and
(b) its wheels, tyres or tracks conform with the requirements
of the Vehicle Standards.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 260 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28; SL 2021/184
r. 4.]

261. Driving backwards

A person must not drive a vehicle in reverse —
(a) unless he or she can do so with safety; or
(b) for a greater distance than is reasonable, having regard
to the circumstances.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 261 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5822;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 324 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Miscellaneous provisions Part 18
Miscellaneous provisions for drivers Division 1
r. 263

[262. Deleted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4606.]

263. Drivers to have uninterrupted and undistracted views etc.

(1) A person must not drive a vehicle, unless —
(a) he or she is in such a position behind the steering wheel
that he or she has full control over the vehicle; and
(b) he or she can obtain a full and uninterrupted view of the
road and any traffic ahead and on each side of him or
her; and
(c) he or she can obtain, in a rear-vision mirror or mirrors
attached to the vehicle, a clear reflected view of every
overtaking vehicle.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) For the purposes of subregulation (1), a driver is not able to
obtain a full and uninterrupted view of the road and any traffic
ahead and on each side of him or her if the vehicle has —
(a) a mascot, toy or similar article attached to the
windshield, or to the rear or other window of the
vehicle; or
(b) a mascot, toy or similar article attached to the interior of
the vehicle in such a position as to obstruct or be likely
to obstruct the vision, or to distract or to be likely to
distract the attention, of a person while driving the
vehicle.
(3) A driver must not drive a motor vehicle if a person or an animal
is in the driver’s lap.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 263 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2006 p. 5822;
13 Nov 2009 p. 4606; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 325

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 18 Miscellaneous provisions
Division 1 Miscellaneous provisions for drivers
r. 264A

264A. Dogs etc. on motor cycles

(1) The rider of a motor cycle must not ride with an animal on the
part of the motor cycle between the rider and the handlebars, or
in another position that interferes with the rider’s ability to
control the motor cycle or to have a clear view of the
carriageway.
Points: 1 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a person who rides with an
animal on the part of the motor cycle between the rider and the
handlebars for a distance of not more 500 m on a road for the
purposes of a farming activity that the person is carrying out,
provided it is safe to do so.
[Regulation 264A inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4606-7;
amended: Gazette 19 Nov 2010 p. 5755; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

264. Use of visual display units etc. in vehicle

(1) A driver must not drive a vehicle that has a television receiver
or visual display unit in or on the vehicle operating while the
vehicle is moving, or is stationary but not parked, if any part of
the image on the screen —
(a) is visible to the driver from the normal driving position;
or
(b) is likely to distract another driver.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 6 PU
(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply to a driver if —
(a) the driver is driving a public bus and the visual display
unit is, or displays, a destination sign or other bus sign;
or
(ba) the driver is the rider of a motor cycle, bicycle,
motorised scooter or electric rideable device and the
visual display unit is, or is part of, a driver’s aid and is
attached to the rider’s arm (but not hand-held); or

page 326 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Miscellaneous provisions Part 18
Miscellaneous provisions for drivers Division 1
r. 265

(b) the visual display unit is, or is part of, a driver’s aid and
either —
(i) is an integrated part of the vehicle design; or
(ii) is secured in a mounting affixed to the vehicle
while being used;
or
(c) the driver is driving a taxi and the visual display unit is
displaying work-related information; or
(d) the visual display unit is the display unit of a video
recording device or a mobile data terminal fitted to a
police or emergency vehicle.
(3) For the purposes of subregulation (2)(b)(ii), a visual display unit
is secured in a mounting affixed to the vehicle if, and only if —
(a) the mounting is commercially designed and
manufactured for that purpose; and
(b) the unit is secured in the mounting, and the mounting is
affixed to the vehicle, in the manner intended by the
manufacturer.
Examples of driver’s aids
1 Closed-circuit television security cameras.
2 Dispatch systems.
3 Navigational or intelligent highway and vehicle system equipment.
4 Rearview screens.
5 Ticket-issuing machines.
6 Vehicle monitoring devices.
[Regulation 264 amended: Gazette 4 Jun 2010 p. 2413;
19 Nov 2010 p. 5755-6; 31 Dec 2013 p. 6569; 9 Sep 2014
p. 3247; SL 2020/253 r. 26; SL 2021/200 r. 78.]

265. Use of mobile phones

(1) In this regulation —
audio call does not include an email, text message, video call,
video message or other similar communication;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 327

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 18 Miscellaneous provisions
Division 1 Miscellaneous provisions for drivers
r. 265

body, in relation to a mobile phone, means the part of the phone

that contains the majority of the phone’s mechanisms;
held includes held by, or resting on, any part of the driver’s
body, but does not include held in a pocket of the driver’s
clothing or in a pouch worn by the driver;
mobile phone does not include a CB radio or any other two-way
radio;
use, in relation to a mobile phone, includes any of the following
actions by the driver of a vehicle —
(a) hold the phone;
(b) enter or place anything into the phone, or send or look at
anything that is in the phone;
(c) turn the phone on or off;
(d) operate any other function of the phone.
(1A) For the purposes of this regulation, a driver is in a restricted
area if —
(a) the driver is in a school zone during a school zone
period indicated on the “school zone” sign at the
beginning of the zone; or
(b) the driver is on a freeway; or
(c) the speed limit applicable to the area or zone that the
driver is in is 80km/h or more (or, in the case of a speed
zone that begins with a variable illuminated speed limit
sign, the speed limit applicable to the zone when the
driver enters the zone is 80km/h or more); or
(d) the driver is approaching or passing a stationary incident
response vehicle (as defined in regulation 137A(1)),
unless the driver —
(i) is on a two-way carriageway; and
(ii) the incident response vehicle is on the side of the
carriageway used by vehicular traffic travelling
in the opposite direction to the driver.

page 328 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Miscellaneous provisions Part 18
Miscellaneous provisions for drivers Division 1
r. 265

(2) A driver of a vehicle must not use a mobile phone while the
vehicle is moving, or is stationary but not parked, unless —
(a) the phone is being used to make or receive an audio call
and the body of the phone —
(i) is secured in a mounting affixed to the vehicle
while being so used; or
(ii) is not secured in a mounting affixed to the
vehicle and is not being held by the driver, and
the use of the phone does not require the driver,
at any time while using it, to press any thing on
the body of the phone or otherwise to manipulate
any part of the body of the phone;
or
(b) the visual display of the phone is being used as a
driver’s aid in accordance with regulation 264 and the
use of the phone does not require the driver, at any time
while using it, to press any thing on the body of the
phone or otherwise to manipulate any part of the body of
the phone; or
(c) all of the following apply —
(i) the vehicle is an on-demand vehicle (as defined
in the Transport (Road Passenger Services)
Act 2018 section 4(1));
(ii) the phone is being used to accept, confirm the
start of or cancel a booking for the vehicle to be
used in the provision of an on-demand passenger
transport service (as defined in the Transport
(Road Passenger Services) Act 2018
section 5(1));
(iii) the body of the phone is secured in a mounting
affixed to the vehicle while being so used;
(iv) the driver is not in a restricted area;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 329

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 18 Miscellaneous provisions
Division 1 Miscellaneous provisions for drivers
r. 265

(v) in the circumstances it is safe for the driver to use

the phone as referred to in subparagraph (ii).
Points:
(a) during a holiday period: 6;
(b) other than during a holiday period: 3.
Modified penalty: 10 PU.
(2A) For an offence against subregulation (2), the points and
modified penalty set out at the foot of this subregulation apply
in the following cases instead of the points and modified penalty
set out at the foot of subregulation (2) —
(a) the phone is being used —
(i) to create, send or read a text message or email; or
(ii) to make or receive a video call; or
(iii) to create, send or view a video message; or
(iv) to take or view a photo; or
(v) to make or view a video;
(b) any other case in which the phone is being used
otherwise than to make or receive an audio call.
Points:
(a) during a holiday period: 8;
(b) other than during a holiday period: 4.
Modified penalty: 20 PU.
(3) For the purposes of this regulation, a driver does not use a
mobile phone if —
(a) a text message, video message, email or similar
communication is received automatically by the phone;
and
(b) on and after the receipt, the communication itself, rather
than any indication that the communication has been

page 330 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Miscellaneous provisions Part 18
Provisions for people in charge of animals Division 2
r. 267

received, does not become automatically visible on the

screen of the phone.
[Regulation 265 inserted: Gazette 19 Nov 2010 p. 5756-7;
amended: Gazette 4 Apr 2014 p. 886; 9 Sep 2014 p. 3247;
SL 2020/87 r. 4; SL 2020/184 r. 23.]

[266. Deleted: Gazette 10 Jun 2008 p. 2467.]

Division 2 — Provisions for people in charge of animals
267. Leading animals
(1) A person riding an animal must not lead more than one other
animal.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) A person must not lead an animal, while riding in a motor
vehicle, or more than 2 animals while riding in any other vehicle
that is not an animal.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) A person must not drive a vehicle (that is not an animal) if an
animal tethered to that vehicle is walking or running behind or
alongside the vehicle when the vehicle is moving.
Points: 3 (if the vehicle is a motor vehicle)
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 267 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

268. Rider of animal on footpath or nature strip to give way to

pedestrians
The rider of an animal must give way to any pedestrian on a
footpath or nature strip.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 268 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 331

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 18 Miscellaneous provisions
Division 2 Provisions for people in charge of animals
r. 269

269. Riding animal alongside more than one other rider

(1) The rider of an animal must not ride on a carriageway that is not
a multi-lane carriageway alongside more than one other rider,
unless the rider is overtaking the other riders or droving stock.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) The rider of an animal must not ride in a marked lane alongside
more than one other rider in the marked lane, unless the rider is
overtaking the other riders or droving stock.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(3) If the rider of an animal is riding on a carriageway that is not a
multi-lane carriageway alongside another rider, or in a marked
lane alongside another rider in the marked lane, the rider must
not ride more than 1.5 m from the other rider.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 269 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

270. Proper control of animals

A person must not on any road or place to which the public is
permitted, whether on payment of a fee or otherwise, to have
access —
(a) drive or ride an animal while under the influence of
alcohol, drugs or alcohol and drugs to such an extent as
to be incapable of having proper control of the animal;
(b) drive or ride an animal recklessly or without due care
and attention.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 270 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 332 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Miscellaneous provisions Part 18
Directions by police and authorised persons Division 3
r. 271

Division 3 — Directions by police and authorised persons

271. Authorised person to be declared
(1) For the purposes of this Division, the Commissioner of Police
may declare a person or class of persons to be an authorised
person.
(2) Notice of a declaration under subregulation (1) is to be
published in the Gazette.
[Regulation 271 amended: Gazette 23 Sep 2003 p. 4170 1.]

272. Obedience to police or authorised persons

(1) Every pedestrian and driver must obey the signal by hand or the
reasonable oral direction given by a police officer or —
(a) an authorised person, if the signal or direction given by
him or her is given for the purpose of ensuring the
safety, or facilitating the movement, of traffic or persons
at or near the scene of an incident resulting in a
dangerous situation; or
(b) an authorised person, if the signal or direction given by
him or her is given for the purpose of facilitating the
movement of a fire engine or other emergency vehicle;
or
(c) an authorised person, if the signal given by him or her is
given for the purpose of facilitating the movement of an
ambulance that is an emergency vehicle; or
(d) an authorised person, if the signal or direction given by
that person is given —
(i) for the purpose of facilitating the movement of
an oversize vehicle being escorted by a licenced
pilot vehicle driver; and
(ii) while the authorised person is wearing reflective
apparel of a type approved by the Commissioner
of Police by notice published in the Gazette,

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 333

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 18 Miscellaneous provisions
Division 3 Directions by police and authorised persons
r. 273

notwithstanding that the signal or oral direction given by any of

them appears to require the pedestrian or driver to act in
contravention of these regulations.
Points: 3 (driver)
Modified penalty: 2 PU (driver or pedestrian)
(2) It is a defence to any prosecution notice of a breach of these
regulations that the accused was, at the time of the alleged
offence, acting in conformity with a signal or direction given
under subregulation (1).
[Regulation 272 amended: Gazette 11 Jan 2002 p. 51;
30 Jul 2004 p. 3107; 29 Feb 2008 p. 697; 23 Dec 2014 p. 4929;
15 Nov 2016 p. 5062; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

273. Directions by police

(1) Where a police officer regulating traffic gives a signal to stop,
then —
(a) a driver approaching the person giving the signal, from
the direction towards which the palm of that person’s
hand is facing, must stop the vehicle at a stop line, or the
edge of the intersection, or at a reasonable distance from
that person, and must not drive forward, until given the
signal to proceed; and
(b) a pedestrian must not cross the carriageway —
(i) at an intersection, except in the direction in
which vehicular traffic is then permitted to
proceed; or
(ii) at a place, other than at an intersection, until
given the signal, or otherwise directed, to
proceed.
Points: 3 (driver)
Modified penalty: 2 PU (driver or pedestrian)

page 334 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Miscellaneous provisions Part 18
Unattended and unauthorised vehicles and stock on roads Division 4
r. 275

(2) For the purposes of this regulation —

(a) a signal to stop may be given with either hand, with the
upper arm horizontal, the forearm and fingers pointing
upwards, and the open palm of the hand facing the
traffic that is required to stop; and
(b) a signal to proceed may be given by extending the arm
and fingers horizontally to the body, and then moving
the forearm in the direction, with the palm facing
towards the direction in which the traffic is required to
proceed.
(3) Notwithstanding the provisions of subregulation (1), a driver
approaching a police officer from that person’s front or rear
must, where no signal is given, stop the vehicle and not drive
forward, until given the signal to proceed.
Points: 3 Modified penalty: 2 PU
(4) A person must not obstruct any police officer who is exercising
any of the powers vested in him or her, or performing any of the
duties imposed upon him or her, under the provisions of the Act
or these regulations.
Modified penalty: 2 PU
[Regulation 273 amended: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4929;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 4 — Unattended and unauthorised vehicles and stock

on roads
[274. Deleted: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4923.]
275. Unattended stock on roads
(1) A person in charge of stock must not —
(a) allow it to stray onto a road; or
(b) having taken stock onto a road, allow it to remain there
unattended, or inadequately attended.
Modified penalty: 1 PU

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 335

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 18 Miscellaneous provisions
Division 4 Unattended and unauthorised vehicles and stock on roads
r. 276

(2) It is a defence to a complaint under subregulation (1), of

allowing stock to stray onto a road, that all reasonable
precautions were taken to prevent the stock from straying onto
the road.
(3) Any stock that is straying on, unattended on or obstructing any
portion of, a road, may be seized by a police officer or an officer
of the local government of the district and placed in a public
pound.
[Regulation 275 amended: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4929;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

276. Restrictions on driving of stock

A person must not drive stock along or across a road unless the
person —
(a) takes all reasonable precautions to warn approaching
traffic of the presence of the stock; and
(b) arranges the driving of the stock at such times, and in
such numbers, and establishes such control of the stock
on the road, as is likely to prevent it causing
unreasonable delay to the passage of other traffic.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 276 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]
277. Permit for driving of stock
(1) A person must not drive a herd of cattle or a flock of sheep into,
or along, a road or public place within a town without first
having obtained the permission in writing to do so, from the
CEO.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) The CEO may, when granting permission for the purposes of
this regulation, restrict the operation of the permit to such times
and places as the CEO thinks fit.

page 336 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Miscellaneous provisions Part 18
Towing Division 5
r. 278

(3) A person must not drive animals in respect of which a permit

has been issued under this regulation, except in accordance with
the terms and conditions of the permit.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 277 amended: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4928;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 5 — Towing

278. Towing a vehicle, trailer etc.

(1) A person must not drive a vehicle that is towing another vehicle,
on a road, unless —
(a) the space between the 2 vehicles does not exceed 4 m or,
where either vehicle is a motor cycle, 2.5 m; and
(b) any rope, chain or wire used for the purposes of the tow,
that is longer than 2 m, has a flag or other similar object
attached to it, so as to render it clearly visible to traffic
approaching the tow, laterally; and
(c) a competent and qualified person is in charge of the
towed vehicle, to control it, while on tow, and that
person can, in fact, control it; and
(d) it is safe to do so.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) The provisions of subregulation (1) do not apply where a
vehicle is being towed in such a manner that some of its wheels
are not on the ground; and the CEO may, by a permit in writing,
waive the requirements of that subregulation, subject to such
conditions as the CEO may impose and, in that event, a person
must not cause the vehicle to be towed, except in conformity
with those conditions.
(3) A person must not drive a vehicle towing a trailer or an
articulated vehicle, while a person is in or upon that trailer or the
towed part of the articulated vehicle.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 337

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 18 Miscellaneous provisions
Division 5 Towing
r. 278

Modified penalty: 1 PU
(4) A person must not ride —
(a) in or upon a trailer or the towed part of an articulated
vehicle, while it is being towed; or
(b) in a towed vehicle, unless all wheels of that vehicle are
on the ground.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(5) Subregulations (3) and (4)(a) do not apply —
(a) to the driver of a vehicle towing a trailer or a person
riding on a trailer where the trailer is actually engaged in
work at the site of road construction or maintenance; or
(b) to the driver of an articulated vehicle or a person riding
on the towed part of an articulated vehicle where the rear
part of that vehicle is being manually steered; or
(c) to the driver of a vehicle towing a trailer or a person
riding on a trailer where the trailer —
(i) is equipped with fire fighting appliances; and
(ii) is being used for the control of fire or for fire
management purposes; and
(iii) complies with the Vehicle Standards in relation
to mudguards,
and does not exceed 15 km/h.
(6) Subregulation (3) does not apply to the driver of a vehicle
towing a trailer (if the trailer is designed to carry passengers) or
to the driver of an articulated vehicle (if the towed part of that
articulated vehicle is designed to carry passengers) where —
(a) a licence relating to that trailer, or that towed part of an
articulated vehicle, has been endorsed by the CEO to the
effect that it is suitable for the carriage of passengers;
and
(b) the towing speed does not exceed 80 km/h; and

page 338 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Miscellaneous provisions Part 18
Towing Division 5
r. 279

(c) the vehicle is being driven in accordance with any

conditions imposed upon the licence relating to the
trailer or towed part of that articulated vehicle.
(7) Subregulation (4)(a) does not apply to a person riding in or
upon —
(a) a trailer, if the trailer is designed to carry passengers; or
(b) the towed part of an articulated vehicle, if the towed part
of that articulated vehicle is designed to carry
passengers.
(8) If there is an inconsistency between a provision of this
regulation and a provision of the Road Traffic (Vehicles)
Regulations 2014 Part 13, the latter prevails to the extent of the
inconsistency.
[Regulation 278 amended: Gazette 23 Sep 2003 p. 4171;
7 Dec 2010 p. 6100; 23 Dec 2014 p. 4924 and 4928;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

279. Towed vehicles, trailers etc.

(1) Subject to subregulation (2), a person must not drive —
(a) an articulated vehicle to which any other vehicle is
attached; or
(b) any vehicle to which more than one other vehicle is
directly or indirectly attached,
except in conformity with such special or general directions as
the Commissioner of Main Roads may from time to time give,
either directly or by notice in the Government Gazette.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) Subregulation (1) does not apply in relation to the towing of —
(a) an articulated vehicle in accordance with the Road
Traffic (Vehicles) Regulations 2014 Part 12; or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 339

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 18 Miscellaneous provisions
Division 5 Towing
r. 279

(b) a vehicle in accordance with the Road Traffic (Vehicles)

Regulations 2014 Part 13.
[Regulation 279 amended: Gazette 1 Nov 2002 p. 5398;
7 Dec 2010 p. 6100; 23 Dec 2014 p. 4924; SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

page 340 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions Part 19
Exemptions Division 1
r. 280

Part 19 — Exemptions, specific local and transitional

provisions
Division 1 — Exemptions
280. Exemption for drivers of emergency vehicles (police officers)
(1) A provision of these regulations does not apply to the driver of
an emergency vehicle being used for official duties by a police
officer if —
(a) in the circumstances —
(i) the driver is taking reasonable care; and
(ii) it is reasonable that the provision should not
apply;
and
(b) the vehicle is moving; and
(c) in the case of a motor vehicle, it is displaying a blue or
red flashing light or sounding an alarm.
(2) Subregulation (1)(c) does not apply to the driver if, in the
circumstances, it is reasonable —
(a) not to display the light or sound the alarm; or
(b) for the vehicle not to be fitted or equipped with a blue or
red flashing light or an alarm.
[Regulation 280 amended: Gazette 22 Dec 2015 p. 5131.]

281. Exemption for drivers of emergency vehicles (other)

A provision of these regulations does not apply to the driver of
an emergency vehicle that is not being used for official duties by
a police officer if —
(a) in the circumstances —
(i) the driver is taking reasonable care; and
(ii) it is reasonable that the provision should not
apply;

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 341

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 19 Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions
Division 1 Exemptions
r. 282A

and
(b) the vehicle is a motor vehicle that is moving and the
vehicle is displaying a blue or red flashing light or
sounding an alarm.

282A. Exemption for drivers of vehicles used in police driver

training
A provision of these regulations does not apply to the driver of a
vehicle being used for police driver training by a police officer
if —
(a) the police driver training is approved by the
Commissioner of Police; and
(b) the vehicle being used for the police driver training —
(i) is a motor cycle; or
(ii) is built or modified for the purpose of police
driver training and displays markings of a type
approved by the Commissioner of Police for that
purpose;
and
(c) in the circumstances —
(i) the driver is taking reasonable care; and
(ii) it is reasonable that the provision should not
apply.
[Regulation 282A inserted: Gazette 26 Nov 2010 p. 5959;
amended: Gazette 31 Dec 2019 p. 4686.]

282. Stopping and parking exemption for emergency vehicles,

police vehicles and authorised persons
(1) A provision of Part 12 does not apply to the driver of an
emergency vehicle or a vehicle being used for routine official
duties by a police officer if, in the circumstances —
(a) the driver is taking reasonable care; and
(b) it is reasonable that the provision should not apply.

page 342 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions Part 19
Exemptions Division 1
r. 283

(2) A provision of Part 12 does not apply to a driver who is an

authorised person driving a vehicle in the course of his or her
duty as an authorised person if, in the circumstances —
(a) the driver is taking reasonable care; and
(b) it is reasonable that the provision should not apply.
(3) Regulation 132 and 133, and the provisions of Part 12, do not
apply to a driver who is driving a vehicle collecting household
waste for or on behalf of a local government if, in the
circumstances —
(a) the driver is taking reasonable care; and
(b) it is reasonable that the provision should not apply.
[Regulation 282 amended: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4929.]

283. Exemption for police and emergency workers on foot or on

patrol
(1) A provision in Part 14 does not apply to a police officer or an
emergency worker acting in the course of his or her duty if, in
the circumstances —
(a) the police officer or emergency worker is taking
reasonable care; and
(b) it is reasonable that the provision should not apply.
(2) In this regulation —
emergency worker means —
(a) member of a fire brigade; or
(b) an ambulance officer; or
(c) a member of the State Emergency Services; or
(d) a person specified as an emergency worker, for the
purposes of these regulations, by the CEO.
[Regulation 283 amended: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4928
and 4929.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 343

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 19 Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions
Division 1 Exemptions
r. 284

284. General exemptions from seatbelt provisions

(1) Part 16 does not apply to —
(a) a police officer when the driving is in the course of his
or her duty and in urgent circumstances; or
(b) the drivers and passengers of fire fighting vehicles when
engaged in fire fighting activity;
(c) an ambulance officer or any person providing medical
assistance to a person;
(d) a person who, or class of persons that, has been
exempted in writing by the CEO from the application of
the Part, and is complying with any terms and conditions
of that exemption.
(2) Part 16 Divisions 2 and 4 do not apply to a passenger of a police
officer or to a police officer conveying a passenger if, in the
officer’s opinion, the wearing of a seatbelt would be
inappropriate (for example, when the passenger is in lawful
custody, or when the safety of the officer may be compromised).
(3) Regulations 233 and 234 do not apply to the driver of a bus.
(4) Regulation 234 does not apply to the following:
(a) the driver of, or passengers on or in, an emergency
vehicle;
(b) the driver of, or passengers on or in, a vehicle while it is
being used solely, or principally, for agricultural
purposes or farming activities.
[Regulation 284 amended: Gazette 23 Sep 2003 p. 4171;
9 Mar 2007 p. 849; 4 Jun 2010 p. 2413 and 2414-15;
19 Nov 2010 p. 5757; 23 Dec 2014 p. 4924, 4928 and 4929.]
285. Exemption for road workers etc.
(1) A provision set out in the Table to subregulation (2) does not
apply to a person at the site of, and engaged in, roadworks if, in
the circumstances —
(a) it is not practicable for the person to comply with the
provision; and

page 344 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions Part 19
Exemptions Division 1
r. 285

(b) sufficient warning of the roadworks has been given to

other road users.
(2) Subregulation (1) applies to the provisions set out in the Table
to this subregulation.
Table
Regulation 12 (Minimum speeds on freeways)
Part 4 (Turns) Division 1 (Left turns at intersections) and
Division 2 (Right turns (except hook turns) at intersections)
Part 7 (Giving way), except —
* regulation 50 (Stopping and giving way at a stop
sign or stop line at an intersection without
traffic-control signals)
* regulation 51 (Stopping and giving way at a stop
sign or stop line at other places)
* regulation 52 (Giving way at a give way sign or
give way line at an intersection)
* regulation 53 (Giving way at a give way sign at a
bridge or length of narrow carriageway)
* regulation 54 (Giving way at a give way sign or
give way line at other places)
Part 8 (Traffic signs and road markings), except —
* regulation 84 (Clearance and low clearance signs —
to the extent that a vehicle passes a sign, but not so
as to allow an oversize vehicle to attempt to pass
under the object that is the subject of the sign)
* regulation 85 (Load limit signs)
Part 11 (Keeping to the left), except —
* regulation 121 (No overtaking unless safe to do so)
* regulation 124 (Keeping a safe distance when
overtaking)
Part 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking)
Regulation 190 (Using horns and similar warning devices)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 345

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 19 Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions
Division 1 Exemptions
r. 285

Part 14 (Regulations for pedestrians), except

regulation 201(1) (which is about unreasonably causing a
traffic hazard by moving into the path of an approaching
vehicle or pedestrian)
Regulation 232(2) (Driver to wear seatbelt)
Regulation 233(2) (Passenger to wear seatbelt)
Regulation 233(3) (Driver to ensure that 16 year old
passenger wears seatbelt)
Regulation 234(3) (Driver to ensure that under 16 year old
passenger is restrained)
Regulation 242 (Body or limbs protruding from vehicles)
Regulation 253 (Driving on paths)
Regulation 254 (Driving on a nature strip)
Regulation 260 (Requirement to have wheels or tracks)
Regulation 261 (Driving backwards)
Regulation 263(1)(b) (which requires a driver to have a clear
view of the surrounding road and traffic)
Regulation 278(1)(a) and (b) (which are about the space
between vehicles and the visibility of the tow line when
towing a vehicle)
(3) Regulation 11 (Speed limits generally) does not apply to a
driver driving a motor vehicle and engaged in speed zoning
activities authorised by the Minister.
(4) In this regulation —
roadworks means —
(a) construction or maintenance of a road (including a level
crossing); or
(b) road cleaning; or
(c) installation or maintenance work authorised under
another law of this jurisdiction on, above or below a
road; or
(d) installation or maintenance of a traffic-control signal,
road sign, traffic-related item or traffic monitoring
device; or

page 346 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions Part 19
Exemptions Division 1
r. 285A

(e) a traffic survey authorised under another written law; or

(f) a road surface survey test.
[Regulation 285 amended: Gazette 8 Feb 2008 p. 319; 29 Feb
2008 p. 698; 13 Nov 2009 p. 4607; 4 Jun 2010 p. 2414;
SL 2021/184 r. 5.]

285A. Exemption for operators of certain measuring equipment

(1) In this regulation —
approved equipment means —
(a) an average speed detection system, as defined in the
Road Traffic (Administration) Act 2008 section 117B(1);
or
(b) speed measuring and recording equipment, as defined in
the Road Traffic (Administration) Act 2008
section 117(1); or
(c) speed measuring equipment, as defined in the Road
Traffic (Administration) Act 2008 section 117(1).
(2) A provision set out in the Table does not apply to a person if —
(a) the person is acting in the course of their duty relating to
the operation of approved equipment; and
(b) the person is certified by the Commissioner of Police as
being competent to operate the approved equipment; and
(c) in the circumstances —
(i) the person is taking reasonable care; and
(ii) it is reasonable that the provision should not
apply.
Table
Provision Description

r. 76 Driving in an emergency stopping

lane

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 347

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 19 Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions
Division 1 Exemptions
r. 285A

Provision Description

r. 76A Driving in an emergency stopping bay

r. 119 Driving on or across a traffic island,

median strip or painted island

r. 140 Stopping in a no stopping area

r. 141 Stopping or parking in a no parking

area

r. 142 Stopping at the side of a carriageway

with a yellow edge line

r. 149 Stopping on a freeway

r. 150 Stopping in an emergency stopping

bay, emergency stopping lane or
red X lane

r. 161 Stopping on a bridge or similar

structure or in a tunnel or underpass

r. 165 Stopping on a path, dividing strip,

nature strip or painted island

r. 166(1) Obstructing access to or from a path

r. 173 Parking for longer than indicated

r. 175 Parking where fees are payable

r. 176(1), but only Parallel parking on a carriageway

as it relates to
subregulations (2),
(6) and (7)

page 348 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions Part 19
Exemptions Division 1
r. 285B

Provision Description

r. 177 Parallel parking in a median strip

parking area

r. 178 Angle parking

r. 179 Parking in parking bays

r. 181 Failing to secure a motor vehicle

r. 195 Pedestrians on a road with a road

access sign

r. 204 Pedestrians on part of a path

designated for bicycles only

r. 253 Driving on paths

r. 254 Driving on a nature strip

[Regulation 285A inserted: SL 2021/87 r. 4.]

285B. Exemption for operators of “red light” cameras

A provision set out in the Table does not apply to a person
employed by the Commissioner of Police to install, clean,
maintain or otherwise operate cameras placed at intersections to
record vehicles that do not comply with traffic lights, when that
person is acting in the course of their employment, if, in the
circumstances —
(a) the person is taking reasonable care; and
(b) it is reasonable that the provision should not apply.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 349

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 19 Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions
Division 1 Exemptions
r. 285B

Table
Provision Description

r. 140 Stopping in a no stopping area

r. 141 Stopping or parking in a no parking

area

r. 142 Stopping at the side of a carriageway

with a yellow edge line

r. 143(2) Stopping within 20 m of an

intersection with traffic-control
signals

r. 158 Stopping in a shared zone

r. 165 Stopping on a path, dividing strip,

nature strip or painted island

r. 173 Parking for longer than indicated

r. 175 Parking where fees are payable

r. 181(2) Failing to secure a motor vehicle

r. 201 Person obstructing pedestrians or

vehicles on a path or carriageway

r. 204 Pedestrians on part of a path

designated for bicycles only

r. 253 Driving on paths

r. 254 Driving on a nature strip

[Regulation 285B inserted: SL 2021/87 r. 4.]

page 350 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions Part 19
Exemptions Division 1
r. 286

286. Exemption for oversize vehicles

A provision set out in the Table to this regulation does not apply
to the driver of an oversize vehicle, or the driver of a vehicle
escorting or piloting an oversize vehicle, if —
(a) it is not practicable for the driver to comply with the
provision; and
(b) the driver is taking reasonable care; and
(c) the driver is complying with any other relevant law of
this jurisdiction relating to oversize vehicles, including
the conditions of any permit or authority issued in
relation to the oversize vehicle.
Table
* Part 7 (Giving way), except —
* regulation 50 (Stopping and giving way at a stop
sign or stop line at an intersection without
traffic-control signals)
* regulation 51 (Stopping and giving way at a stop
sign or stop line at other places)
* regulation 52 (Giving way at a give way sign or
give way line at an intersection)
* regulation 53 (Giving way at a give way sign at a
bridge or length of narrow carriageway)
* regulation 54 (Giving way at a give way sign or
give way line at other places)
* Part 8 (Traffic signs and road markings), except —
* regulation 85 (Load limit signs)
* regulation 92(3) (which is about entering a
roundabout from the right marked lane or line of
traffic)
* regulation 97 (Obeying arrows marked on the
surface of a marked lane in a roundabout)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 351

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 19 Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions
Division 1 Exemptions
r. 287

* Part 11 (Keeping to the left), except —

* regulation 121 (No overtaking unless safe to do so)
* regulation 124 (Keeping a safe distance when
overtaking)
* Part 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking)
* regulation 242 (Body or limbs protruding from
vehicles)
* regulation 253 (Driving on paths)
* regulation 254 (Driving on a nature strip)
* regulation 261 (Driving backwards)
* regulation 263(1)(b) (which requires a driver to
have a clear view of the surrounding road and
traffic)
[Regulation 286 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6756;
25 Jan 2001 p. 593.]
287. Exemption for tow truck drivers
(1) It is a defence to the prosecution of the driver of a tow truck for
an offence against a provision set out in the Table to this
regulation if, at the time of the offence —
(a) the driver is engaged in loading, or connecting to, a
vehicle set out in subregulation (2); and
(b) the driver is unable to comply with the provision; and
(c) the tow truck is displaying a flashing light; and
(d) the driver is acting safely.
Table
* Part 6 (Traffic-control signals (traffic lights and twin
alternating red lights))
* Part 7 (Giving way) Division 1 (Places with a stop sign,
stop line, give way sign or give way line applying to the
driver)
* Part 8 (Traffic signs and road markings)

page 352 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions Part 19
Exemptions Division 1
r. 288A

* Part 9 (Roundabouts)
* Part 11 (Keeping to the left, etc)
* Part 12 (Restrictions on stopping and parking)
* regulation 253 (Driving on paths)
* regulation 254 (Driving on a nature strip)

(2) This regulation applies to towing the following vehicles —

(a) a vehicle at the scene of an accident;
(b) a disabled vehicle;
(c) a vehicle unsafely or unlawfully parked that the driver is
authorised to tow away under another law of this
jurisdiction.

288A. Exemption for motor break-down service vehicles

(1) In this regulation —
motor break-down service vehicle does not include a tow truck.
(2) A provision set out in the Table to this regulation does not apply
to the driver of a motor break-down service vehicle if —
(a) the driver is engaged in repairing a disabled vehicle or is
assisting a person to gain access to a vehicle in which
the person has locked the vehicle access key; and
(b) it is not practicable for the driver to comply with the
provision; and
(c) the motor break-down service vehicle is displaying a
yellow flashing light; and
(d) the driver is acting safely.
Table
* regulation 119 (Driving on median strips, painted
islands, etc.)
* regulation 127 (Moving from one marked lane to
another marked lane across a continuous line
separating the lanes)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 353

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 19 Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions
Division 1 Exemptions
r. 288B

* regulation 254 (Driving on a nature strip)

[Regulation 288A inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4607-8;
amended: Gazette 31 Dec 2013 p. 6570.]

288B. Exemption for Main Roads incident response service

The regulations specified in the Table do not apply to a person
providing an incident response service on behalf of the
Commissioner of Main Roads.
Table
r. 12 r. 20 to 22

r. 24 to 27 r. 30 to 33

r. 41 r. 44

r. 69 to 73 r. 76 to 78

r. 92 r. 96 and 97

r. 99 r. 108

r. 111 to 113 r. 115 to 120

r. 125 to 127 r. 129

r. 131 to 137 r. 140 to 162

r. 164 to 181 r. 194 to 201

r. 203 and 204 r. 253 and 254

[Regulation 288B inserted: Gazette 31 Oct 2017 p. 5465.]

page 354 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions Part 19
Exemptions Division 1
r. 288

288. Exemption for postal vehicles

A provision set out in the Table to this regulation does not apply
to the driver of a postal vehicle.
Table
* regulation 151 (Stopping in a loading zone)
* regulation 152 (Stopping in a truck zone)
* regulation 154(1) (which relates to stopping in a taxi zone)
* regulation 155 (Stopping in a mail zone)
* regulation 159 (Double parking)
* regulation 161 (Stopping on a bridge or in a tunnel, etc.)
* regulation 162 (Restriction on stopping vehicle on crests,
curves, etc.)
* regulation 166 (Obstructing access to and from a path,
driveway, etc.)

289. Exemption for certain vehicles displaying flashing warning

lights
(1) Regulation 193 (prohibiting the use, on a vehicle, of a light
displaying intermittent flashes) does not extend to —
(a) the use of a light displaying intermittent flashes of a
colour or colours approved by the CEO, upon —
(i) a vehicle when conveying a police officer on
official duty or when that vehicle is stationary at
any place connected with the official duty; or
(ii) any other type of vehicle approved by the CEO
and used in conformity with any conditions that
may be imposed by the CEO;
or
(b) the use, of a light displaying intermittent red flashes (or
flashes of another colour or colours approved by the
CEO), upon an emergency vehicle; or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 355

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 19 Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions
Division 1 Exemptions
r. 289

(c) the use of a light displaying intermittent yellow flashes

(or flashes of another colour or colours approved by the
CEO), upon —
(i) an emergency vehicle, or a vehicle conveying a
person who is authorised by the Director General
under section 49 of the Transport Co-ordination
Act 1966; and
(ii) a special purpose vehicle occupying a hazardous
position on a road, while stationary or
manoeuvring at a speed not exceeding 20 km/h;
and
(iii) a vehicle engaged in road construction or road
maintenance as described in regulation 285(4);
and
(iv) a pilot or escort vehicle travelling in front of or
behind a vehicle or convoy of vehicles to which
an order or permit as defined in the Road Traffic
(Vehicles) Act 2012 section 32 relates; and
(iva) a vehicle or vehicle combination to which an
order or permit as defined in the Road Traffic
(Vehicles) Act 2012 section 32 relates and which
requires those lights; and
(v) a pilot or escort vehicle travelling in front of or
behind an agricultural machine, a towed
agricultural implement, or a convoy of such
vehicles; and
(va) an agricultural machine that is required or
permitted by the Vehicle Standards to be fitted
with such a light; and
(vb) a towed agricultural implement or a vehicle
towing an agricultural implement, that is required
or permitted by the Vehicle Standards to be fitted
with such a light; and
(vi) a vehicle operated by the Botanic Gardens and
Parks Authority, being used for official duties in

page 356 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions Part 19
Exemptions Division 1
r. 289

King’s Park (being all that land from time to time

known as Reserve No. 1720, classified as of
Class A); and
(vii) a vehicle that is being used to drive stock along
or across a road, where the flashing lights
comply with the equipment described in the
Vehicle Standards; and
(viii) a fire control vehicle (other than that of a fire
brigade) which is used to control or extinguish
fires (when that vehicle does not conform to the
Vehicle Standards in relation to lighting
equipment), if the signalling devices comply with
the equipment described in those regulations and
the vehicle is travelling to or from a fire or a fire
control exercise; and
(ix) a motor vehicle that is used solely or principally
for the carriage of children to and from school,
equipped to carry more than 8 adult persons
(including the driver), when in the process of
picking up or setting down school children; and
(x) a motor break-down service vehicle when the
driver is attending a disabled vehicle;
or
(d) the use, upon a taxi, for the purpose of indicating that
the driver is under attack or otherwise in distress, of
flashing white lights fitted within the illuminated sign of
the taxi; or
(e) the use on a motorised scooter, bicycle or electric
rideable device of a flashing light in compliance with, or
if permitted by, regulation 209B(2) or 224(1).
(2) This regulation does not prohibit the use of flashing signalling
devices —
(a) in accordance with Part 5 or Part 13 Division 1; or
(ab) that are a part of an alarm system; or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 357

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 19 Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions
Division 2 Specific local provisions
r. 290

(b) on military vehicles operated by the Defence Forces of

the Commonwealth.
(3) In this regulation agricultural implement and agricultural
machine have the same meanings as they have in the Road
Traffic (Vehicles) Regulations 2014 regulation 3.
[Regulation 289 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6756-7;
1 Nov 2002 p. 5398; 13 Nov 2009 p. 4608; 12 Apr 2013
p. 1539; 23 Dec 2014 p. 4925 and 4928; SL 2021/200 r. 79.]

Division 2 — Specific local provisions

290. Processions and public meetings
(1) A person must not, without the authority in writing of the
Commissioner of Police, conduct a procession or parade; and a
person must not take part in a procession or parade that has not
been authorised pursuant to this regulation.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) The Commissioner of Police must authorise the conduct, subject
to such safety conditions, and lawful requirements and
limitations as the Commissioner of Police sees fit to impose, of
a lawful procession or parade unless the Commissioner of Police
is satisfied that the procession or parade will —
(a) give rise to an obstruction that is too great or too
prolonged, in the circumstances; or
(b) occasion damage to a road; or
(c) create a public nuisance.
(3) A person must not conduct a procession or parade, or take part
in a procession or parade that is, to his or her knowledge,
conducted contrary to any condition or limitation imposed under
subregulation (2).
Modified penalty: 1 PU

page 358 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions Part 19
Specific local provisions Division 2
r. 291

(4) A person must not hold or address any public meeting upon any
roads or address any public meeting assembled on any road,
from any public or private place adjacent thereto, unless the
person has first obtained written permission from the
Commissioner of Police and except on the date and at the time
and place specified in such written permission.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 290 amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

291. Temporary closure of or restriction on use of roads

Where, for the more effective control of traffic, it appears to the
Commissioner of Main Roads to be necessary or expedient to
close a road or portion of a road or to set apart a road or portion
of a road for traffic travelling in one direction or for traffic of a
particular class, the Commissioner of Main Roads may, with the
authority of the Minister and after giving such notice as the
Minister may direct, do any of those things by means of road
signs.

292. Restrictions on traffic in pedestrian mall

A person must not drive a vehicle in a pedestrian mall unless
that vehicle is —
(a) a public bus; or
(b) an emergency vehicle; or
(c) a special purpose vehicle; or
(d) being used by a medical practitioner in the practice of
his or her profession; or
(e) a taxi conveying a lodger to or from premises to which
access is ordinarily gained from the pedestrian mall and
in respect of which a hotel licence is in force under the
Liquor Control Act 1988 2; or
(f) a vehicle used or intended to be used for picking up or
setting down goods or merchandising in a pedestrian
mall which is being driven during a period when such

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 359

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 19 Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions
Division 3 Stop lines and give way lines
r. 292A

vehicles are permitted to enter the pedestrian mall as

designated by road signs erected at the entrance thereto;
or
(g) a vehicle in respect of which the CEO has issued
approval in writing, authorising the use of the vehicle in
the pedestrian mall.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
[Regulation 292 amended: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4928;
SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

292A. Directions when road under repair etc.

Where —
(a) a portion of road is subject to work being done on, over
or under it; or
(b) a survey is being conducted at any point on a road,
by or on behalf of an authorised body, a driver that is
approaching or passing the place at which the work is being
done or the survey is being conducted must comply with a
direction given by a person who is apparently a servant, agent or
delegate of the authorised body.
Points: 2 Modified penalty: 3 PU
[Regulation 292A inserted: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6758;
amended: SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

Division 3 — Stop lines and give way lines

293. Stop signs and stop lines
A reference to a “stop line” in a provision set out in the Table to
this regulation, is to be taken to refer to a “stop line that is
associated with a stop sign”.

page 360 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Exemptions, specific local and transitional provisions Part 19
Stop lines and give way lines Division 3
r. 294

Table
* Part 7 Division 1 – heading
* regulation 50: subregulations (2), (3) and (4)
* regulation 51: subregulations (2) and (3)
* regulation 52(1)
* Part 7 Division 2 – heading
* regulation 55: subregulations (1), (2), (3) and (5)
* regulation 56(1)
* regulation 57(1)
* regulation 58
* regulation 65.

294. Give way signs and give way lines

A reference to a “give way line” in a provision set out in the
Table to this regulation, is to be taken to refer to a “give way
line that is associated with a give way sign”.
Table
* Part 7 Division 1 – heading
* regulation 50(3)
* regulation 52: subregulations (2) and (3)
* regulation 54(2)
* Part 7 Division 2 – heading
* regulation 55: subregulations (1), (2), (3) and (5)
* regulation 56(1)
* regulation 57(1)
* regulation 58
* regulation 65.
[Regulation 294 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4608.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 361

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 20 General

r. 295

Part 20 — General
295. Authorisation to be in writing
A reference in these regulations to something that is authorised,
means authorised by the person described as possessing that
power, and the authorisation is to be in writing.

296. Delineation of parking areas etc.

A reference in these regulations to a portion of carriageway —
(a) between 2 traffic signs; or
(b) between a sign and a dead end; or
(c) to which a particular sign applies,
is a reference to the space extending towards its centre, marked
on the adjacent carriageway; or, where a space is not so marked,
if the sign is, or the signs are —
(d) erected at or near the boundary of a carriageway and not
inscribed with the words, “angle parking”, the reference
is limited to the area of the carriageway that is within
3 m of its boundary; and
(e) erected at or near the boundary of a carriageway and
inscribed with the words “angle parking”, the reference
is limited to the area of the carriageway within 6 m of its
boundary.
[Regulation 296 amended: Gazette 8 Feb 2008 p. 320.]

297. Power to erect traffic-control signals and road signs

(1) The Commissioner of Main Roads may erect, establish or
display, and may alter or take down any road sign, road marking
or traffic-control signal.
(2) The Commissioner of Main Roads may allow an authorised
body to erect, establish, display, alter or take down any
particular road sign, road marking or traffic-control signal, or
road signs, road markings or traffic-control signals of a class or

page 362 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
General Part 20

r. 297

type of classes or types, and in the circumstances (if any),

specified in the instrument of authorisation.
(3) Where an authorised body is causing work to be undertaken or
responsible for a survey, that authorised body may erect,
establish, display, alter or take down any particular road sign or
traffic-control signal, or road signs or traffic-control signals of a
class or type of classes or types approved by the Commissioner
of Main Roads so as to only apply to one lane, or one direction
of, the carriageway to which the work or the survey relates.
(4) A person must not, without the consent of the Commissioner of
Main Roads, remove, take down, damage, deface or interfere
with any road sign, road marking or traffic-control signal.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(4a) A person must not erect, establish, place, maintain or display —
(a) a traffic sign; or
(b) a traffic-control signal; or
(c) a road marking,
on a road, unless that person —
(d) is authorised to do so by the Commissioner of Main
Roads; or
(e) has the consent of the Commissioner of Main Roads to
do so under this regulation; or
(f) is otherwise entitled to do so under a written law of the
State.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(5) A person must not erect, establish, place, maintain or display, on
a road, anything that —
(a) is a false representation of, or a colourable imitation of,
a traffic sign or traffic-control signal; or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 363

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 20 General

r. 297

(b) interferes with the effectiveness of, or of any part of, a

traffic sign or traffic-control signal; or
(c) prevents an approaching driver from clearly
distinguishing the whole, or part, of a traffic sign or
traffic-control signal; or
(d) distracts a driver’s attention from a traffic sign or
traffic-control signal; or
(e) not being a traffic sign, displays a word or direction
ordinarily associated with a traffic sign.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(6) Despite these regulations, a traffic sign or traffic-control signal
that was erected prior to the coming into operation of these
regulations, is a valid and effective traffic sign or traffic-control
signal for the purposes of these regulations.
(7) The provisions of this regulation do not apply to the erection of
road signs by any duly incorporated association or union of
motorists approved by the Minister.
(8) Unless otherwise stated by the Commissioner of Main Roads, an
authorised body may delegate the responsibility for the erection,
establishment, display, alteration or the taking down of road
signs in the circumstances set out in subregulation (2) or (3).
(9) Despite this regulation, where, for the purpose of temporarily
controlling traffic it is expedient to do so, a police officer may
erect or cause to be erected, road signs regulating the parking or
stopping of vehicles and any sign so erected is a valid and
effective traffic sign for the purposes of these regulations.
[Regulation 297 amended: Gazette 23 Sep 2003 p. 4172-3;
6 Apr 2004 p. 1135-6; 23 Dec 2014 p. 4926; SL 2020/253
r. 27.]

page 364 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
General Part 20

r. 298

298. Unauthorised use of various traffic-related items

(1) A person must not display, or cause to be displayed, a “give way
to buses” sign on a bus that is not a public bus.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Give way to buses sign
(bus, arrow and edging in green, bus indicator in yellow,
words and car in red)

(2) A person must not display, or cause to be displayed, a “do not

overtake turning vehicle” sign on the rearmost part of a vehicle
(or of a combination, if that is the case) unless that vehicle (or
combination) is 7.5 m or longer.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
Do not overtake turning Do not overtake turning
vehicle sign vehicle sign
(background in yellow) (top right portion in red, remainder of
background in yellow)

[Regulation 298 amended: Gazette 1 Dec 2000 p. 6757;

SL 2020/253 r. 28.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 365

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 20 General

r. 299

299. Limits on operation of signs

A traffic sign set out in Schedule 2 or Schedule 3 is limited in its
operation and effect in respect of days, periods of the day,
classes of persons, classes of vehicles or circumstances, to the
extent, if any, shown on the sign.
300. All traffic-control signals and traffic signs to be operative
(1) Where a traffic sign or traffic-control signal indicates a
requirement that is inconsistent with a provision of these
regulations (other than a penalty provision), the traffic sign or
traffic-control signal prevails to the extent of the inconsistency.
(2) Where a traffic sign or traffic-control signal of a kind referred to
in these regulations is in existence on a road, it takes effect and
operates as a traffic sign or traffic-control signal duly
established for the purposes of these regulations.
(3) A traffic sign or traffic-control signal marked, erected,
established or displayed on or near a road is, in the absence of
evidence to the contrary, presumed to be a traffic sign or
traffic-control signal marked, erected, established or displayed
under the authority of these regulations.
301. Inscriptions on signs to have effect according to their tenor
(1) An inscription on a road sign operates and has effect according
to its tenor and a person who contravenes the directions of the
inscription on a traffic sign commits an offence.
Modified penalty: 1 PU
(2) Schedule 1 provides the meaning of certain abbreviations and
symbols used on road signs.
302. Variations in traffic signs etc.
(1) A traffic sign is to —
(a) be a reasonable likeness of any representation of that
sign in these regulations or the Schedules to these
regulations; or

page 366 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
General Part 20

r. 302

(b) comply substantially with a description of that kind of

traffic sign in these regulations.
(2) A road marking is to comply substantially with a description of
that kind of road marking in these regulations.
(3) A traffic-control signal is to comply substantially with a
description of that kind of traffic-control signal in these
regulations.
(4) A traffic sign is taken to comply substantially with a
representation of a traffic sign in these regulations even
though —
(a) the dimensions of the sign, or of anything on the sign,
are different; or
(b) the sign has additional information on or with it; or
(c) the number on the sign is different; or
(d) the sign has a different number of panels; or
(e) the sign is combined on a single panel with one or more
other traffic signs; or
(f) for a parking control sign — words, figures, symbols, or
anything else, on the sign are differently arranged; or
(g) for a “bus lane” sign, “emergency stopping bay” sign,
“emergency stopping lane only” sign, “one-way” sign or
parking control sign — the sign has an arrow pointing in
a different direction; or
(h) for a “shared path” sign or an “end shared path” sign —
the pedestrian and bicycle symbols are reversed; or
(i) for a “separated footpath” sign or an “end separated
footpath” sign — the pedestrian and bicycle symbols are
reversed; or
(j) for a “road access” sign — information on or with the
sign indicates (whether by different wording or in
another way) that it applies to different or additional
vehicles or persons; or

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 367

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Part 20 General

r. 303A

(k) there is a variation in shade or brightness between a

colour on the sign and the equivalent colour (or
description of a colour) in the diagram.
(5) A symbol on or in a traffic-control signal or traffic sign has
effect even if the dimensions of the symbol, or of anything on
the symbol, are different.
[Regulation 302 amended: SL 2020/184 r. 25.]

303A. Audible lines

(1) An audible line is a line on a road that is made up of a series of
closely spaced, raised pieces of material designed to create a
continuous noise or vibration if driven on by a motor vehicle.
(2) To avoid doubt, an audible line is not a broken line by reason
only of the gaps between the raised material in the series.
[Regulation 303A inserted: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4609.]

303. Operation of signs on holidays

Where a traffic sign indicates that an instruction applies on any
particular day or days of the week, then that instruction does not
apply on a day appointed to be observed as a public holiday in
the district in which the sign is erected, unless the sign
specifically indicates that it applies on public holidays.
304. Symbols, lights and traffic related items etc.
(1) Schedule 4 provides a description of certain symbols, lights and
traffic related items referred to in these regulations.
(2) A symbol, light or traffic related item is to comply substantially
with a description of that kind of symbol, light or traffic related
item in these regulations.

page 368 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
General Part 20

r. 305

305. Representations of traffic signs, traffic-control signals,

symbols etc. in these regulations
A diagrammatic representation of a traffic sign, traffic-control
signal, symbol, etc., in these regulations is accompanied by a
description of the colour of various aspects of the diagrammatic
representation, to ensure that either a colour version or a
black-and-white version of these regulations conveys the
appropriate information relating to that representation.

306. References to pedestrians or relevant riders crossing

carriageway
In these regulations, a reference to a pedestrian or relevant rider
crossing a carriageway includes a reference to a person who is
crossing only part of a carriageway.
Example
A person walking to a median strip or to the middle of a carriageway to
display a hand-held stop sign is to be taken to be crossing the carriageway for
the purposes of these regulations.
[Regulation 306 inserted: Gazette 19 Nov 2010 p. 5757;
amended: SL 2021/200 r. 80.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 369

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 1 Abbreviations and symbols

Schedule 1 — Abbreviations and symbols

[r. 301(2)]
Abbreviation/Symbol Meaning
MON Monday
TUE Tuesday
WED Wednesday
THU Thursday
FRI Friday
SAT Saturday
SUN Sunday
JAN January
FEB February
MAR March
APR April
JUN June
JUL July
AUG August
SEP September
OCT October
NOV November
DEC December
AM the time after midnight and ending at noon
PM the time after noon and ending at midnight
HOLS holidays
MAX maximum
MINS minutes
PUB public
VEH vehicle
t tonnes
m metres
km kilometres
km/h kilometres per hour
˚ degree

page 370 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Standard or commonly used traffic signs Schedule 2

Schedule 2 — Standard or commonly used traffic signs

[r. 299]

Area speed limit sign Area speed limit sign

(circle in red) (circle in red)

(regs 3, 11) (regs 3, 11)

Arrester bed sign Bicycle lane sign

(reg 91A) (regs 3, 132, 218)

Bicycle parking sign Bicycle path sign

(letter, symbol, word and arrow in green)

(reg 169) (regs 3, 204, 218)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 371

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 2 Standard or commonly used traffic signs

Bridge load limit (gross mass) Bridge load limit

sign (mass per axle group) sign
(reg 85) (reg 85)

Bus lane sign Busway sign

(regs 3, 133) (regs 3, 133A)

Bus zone sign Buses must enter sign

(arrow and background to words in red)

(regs 3, 154) (reg 89)

page 372 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Standard or commonly used traffic signs Schedule 2

Children crossing - stop sign Clearance sign

(octagonal background in red)
(square background in lime/yellow)
(reg 84)
(regs 3, 61, 62)

Clearway sign De-restriction sign

(background to letter in red)

(reg 148) (regs 3, 11)

Emergency stopping lane End area speed limit sign

only sign (reg 3, 11)
(reg 3, 76, 150)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 373

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 2 Standard or commonly used traffic signs

End bicycle lane sign End bicycle path sign

(regs 3, 132) (regs 3, 204)

End bus lane sign End busway sign

(regs 3, 133) (regs 3, 133A)

End clearway sign End freeway sign

(background to letter in red) (background in green)

(reg 148) (regs 3, 78, 149)

page 374 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Standard or commonly used traffic signs Schedule 2

End keep left unless End keep left unless overtaking

overtaking sign sign
(reg 113) (reg 113)

End no bicycles sign End no overtaking or passing

(circle and slash in red) sign
(regs 204, 218) (reg 74)

End road access sign End school zone sign

(circle in red)

(regs 78, 195) (regs 3, 11)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 375

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 2 Standard or commonly used traffic signs

End separated footpath sign End shared path sign

(regs 3, 204) (regs 3, 208)

End shared zone sign End speed limit sign

(regs 3, 11) (reg 11)

End transit lane sign End transit lane sign

(End transit lane (T2) sign) (End transit lane (T3) sign)
(background to “T2” in red) (background to “T3” in red)

(regs 3, 134) (regs 3, 134)

page 376 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Standard or commonly used traffic signs Schedule 2

End truck lane sign End trucks and buses low gear
sign
(regs 3, 135)
(reg 90)

End trucks use left lane sign Freeway sign

(background in green)
(reg 137)
(regs 3, 149)

Freeway sign Give way sign

(background in green) (triangle in red)

(regs 3, 149) (regs 52, 53, 54, 103)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 377

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 2 Standard or commonly used traffic signs

Gross load limit sign Hand-held stop sign

(background in red)
(reg 85)
(regs 3, 83)

Hand-held stop sign Keep left sign

(background in orange)
(regs 80, 81)
(regs 3, 83)

Keep left unless overtaking Keep right sign

sign (regs 81, 117)
(reg 113)

page 378 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Standard or commonly used traffic signs Schedule 2

Left lane must turn left sign Left turn on red after stopping
sign
(regs 69, 113)
(reg 43)

Left turn only sign Level crossing sign

(reg 69) (reg 3)

Level crossing sign Loading zone sign

(background to cross in red) (arrow and background to words in red)

(reg 3) (regs 3, 151)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 379

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 2 Standard or commonly used traffic signs

Low clearance sign Mail zone sign

(arrow and background to words in red)

(reg 84) (regs 3, 155)

Median turning lane sign Motor cycle parking sign

(letter, words and arrow in green)

(reg 67) (reg 170)

No bicycles sign No buses sign

(circle and slash in red) (circle and slash in red

(regs 3, 204, 218) (reg 88)

page 380 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Standard or commonly used traffic signs Schedule 2

No entry sign No hook turn by bicycles sign

(circular background in red)

(reg 82) (regs 28, 29)

No left turn sign (Standard No left turn sign

sign) (Variable illuminated message
(circle and slash in red) sign)
(illuminated circle and slash in red)
(reg 72)
(reg 72)

No overtaking on bridge sign No overtaking or passing sign

(reg 75) (reg 74)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 381

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 2 Standard or commonly used traffic signs

No parking sign No parking sign

(for a length of carriageway) (for an area)
(circle, slash and arrow in red) (circle and slash in red)

(regs 3, 141) (regs 3, 141)

No pedestrians sign No right turn sign

(circle and slash in red) (Standard sign)
(circle and slash in red)
(reg 194)
(reg 72)

No right turn sign No right turn sign

(Variable illuminated (letters illuminated in white)

message sign) (reg 72)

(illuminated circle and slash in red)

(reg 72)

page 382 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Standard or commonly used traffic signs Schedule 2

No stopping sign No stopping sign

(for a length of carriageway) (for an area)
(circle, slash and arrow in red) (circle and slash in red)

(regs 3, 138) (regs 3, 138)

No trucks sign No turns sign

(circle and slash in red)

(reg 86) (reg 71)

No U turn sign (Standard No U turn sign (Variable

sign) illuminated message sign)
(circle and slash in red) (illuminated circle and slash in red)

(regs 30, 31) (regs 30, 31)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 383

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 2 Standard or commonly used traffic signs

No wheeled devices sign No wheeled devices sign

(circle and slash in red) (circles and slashes in red)

(regs 206, 218A) (regs 206, 218A)

One-way sign One way sign

(reg 80)
(reg 80)

Park in bays only sign Pedestrian crossing sign

(background in yellow)
(reg 179) (regs 3, 63)

page 384 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Standard or commonly used traffic signs Schedule 2

Pedestrians may cross People with disabilities parking

diagonally sign sign
(pedestrian symbol in green) (background to symbol in blue)

(regs 196, 199) (reg 171)

Permissive parking sign Permissive parking sign

(for a length of carriageway) (for a length of carriageway)
(letter and arrow in green) (letter, word and arrow in green)

(reg 172) (reg 172)

Permissive parking sign Permissive parking sign

(for an area) displaying a people with
(letter in green) disabilities symbol
(reg 172) (for a length of carriageway)
(letter and arrow in green, word and background
to symbol in blue)

(reg 171)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 385

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 2 Standard or commonly used traffic signs

Permissive parking sign Right lane must turn right sign

displaying a people with
disabilities symbol (reg 70)
(for an area)
(letter in green, background to symbol in
blue)

(reg 171)

Right turn only sign Road access sign

(reg 70) (regs 78, 195)

Roundabout sign Safety ramp sign

(triangle in red)

(reg 91) (reg 91A)

page 386 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Standard or commonly used traffic signs Schedule 2

School zone sign Separated footpath sign

(circle in red)
(regs 3, 204, 218)
(regs 3, 11)

Shared path sign Shared zone sign

(circle in red)
(regs 3, 208, 218)
(regs 3, 11)

Slow vehicle turnout lane sign Speed limit sign

(Standard sign)
(circle in red)
(reg 113)
(regs 3, 11)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 387

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 2 Standard or commonly used traffic signs

Stop here on red arrow sign Stop here on red signal sign
(words and border in red) (words and border in red)

(reg 40) (reg 40)

Stop sign Taxi zone sign

(background in red) (arrow and background to words in red)

(regs 3, 50, 101) (regs 3, 154)

Traffic light–stop sign Transit lane sign

(background in red) (Transit lane (T2) sign)
(background to “T2” in red)
(regs 3, 46)
(regs 3, 134)

page 388 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Standard or commonly used traffic signs Schedule 2

Transit lane sign Truck lane sign

(Transit lane (T3) sign)
(background to “T3” in red)
(regs 3, 135)
(regs 3, 134)

Trucks and buses low gear Trucks must enter sign

sign (reg 87)
(reg 90)

Trucks use left lane sign Truck zone sign

(arrow and background to words in red)
(reg 137)
(regs 3, 152)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 389

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 2 Standard or commonly used traffic signs

Two-way sign U turn permitted sign

(regs 80, 118) (regs 31, 72)

Works zone sign

(arrow and background to words in red)

(regs 3, 153)

[Schedule 2 amended: Gazette 13 Jul 2001 p. 3474-5; 11 Jan 2002

p. 52; 29 Dec 2006 p. 5924; 8 Feb 2008 p. 320; 13 Nov 2009
p. 4609-12; SL 2020/184 r. 26; SL 2021/200 r. 81.]

page 390 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Other permitted traffic signs Schedule 3

Schedule 3 — Other permitted traffic signs

[r. 299]
Note In addition to the traffic signs in the Schedules to these regulations, the following
are alternative versions of the signs that may be used to regulate traffic in this
jurisdiction. These signs are not included in the Australian Standard AS1742
(Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices), but they may be still in use on roads
in Western Australia.

Arrester bed sign Arrester bed sign

(reg 91A) (reg 91A)

Bicycle lane sign Bridge load limit

(mass per axle group) sign
(regs 3, 132, 218) (reg 85)

Bridge load limit Bus lane sign

(mass per axle group) sign
(regs 3, 133)
(reg 85)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 391

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 3 Other permitted traffic signs

Bus lane sign Bus lane sign

(regs 3, 133) (regs 3, 133)

Bus lane sign Bus lane sign

(regs 3, 133) (regs 3, 133)

Bus lane sign Buses must enter sign

(regs 3, 133) (reg 89)

page 392 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Other permitted traffic signs Schedule 3

Bus zone sign Bus zone sign

(arrow and words in red) (arrow and words in red)

(regs 3, 154) (regs 3, 154)

Emergency stopping bay sign Emergency stopping bay sign

(background to “emergency” in red) (background to phone in blue)

(regs 3, 76A, 150) (regs 3, 76A, 150)

End area speed limit sign End bus lane sign

(regs 3, 11) (regs 3, 133)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 393

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 3 Other permitted traffic signs

End freeway sign End keep left unless overtaking

(background in green) sign
(regs 3, 78, 149) (reg 113)

End school zone sign End school zone sign

(circle in red)

(regs 3, 11) (regs 3, 11)

End school zone sign End school zone sign

(circle in red)

(regs 3, 11) (regs 3, 11)

page 394 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Other permitted traffic signs Schedule 3

End trucks and buses low gear Freeway sign

sign (background in green)

(reg 90) (regs 3, 149)

Hand-held stop sign Keep right sign

(background in red)
(regs 81, 117)
(regs 3, 83)

Left lane must turn left sign Left turn only sign
(reg 69) (reg 69)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 395

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 3 Other permitted traffic signs

Left turn only sign Loading zone sign

(arrow and background to words in red)
(reg 69)
(regs 3, 151)

No bicycles sign No entry sign

(circle and slash in red

(reg 204, 218) (reg 82)

No entry sign No entry sign

(circular background in red)

(reg 82) (reg 82)

page 396 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Other permitted traffic signs Schedule 3

No entry sign No left turn sign

(Standard sign)
(reg 82) (circle and slash in red)

(reg 72)

No left turn sign No overtaking on bridge sign

(Variable illuminated message
sign)
(illuminated circle and slash in red)
(reg 75)
(reg 72)

No parking sign No parking sign

(for a length of carriageway) (for a length of carriageway)
(edging, words and arrow in red) (edging, words and arrow in red)

(regs 3, 141) (regs 3, 141)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 397

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 3 Other permitted traffic signs

No parking sign No parking sign

(for an area) (for an area)
(circle and slash in red) (edging, words and arrow in red)

(regs 3, 141) (regs 3, 141)

No right turn sign No right turn sign

(Standard sign) (Standard sign)
(circle and slash in red) (illuminated circle and slash in red)

(reg 72) (reg 72)

No right turn sign No stopping sign

(letters illuminated in white) (for a length of carriageway)
(background in red)
(reg 72)
(regs 3, 140)

page 398 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Other permitted traffic signs Schedule 3

No stopping sign No stopping sign

(for a length of carriageway) (for an area)
(edge, words and arrow in red) (circle and slash in red)

(regs 3, 140) (regs 3, 140)

No U turn sign No U turn sign

(Standard sign) (Variable illuminated message
(circle and slash in red) sign)
(illuminated circle and slash in red)
(regs 30, 31)
(regs 30, 31)

One vehicle per green each One-way sign

lane sign (reg 80)
(reg 39A)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 399

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 3 Other permitted traffic signs

One-way sign Pedestrians may cross

diagonally sign
(reg 80)

(regs 196, 199)

Permissive parking sign Permissive parking sign

(for a length of carriageway) (for a length of carriageway)
(word and arrow in green) (edge, word and arrow in green)

(reg 172) (reg 172)

Permissive parking sign Permissive parking sign

(for a length of carriageway) (for an area)
(edge, word and arrow in green) (letter in green)

(reg 172) (reg 172)

page 400 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Other permitted traffic signs Schedule 3

Permissive parking sign Right lane must turn right sign

(for an area)
(letter in green)
(reg 70)
(reg 172)

Right turn only sign Right turn only sign

(reg 70) (reg 70)

Road access sign Road access sign

(reg 78) (regs 78, 195)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 401

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 3 Other permitted traffic signs

Road access sign School zone sign

(shading in orange, circle illuminated in red)
(regs 78, 195)
(regs 3, 11)

School zone sign Shared path sign

(shading in orange, circle in red) (background circle in blue)

(regs 3, 11) (regs 208, 218)

page 402 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Other permitted traffic signs Schedule 3

Speed limit sign Speed limit sign

(Variable illuminated sign) (Variable illuminated sign)
(circle illuminated in red) (circle illuminated in red)

(regs 3, 11) (regs 3, 11)

Stop here on red signal sign Taxi zone sign

(arrow, edge and words in red)

(reg 40) (regs 3, 154)

Taxi zone sign Taxi zone sign

(arrow, edge and words in red)

(regs 3, 154) (regs 3, 154)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 403

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 3 Other permitted traffic signs

Trucks and buses low gear sign Trucks and buses low gear sign
(yellow lights)

(reg 90) (reg 90)

Trucks must enter sign Trucks use left lane sign

(reg 87)
(reg 137)

Truck zone sign Two-way sign

(arrow and words in red)

(regs 3, 152) (regs 80, 118)

page 404 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Other permitted traffic signs Schedule 3

When blank sign When blank sign

(When all signs blank) (When sign blank)
(circle in red) (circle in red)

(reg 11A) (reg 11A)

Works zone sign

(arrow and words in red)

(regs 3, 153)

[Schedule 3 amended: Gazette 13 Nov 2009 p. 4612-15; SL 2020/184

r. 27.]

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 405

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 4 Symbols, lights and traffic-related items

Schedule 4 — Symbols, lights and traffic-related items

[r. 304]

Do not overtake turning vehicle Do not overtake turning vehicle

sign sign
(background in yellow) (top right portion in red, remainder of
background in yellow)
(regs 21, 26, 123, 127)
(regs 21, 26, 123, 127)

Fire hydrant indicator (example) Fire hydrant indicator (example)

(regs 3, 163) (regs 3, 163)

Fire plug indicator (example) Give way to buses sign

(bus, arrow and edging in green, bus indicator in
(regs 3, 163) yellow, words and car in red)

(regs 59, 298)

page 406 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Symbols, lights and traffic-related items Schedule 4

Green bicycle crossing light Green pedestrian light

(bicycle symbol in green) (pedestrian symbol in green)

(regs 3, 225) (regs 3, 197)

Illuminated diagonal arrow Illuminated diagonal arrow

signal signal
(reg 131) (reg 131)

Illuminated red diagonal cross People with disabilities symbol

(cross illuminated in red) (background to symbol in blue)

(reg 3, 131) (reg 171)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 407

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 4 Symbols, lights and traffic-related items

People with disabilities symbol Red bicycle crossing light

(symbol in blue) (bicycle symbol in red)

(reg 171) (reg 3, 225)

Red pedestrian light White B light

(pedestrian symbol in red)

(reg 3, 197) (regs 3, 251)

Yellow bicycle crossing light

(bicycle symbol in yellow)

(regs 3, 226)

[Schedule 4 amended: SL 2020/184 r. 28.]

page 408 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
O’Connor Industrial Area Schedule 5

Schedule 5 — O’Connor Industrial Area

[r. 138A]
[Heading inserted: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4926.]
The O’Connor Industrial Area is the area bordered by —
• South Street between the intersections of South Street and Ladner Way
and South Street and Hines Road;
• Hines Road between the intersections of Hines Road and South Street and
Hines Road and Clarke Street;
• Clarke Street between the intersections of Clarke Street and Hines Road
and Clarke Street and Carrington Street;
• Carrington Street between the intersections of Carrington Street and
Clarke Street and Carrington Street and Sainsbury Road;
• Sainsbury Road between the intersection of Sainsbury Road and
Carrington Street and the southern point of the eastern boundary of the
Fremantle cemetery;
• the eastern boundary of the Fremantle cemetery between Sainsbury Road
and Leach Highway;
• Leach Highway from the northern point of the eastern boundary of the
Fremantle cemetery to the intersection of Leach Highway and Stock
Road;
• Stock Road between the intersections of Stock Road and Leach Highway
and Stock Road and Garling Street;
• Garling Street between the intersections of Garling Street and Stock Road
and Garling Street and Bowen Street;
• Bowen Street between the intersections of Bowen Street and Garling
Street and Bowen Street and Winterburn Way;
• Winterburn Way until it reaches Ladner Street;
• Ladner Street between the intersections of Ladner Street and Winterburn
Way and Ladner Street and South Street.

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 409

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Schedule 5 O’Connor Industrial Area

For information purposes the area described above is shown on the following
map.

[Schedule 5 inserted: Gazette 23 Dec 2014 p. 4926-7.]

page 410 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Compilation table Notes

Notes
This is a compilation of the Road Traffic Code 2000 and includes amendments made by
other written laws. For provisions that have come into operation, and for information
about any reprints, see the compilation table.

Compilation table
Citation Published Commencement
Road Traffic Code 2000 4 Aug 2000 1 Dec 2000 (see r. 2)
p. 4213-538
Road Traffic Code Amendment 1 Dec 2000 1 Dec 2000 (see r. 2 and Gazette
Regulations (No. 4) 2000 3 p. 6751-7 4 Aug 2000 p. 4229)
Road Traffic Code Amendment 1 Dec 2000 1 Jun 2001 (see r. 2)
Regulations (No. 5) 2000 p. 6758
Road Traffic Code Amendment 1 Dec 2000 1 Dec 2000 (see r. 2)
Regulations (No. 6) 2000 p. 6797
Road Traffic Code Amendment 25 Jan 2001 25 Jan 2001
Regulations 2001 p. 593
Road Traffic Code Amendment 13 Jul 2001 5 Aug 2001 (see r. 2)
Regulations (No. 2) 2001 p. 3472-5
Road Traffic Code Amendment 16 Nov 2001 1 Dec 2001 (see r. 2)
Regulations (No. 3) 2001 p. 5989-90
Road Traffic Code Amendment 8 Jan 2002 5 Feb 2002 (see r. 2)
Regulations (No. 5) 2001 p. 38
Road Traffic Code Amendment 11 Jan 2002 11 Jan 2002
Regulations (No. 4) 2001 p. 50-2
Road Traffic Code Amendment 8 Mar 2002 8 Mar 2002
Regulations 2002 p. 946-8
Road Traffic (Vehicle Standards) 1 Nov 2002 1 Nov 2002 (see r. 2)
(Consequential Provisions) p. 5388-400
Regulations 2002 Pt. 7
Road Traffic Code Amendment 11 Dec 2002 11 Dec 2002
Regulations (No. 2) 2002 p. 5789-90
Road Traffic Code Amendment 16 Apr 2003 16 Apr 2003
Regulations (No. 2) 2003 p. 1240
Road Traffic Code Amendment 11 Jun 2003 11 Jun 2003
Regulations (No. 4) 2003 p. 2103
Road Traffic Code Amendment 23 Sep 2003 23 Sep 2003
Regulations 2003 1 p. 4166-73

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 411

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Notes Compilation table

Citation Published Commencement

Road Traffic Code Amendment 12 Dec 2003 12 Dec 2003
Regulations (No. 5) 2003 p. 5047-8
Road Traffic Code Amendment 6 Apr 2004 6 Apr 2004
Regulations 2004 p. 1134-6
Road Traffic Code Amendment 30 Jul 2004 30 Jul 2004
Regulations (No. 2) 2004 p. 3106-7
Reprint 1: The Road Traffic Code 2000 as at 27 Aug 2004 (includes amendments listed
above)
Road Traffic Code Amendment 10 Dec 2004 10 Dec 2004
Regulations (No. 3) 2004 p. 5917
Road Traffic Code Amendment 23 Dec 2005 1 Jan 2006 (see r. 2 and Gazette
Regulations 2005 p. 6291 23 Dec 2005 p. 6244-5)
Road Traffic Code Amendment 22 Dec 2006 1 Jan 2007 (see r. 2)
Regulations (No. 4) 2006 p. 5817-22
Road Traffic Code Amendment 29 Dec 2006 29 Dec 2006
Regulations (No. 3) 2006 p. 5921-5
Road Traffic Code Amendment 9 Mar 2007 9 Mar 2007
Regulations 2007 p. 848-9
Road Traffic Code Amendment 5 Apr 2007 5 Apr 2007
Regulations (No. 2) 2007 p. 1553-8
Road Traffic Code Amendment 2 Oct 2007 2 Oct 2007 4 (see r. 2)
Regulations (No. 3) 2007 p. 4975-6
Reprint 2: The Road Traffic Code 2000 as at 12 Oct 2007 (includes amendments listed
above)
Road Traffic Code Amendment 8 Feb 2008 r. 1 and 2: 8 Feb 2008
Regulations 2008 p. 315-20 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
9 Feb 2008 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Amendment (Holiday 8 Feb 2008 9 Feb 2008 (see r. 2(b))
Periods) Regulations 2008 r. 4 p. 321-2
Road Traffic Code Amendment 29 Feb 2008 r. 1 and 2: 29 Feb 2008
Regulations (No. 4) 2008 p. 694-8 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
1 Mar 2008 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Consequential 10 Jun 2008 30 Jun 2008 (see r. 2(b) and
Amendment Regulations 2008 Pt. 6 p. 2449-67 Gazette 10 Jun 2008 p. 2471)

page 412 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Compilation table Notes

Citation Published Commencement

Road Traffic Code Amendment 18 Sep 2009 r. 1 and 2: 18 Sep 2009
Regulations (No. 3) 2009 p. 3626-7 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
19 Sep 2009 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 9 Oct 2009 r. 1 and 2: 9 Oct 2009
Regulations (No. 5) 2009 p. 3996 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
10 Oct 2009 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 13 Nov 2009 r. 1 and 2: 13 Nov 2009
Regulations (No. 4) 2009 p. 4541 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
14 Nov 2009 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 13 Nov 2009 r. 1 and 2: 13 Nov 2009
Regulations 2009 p. 4561-615 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
14 Nov 2009 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 4 Jun 2010 r. 1 and 2: 4 Jun 2010
Regulations (No. 2) 2010 p. 2395-415 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
1 Oct 2010 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 19 Nov 2010 r. 1 and 2: 19 Nov 2010
Regulations (No. 3) 2010 p. 5749-57 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1, 2, 22
and 23: 20 Nov 2010
(see r. 2(c));
r. 22 and 23: 1 Mar 2011
(see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 26 Nov 2010 r. 1 and 2: 26 Nov 2010
Regulations 2010 p. 5958-9 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
27 Nov 2010 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic (Towed Agricultural 7 Dec 2010 8 Dec 2010 (see r. 2(b))
Implements) Amendment p. 6096-100
Regulations 2010 Pt. 3
Reprint 3: The Road Traffic Code 2000 as at 7 Jan 2011 (includes amendments listed
above except those in the Road Traffic Code Amendment Regulations (No. 3) 2010 r. 22
and 23)
Road Traffic Code Amendment 18 Mar 2011 r. 1 and 2: 18 Mar 2011
Regulations 2011 p. 925-6 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
19 Mar 2011 (see r. 2(b))

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 413

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Notes Compilation table

Citation Published Commencement

Road Traffic Code Amendment 30 Aug 2011 r. 1 and 2: 30 Aug 2011
Regulations (No. 2) 2011 p. 3517-18 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
31 Aug 2011 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 12 Apr 2013 r. 1 and 2: 12 Apr 2013
Regulations 2013 p. 1533-9 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
13 Apr 2013 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 31 Dec 2013 r. 1 and 2: 31 Dec 2013
Regulations (No. 2) 2013 p. 6562-70 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
1 Apr 2014 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 4 Apr 2014 r. 1 and 2: 4 Apr 2014
Regulations 2014 p. 885-6 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
5 Apr 2014 (see r. 2(b))
Reprint 4: The Road Traffic Code 2000 as at 25 Jul 2014 (includes amendments listed
above)
Road Traffic Code Amendment 9 Sep 2014 r. 1 and 2: 9 Sep 2014
Regulations (No. 3) 2014 p. 3243-7 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
26 Sep 2014 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 31 Oct 2014 r. 1 and 2: 31 Oct 2014
Regulations (No. 5) 2014 p. 4181 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
1 Nov 2014 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic (Repeals and 23 Dec 2014 27 Apr 2015 (see r. 2(b) and
Amendment) Regulations 2014 Pt. 4 p. 4913-38 Gazette 17 Apr 2015 p. 1371)
Road Traffic Code Amendment 13 Feb 2015 r. 1 and 2: 13 Feb 2015
Regulations 2015 p. 651-2 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
14 Feb 2015 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 16 Oct 2015 r. 1 and 2: 16 Oct 2015
Regulations (No. 3) 2015 p. 4152 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
17 Oct 2015 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 22 Dec 2015 r. 1 and 2: 22 Dec 2015
Regulations (No. 4) 2015 p. 5131 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
23 Dec 2015 (see r. 2(b))

page 414 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Compilation table Notes

Citation Published Commencement

Road Traffic Code Amendment 26 Apr 2016 r. 1 and 2: 26 Apr 2016
Regulations (No. 2) 2016 p. 1277-8 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
27 Apr 2016 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 15 Nov 2016 r. 1 and 2: 15 Nov 2016
Regulations 2016 p. 5061-2 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
28 Nov 2016 (see r. 2(b))
Reprint 5: The Road Traffic Code 2000 as at 9 Dec 2016 (includes amendments listed
above)
Road Traffic Code Amendment 25 Jul 2017 r. 1 and 2: 25 Jul 2017
Regulations (No. 2) 2017 p. 4078-80 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
5 Sep 2017 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 22 Aug 2017 r. 1 and 2: 22 Aug 2017
Regulations (No. 4) 2017 p. 4503-4 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
23 Aug 2017 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 17 Oct 2017 r. 1 and 2: 17 Oct 2017
Regulations (No. 3) 2017 p. 5338-41 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
13 Dec 2017 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 31 Oct 2017 r. 1 and 2: 31 Oct 2017
Regulations (No. 5) 2017 p. 5464-5 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
1 Nov 2017 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 31 Oct 2017 r. 1 and 2: 31 Oct 2017
Regulations (No. 6) 2017 p. 5462-4 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
30 Nov 2017 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 5 Jan 2018 r. 1 and 2: 5 Jan 2018
Regulations (No. 8) 2017 p. 9-10 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
2 Mar 2018 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment 15 May 2018 r. 1 and 2: 15 May 2018
Regulations 2018 p. 1531-6 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
27 Jun 2018 (see r. 2(b))

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 415

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000
Notes Other notes

Citation Published Commencement

Road Traffic Code Amendment 28 Jun 2019 r. 1 and 2: 28 Jun 2019
Regulations 2019 p. 2488-9 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
2 Jul 2019 (see r. 2(b) and
Gazette 28 Jun 2019 p. 2473)
Road Traffic Code Amendment 31 Dec 2019 r. 1 and 2: 31 Dec 2019
Regulations (No. 2) 2019 p. 4686 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
1 Jan 2020 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment SL 2020/87 r. 1 and 2: 26 Jun 2020
Regulations 2020 26 Jun 2020 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
1 Sep 2020 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment SL 2020/184 r. 1 and 2: 29 Sep 2020
Regulations (No. 2) 2020 29 Sep 2020 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
20 Nov 2020 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment SL 2020/253 r. 1 and 2: 24 Dec 2020
Regulations (No. 3) 2020 24 Dec 2020 (see r. 2(a));
(as amended Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
by SL 2021/30 29 Mar 2021 (see r. 2(b))
r. 4 5)
Road Traffic Code Amendment SL 2021/87 r. 1 and 2: 22 Jun 2021
Regulations (No. 2) 2021 22 Jun 2021 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
23 Jun 2021 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment SL 2021/184 r. 1 and 2: 5 Nov 2021
Regulations (No. 3) 2021 5 Nov 2021 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
6 Nov 2021 (see r. 2(b))
Road Traffic Code Amendment SL 2021/200 r. 1 and 2: 3 Dec 2021
Regulations (No. 4) 2021 3 Dec 2021 (see r. 2(a));
Regulations other than r. 1 and 2:
4 Dec 2021 (see r. 2(b))

Other notes
1
The Road Traffic Code Amendment Regulations 2003 r. 14(2) reads as follows:

(2) On the commencement of these regulations, a person who is the

subject of an authorised person declaration by the Director

page 416 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000
Other notes Notes

General is to continue as an authorised person as if the declaration

had been made by the Commissioner of Police.

2
Formerly referred to the Liquor Licensing Act 1988 the short title of which was
changed to the Liquor Control Act 1988 by the Liquor and Gaming Legislation
Amendment Act 2006 s. 4. The reference was changed under the Reprints
Act 1984 s. 7(3)(gb).
3
The Road Traffic Code Amendment Regulations (No. 4) 2000 r. 5 is not included
because of an error in the reference to the provision to be amended.
4
The commencement date of 1 Oct 2007 that was specified in r. 2(b) was before the
date of gazettal.
5
The Road Traffic Code Amendment Regulations 2021 r. 4 (SL 2021/30)
commenced on 27 Mar 2021 (see r. 2(b)).

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 417

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000

Defined terms

Defined terms
[This is a list of terms defined and the provisions where they are defined.
The list is not part of the law.]
Defined term Provision(s)
2-wheeled motor cycle .............................................................................. 130A(1)
agricultural implement ................................................................................. 289(3)
agricultural machine..................................................................................... 289(3)
alcohol ignition interlock device ...................................................................... 3(1)
appliance ...................................................................................................... 181(4)
appropriate vehicle .................................................................................... 230B(2)
approved equipment .................................................................................. 285A(1)
arrester bed.................................................................................................. 91A(1)
articulated vehicle ............................................................................................ 3(1)
AS/NZS:1754-1995 .......................................................................................... 230
audio call ...................................................................................................... 265(1)
authorised body ................................................................................................ 3(1)
authorised person ............................................................................................. 3(1)
average speed detection system .................................................................. 18A(1)
B-double ...................................................................................................... 110(1)
bicycle .............................................................................................................. 3(1)
bicycle crossing lights ...................................................................................... 3(1)
bicycle hook turn storage area ......................................................................... 3(1)
bicycle lane ...................................................................................................... 3(1)
bicycle path ...................................................................................................... 3(1)
bicycle path road marking ................................................................................ 3(1)
bicycle storage area .......................................................................................... 3(1)
bicycle trailer ............................................................................................... 223(3)
B light .............................................................................................................. 3(1)
B lights ............................................................................................................. 3(1)
body ............................................................................................................. 265(1)
booster seat ....................................................................................................... 230
Botanic Gardens and Parks Authority .............................................................. 3(1)
built-up area ..................................................................................................... 3(1)
bus .................................................................................................................... 3(1)
bus embayment ................................................................................................ 3(1)
bus lane ............................................................................................................ 3(1)
“bus lane” road marking .................................................................................. 3(1)
bus stop ............................................................................................................ 3(1)
busway ............................................................................................................. 3(1)
bus zone ........................................................................................................... 3(1)
carriageway ...................................................................................................... 3(1)
centre................................................................................................................ 3(1)
children’s crossin ............................................................................................. 3(1)
child restraint .................................................................................................... 230

page 418 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000

Defined terms

child safety harness ........................................................................................... 230

combination ..................................................................................................... 3(1)
commercial operator ...................................................................................... 230A
continuing road ................................................................................................ 3(1)
continuous dividing line ............................................................................. 176(12)
corresponding illuminated speed sign ......................................................... 11A(1)
dangerous goods .......................................................................................... 184(4)
default speed limit ............................................................................................ 3(1)
de-restriction sign ............................................................................................ 3(1)
dipped .............................................................................................................. 3(1)
dipping device .................................................................................................. 3(1)
disability parking permit .................................................................................. 3(1)
dividing line ..................................................................................................... 3(1)
dividing strip .................................................................................................... 3(1)
edge line ........................................................................................................... 3(1)
electric personal transporter ............................................................................. 3(1)
electric personal transporter use area ............................................................... 3(1)
electric rideable device ............................................................ 3(1), 3A(1) and (3)
emergency stopping bay .................................................................................. 3(1)
emergency stopping lane .................................................................................. 3(1)
emergency vehicle ........................................................................................... 3(1)
emergency worker ........................................................................................ 283(2)
“end of heavy vehicle speed zone” sign ........................................................... 3(1)
“end trucks and buses low gear” sign ............................................................ 90(3)
EPT .................................................................................................................. 3(4)
EPT use area .................................................................................................... 3(4)
fire hydrant ....................................................................................................... 3(1)
footpath ............................................................................................................ 3(1)
freeway ............................................................................................................ 3(1)
freight container ........................................................................................ 138A(1)
front fog light ................................................................................................... 3(1)
g ................................................................................................................... 258(7)
give way line .................................................................................................... 3(1)
halfway around .............................................................................................. 91(2)
hazard warning light ................................................................................. 137A(1)
hazard warning lights ................................................................................... 188(2)
heavy vehicle .......................................................................... 3(1), 191(1), 192(1)
heavy vehicle speed zone ................................................................................. 3(1)
“heavy vehicle speed zone” sign ...................................................................... 3(1)
held .............................................................................................................. 265(1)
holiday period .................................................................................................. 3(1)
hook turn .......................................................................................................... 3(1)
hours of darkness ............................................................................................. 3(1)
incident response vehicle .......................................................................... 137A(1)
intersection ....................................................................................................... 3(1)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 419

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000

Defined terms

keep clear marking ........................................................................................... 3(1)

laned carriageway ............................................................................................ 3(1)
lane filtering .................................................................................. 130B(1) and (2)
leaves ........................................................................................................... 181(4)
left lane ............................................................................................... 21(3), 59(2)
left line of traffic ............................................................................................ 59(2)
left turn signal ................................................................................................ 91(1)
level crossing ................................................................................................... 3(1)
licenced pilot vehicle driver ............................................................................. 3(1)
loading zone ..................................................................................................... 3(1)
long vehicle .................................................................................................. 110(1)
mail zone .......................................................................................................... 3(1)
marked foot crossing ........................................................................................ 3(1)
marked lane .................................................................................................. 113(1)
median strip...................................................................................................... 3(1)
medical certificate ............................................................................................. 230
medical practitioner .......................................................................................... 230
mobile phone................................................................................................ 265(1)
moped ............................................................................................... 79(2), 130(5)
motor break-down service vehicle ............................................................ 288A(1)
motor cycle ........................................................... 3(1), 130(5), 246A(1), 246B(1)
motorised scooter ............................................................................................. 3(1)
motorised wheelchair ....................................................................................... 3(1)
motor vehicle ................................................................................................... 3(1)
nature strip ....................................................................................................... 3(1)
no bicycles road marking ................................................................................. 3(1)
no parking area................................................................................................. 3(1)
no stopping area ............................................................................................... 3(1)
obstruction ....................................................................................................... 3(1)
O’Connor Industrial Area ......................................................................... 138A(1)
on-demand rank or hail vehicle authorisation .................................................. 3(1)
one-way carriageway ....................................................................................... 3(1)
operator ......................................................................................................... 230A
overhead controlled lane .................................................................................. 3(1)
oversize ............................................................................................................ 3(1)
painted island ................................................................................................... 3(1)
park .................................................................................................................. 3(1)
parking area...................................................................................................... 3(1)
parking area for people with disabilities ...................................................... 171(2)
parking control sign ......................................................................................... 3(1)
passenger transport vehicle .............................................................................. 3(1)
path .................................................................................................................. 3(1)
pedestrian ............................................................................................ 3(1), 203(6)
pedestrian crossing ........................................................................................... 3(1)
pedestrian light ................................................................................................. 3(1)

page 420 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000

Defined terms

pedestrian mall ................................................................................................. 3(1)

performance standards ................................................................................. 258(7)
permitted distance ........................................................................................ 136(5)
placard load .................................................................................................. 184(4)
postal vehicle ................................................................................................... 3(1)
primary brake ................................................................................................. 90(3)
produced ........................................................................................................... 230
prohibited road .......................................................................................... 138A(1)
protective helmet ....................... 209A(1), 222(1), 223A(1), 223(3), 230A, 244(1)
protective helmet (bicycle) ....................................................................... 223B(1)
protective helmet (motor cycle) ................................................................ 223B(1)
public bus .............................................................................................. 3(1), 59(2)
rear fog light..................................................................................................... 3(1)
red X lane ......................................................................................................... 3(1)
relevant rider .................................................................................................... 3(1)
relevant time ..................................................................................................... 230
required time ................................................................................................ 141(2)
restricted area ............................................................................................ 265(1A)
rideable device ....................................................................................... 124A(1A)
rider .................................................................................................................. 3(1)
right lane ........................................................................................... 26(3), 113(1)
right turn signal .............................................................................................. 91(1)
road marking .................................................................................................... 3(1)
road sign........................................................................................................... 3(1)
road train ...................................................................................................... 110(1)
roadworks .................................................................................................... 285(4)
roundabout ..................................................................................................... 91(1)
safety area ....................................................................................... 197(3), 198(3)
safety ramp .................................................................................................. 91A(1)
school zone ...................................................................................................... 3(1)
school zone periods .......................................................................................... 3(1)
scooter .............................................................................................................. 3(1)
seatbelt ............................................................................................................. 230
seating position ................................................................................................. 230
separated footpath ............................................................................................ 3(1)
separated footpath road marking ...................................................................... 3(1)
service road ...................................................................................................... 3(1)
shared path ....................................................................................................... 3(1)
shared path road marking ................................................................................. 3(1)
shared zone ...................................................................................................... 3(1)
shared zone sign ............................................................................................... 3(1)
slip lane ............................................................................................................ 3(1)
slow vehicle turn out lane ............................................................................ 113(1)
special purpose lane ......................................................................................... 3(1)
special purpose vehicle .................................................................................... 3(1)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 421

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
Road Traffic Code 2000

Defined terms

speed limit ........................................................................................................ 3(1)

speed limited area ............................................................................................ 3(1)
speed limit sign ................................................................................................ 3(1)
speed measuring and recording equipment ................................................. 18A(1)
speed zone ........................................................................................................ 3(1)
staff member .................................................................................................. 230A
stop ................................................................................................................... 3(1)
stop line ............................................................................................................ 3(1)
stop sign ........................................................................................................... 3(1)
suitable child restraint ....................................................................................... 230
suitable child safety harness .............................................................................. 230
supervised tour ................................................................................ 230A, 230L(1)
taxi ................................................................................................................... 3(1)
taxi zone ........................................................................................................... 3(1)
terminating road ............................................................................................... 3(1)
T-intersection ................................................................................................... 3(1)
to become dislodged from ............................................................................ 257(5)
tow truck .......................................................................................................... 3(1)
traffic-control signal......................................................................................... 3(1)
traffic island ..................................................................................................... 3(1)
traffic sign ........................................................................................................ 3(1)
trailer ................................................................................................................ 3(1)
train .................................................................................................................. 3(1)
transit lane ........................................................................................................ 3(1)
truck ................................................................................................................. 3(1)
truck lane ......................................................................................................... 3(1)
“trucks and buses low gear” sign ................................................................... 90(3)
truck zone ......................................................................................................... 3(1)
turning lane ...................................................................................................... 3(1)
turning left ..................................................................................................... 34(1)
turning left from the continuing road into the terminating road..................... 56(7)
turning right ....................................................................................... 34(2) and (3)
turning right from the continuing road into the terminating road .................. 56(7)
turn line ............................................................................................................ 3(1)
two-up driver..................................................................................................... 230
two-way carriageway ....................................................................................... 3(1)
unattended ....................................................................................... 141(2), 163(2)
unrestrained ............................................................................................... 235A(1)
use ................................................................................................................ 265(1)
U turn ............................................................................................................... 3(1)
variable illuminated speed limit sign ............................................................... 3(1)
vehicle ..................................................................................... 3(1), 110(2) and (3)
Vehicle Standards ............................................................................................ 3(1)
warning device .......................................................................................... 224(1A)
weekend ........................................................................................................... 3(1)

page 422 Version 05-w0-00 As at 04 Dec 2021

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au
 Road Traffic Code 2000

Defined terms

wheeled recreational device ............................................................................. 3(1)

wheeled toy ...................................................................................................... 3(1)
“when blank” sign ....................................................................................... 11A(1)
works zone ....................................................................................................... 3(1)

As at 04 Dec 2021 Version 05-w0-00 page 423

Published on www.legislation.wa.gov.au